RTRV Commands

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration.


This chapter provides retrieve (RTRV) commands for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif All commands supported on the Cisco ONS 15454 platform are also supported on Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms.


21.1 RTRV-100GIGE

The retrive 100GIGE (RTRV-100GIGE) command retrieves the attributes of provisioned 100GIGE facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

The new parameter NUMOFLANESis added for payloads provisioned on CFP-LC cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-100GIGE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-100GIGE::VFAC-5-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access Identifier

  • VFAC[-{1-50}]-{2-7}-{1-2}-1
  • AGGR[-{1-50}]-{2-7}-{1-2}-1
  • VCFAC[-{1-50}]-{2-7}-{1-2}

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<MTU>],[NAME=<NAME>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],
[LBCL=<LBCL>],[OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[<SOAK>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>],[<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

100g 2012-05-21 12:11:02

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-1-3-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:SOAK=32,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,NUMOFLANES=4:OOS-MA,DSBLD"

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access Identifiers

  • VFAC[-{1-50}]-{2-7}-{1-2}-1
  • AGGR[-{1-50}]-{2-7}-{1-2}-1

<ROLE>

(Optional) The port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) The port status in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-Automatic In Service to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SYNCMSG>

(Optional) Synchronization status message. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SENDDUS>

(Optional) The facility will send the Do Not Use for Synchronization (DUS) value in 0x0f bit pattern as the synchronization status message for that facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute)

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable value. Only displayed when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SDH.

  • DUS_SDH

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • G811

G811 Standard

  • RES_SDH

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • G812T

G812T Standard

  • STU_SDH

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • G812TL

G812TL Standard

  • SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

<PROVIDESYNC>

(Optional) Indicates whether the facility provides synchronization. Defaults to N.

  • Y

Yes

  • N

No

<NUMOFLANES>

Identifies the number of sublanes provisioned on the main Aggregate port. Values are 1 or 4.

21.2 RTRV-CPS

This command can be used to retrieve Control Plane Service parameter. The user needs to specify only the source port to identify the CPS. ALL and group AID are allowed.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (invalid AID) error message is returned
  • The ALL AID and group AID are valid for this command
  • In case of ADD 2-WAY with two source AIDs use only one aid to avoid a double response: one for each AID specified
  • CLIENT cps type support FAC and VFAC AID type.
  • TRUNK cps type support CHAN AID type.
  • ADD cps type support CHAN, PCHAN, and LINEWL AID type.
  • In case of 1WAY, unidirectional connection, SRC and DST are single AIDs. In case of 2WAY, bidirectional connection, SRC and DST are double AIDs. However, in case of CLIENT or TRUNK cpstype, src and dst are single AID and the connection is of type 2WAY because of bidirectional ports hence this rule is not applicable.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CPS:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[:CKTID=<CKTID>][:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CPS::PCHAN-1-1-RX:8::;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section.

<CKTID>

Circuit identification parameter can be used to filter this command

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD “<SRCAID>:<DSTADDR>,<DSTAID>,<WCT>,<CPSTYPE>:[<CKTID>],[<VALMODE>],[<VALZONE>],[<VALMODESEC>],[<VALZONESEC>],[<CPSSTATUS>],[<ACTVALZONE>],[<RESTTYPE>],[<REVERTMODE>],[<SOAKTIME>],[<RESTSTS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

tcc232 2011-08-05 16:37:44

M 8 COMPLD “CHAN-4-2:10.64.107.36,CHAN-7-2,1WAY,ADD:CKTID=,VALMODE=NONE,CPSSTATUS=INACTIVE,RESTTYPE=NONE,RESTSTATUS=NONE:OOS,DSBLD”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “ALL” section. Listable.

<DSTADDR>

Identifies the destination node IP address.

<DST>

Destination AID from the “ALL” section.

<WCT>

Identifies the wavelength connection type.

  • 1WAY

A unidirectional connection from a source to a destination port. Deafult is 1WAY

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two ports.

<CPSTYPE>

Identifies the type of CPS.

  • CLIENT

CPS End Point are client ports

  • TRUNK

CPS End Point are trunk ports

  • ADD

CPS Source End Point is an ADD port

  • DROP

Not applicable

  • TNA

Not applicable

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Does not contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48.

<VALMODE>

Identifies the validation mode.

  • NONE

No Optical validation is performed.

  • FULL

The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter.

<VALZONE>

Identifies the validation operate zone.

  • UNKNOWN

Not evaluated

  • GREEN

Margin > 3 sigma

  • YELLOW

1 < margin < 3 sigma

  • ORANGE

0 < margin < 1 sigma

  • RED

-3 < margin < 0 sigma

  • OUT

Margin < -3 sigma

<CPSSTATUS>

Identifies the Control Plane Service status.

  • INACTIVE

CPS is not active

  • ACTIVE

CPS is active

  • ACTIVATING

CPS activation is started

  • DEACTIVATING

CPS deactivation is started

  • FAILED

CPS circuit failed (i.e. link down, node down)

  • DEGRADED

CPS trail failed (i.e. PSM working or protected is down or fail)

  • RECOVERING

temporary reboot status at CPS restart

  • HANDOVER

Not applicable

  • REPAIRING

CPS repair is started (i.e. node IP changed)

<ACTVALZONE>

Identifies the actual validation operate zone.

  • UNKNOWN

Not evaluated

  • GREEN

Margin > 3 sigma

  • YELLOW

1 < margin < 3 sigma

  • ORANGE

0 < margin < 1 sigma

  • RED

-3 < margin < 0 sigma

  • OUT

Margin < -3 sigma

<VALMODESEC>

Identifies the validation mode for secondary circuit

<VALZONESEC>

Identifies the validation operate zone for secondary circuit

<<RESTTYPE>>

Specifies the restoration type on CPS circuit or UNI configuration. Parameter type is RESTTYPE.

  • NONE

The circuit restoration type is none for WSON circuits.

  • RESTORE

The circuit restoration type is Restore for WSON circuits.

  • REVERT

The circuit restoration type is Revert for WSON circuits.

< RESTSTS>

Specifies the restoration status. Parameter type is RESTSTS.

  • FAILED

Restoration failed.

  • NONE

Restoration none.

  • RESTORED

The circuit is restored.

  • RESTORING

The circuit is in restoring state.

  • REVERTIBLE

The circuit is revertible.

  • REVERTING

The circuit is reverting back to the original path.

<REVERTMODE>

Specifies the revertive mode type. Paraneter type is REVERTMODE.

  • AUTO

Automatic revertive mode.

  • MANUAL

Manual revertive mode.

  • NONE

None.

<SOAKTIME>

Time after which the circuit switches back to the original circuit.

21.3 RTRV-HOP-CPS

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve HOP Control Plane Service (RTRV-HOP-CPS) command is used to retrieve the HOPs route contraint of the Control Plane Services.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • Specify only the source port to identify the CPS.
  • ALL and group AID are allowed.
  • Optional parameters can be used as filter to the command.
  • CLIENT cps type support FAC and VFAC AID type.
  • TRUNK cps type support CHAN AID type.
  • ADD cps type support CHAN, PCHAN, and LINEWL AID type.
  • In case of 1WAY, unidirectional connection, SRC and DST are single AIDs. In case of 2WAY, bidirectional connection, SRC and DST are double AIDs. However, in case of CLIENT or TRUNK cpstype, src and dst are single AID and the connection is of type 2WAY because of bidirectional ports hence this rule is not applicable.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-HOP-CPS:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<CIRCUITTYPE>],[<ROUTETYPE>],[<HOPTYPE>],[<HOPNODE>],[<HOPSIDE>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

> RTRV-HOP-CPS::ALL:333;

 

tcc232 2011-08-02 16:27:24

M 333 COMPLD

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,2,LOOSE,10.20.33.45,"

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,3,LOOSE,10.20.33.46,"

"VFAC-1-5-2:10.20.30.40,,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section.

<CIRCUITTYPE>

Identifies the target circuit. Allowed values are PRIMARY, SECONDARY.

<ROUTETYPE>

Identifies the target circuit route. Allowed values are MAINROUTE, BRIDGEROUTE.

<POSITION>

Identifies the position of the hop in the item list. Default value is 0.

  • If action=ADD and position=0 than append at the end;
  • If action=REMOVE and position=0 than remove all matching items;
  • If action=REMOVE and position<>0 than hop values are ignored;
  • If action=MODIFY and position<>0 than replace the item in the position indicated;
  • If action=CLEARALL than clears the list ignoring position and other parameters;

<HOPTYPE>

Type of hop constraint. Allowed values are STRICT, LOOSE, EXCLUDE

  • STRICT

The next hop of the path must be the indicated node and side

  • LOOSE

The path must cross the indicated node and side

  • EXCLUDE

The path must exclude the indicated node

<HOPNODE>

IP address of the target node.

<HOPSIDE>

Hop constraint target WDM side.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<SRC>:<DSTADDR>,<DST>,<CIRCUITTYPE>,<ROUTETYPE>,<POSITION><HOPTYPE>,<HOPNODE>,<HOPSIDE>";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

tcc232 2011-08-02 16:27:24

M 333 COMPLD

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,2,LOOSE,10.20.33.45,"

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,3,LOOSE,10.20.33.46,"

"VFAC-1-5-2:10.20.30.40,,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"

;

tcc232 2011-08-02 16:27:37

M 333 COMPLD

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,2,LOOSE,10.20.33.45,"

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,3,LOOSE,10.20.33.46,"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “ALL” section. Listable.

<DSTADDR>

Identifies the destination node IP address.

<DST>

Destination AID from the “ALL” section.

<CIRCUITTYPE>

Identifies the target circuit. Allowed values are PRIMARY,SECONDARY.

<ROUTETYPE>

Identifies the target circuit route. Allowed values are MAINROUTE, BRIDGEROUTE.

<POSITION>

Identifies the position of the hop in the item list.

<HOPTYPE>

Type of hop constraint. Allowed values are STRICT, LOOSE, EXCLUDE.

  • STRICT

The next hop of the path must be the indicated node and side.

  • LOOSE

The path must cross the indicated node and side.

  • EXCLUDE

The path must exclude the indicated node.

<HOPNODE>

IP address of the target node.

<HOPSIDE>

Hop constraint target WDM side.

21.4 RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve 1GFC, 2GFC, 4 GFC, 5GIB, 8GFC, or 10GFC (RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the attributes related with the Fibre Channel port.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-1GFC:CISCO:FAC-6-1:888;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:LINKRATE=<LINKRATE>,LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>,
[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>],
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>],[MFS=<MFS>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1:,,WORK,ACT:LINKRATE=1GFC,LINKSTATE=UP,LINKRCVRY=Y,
DISTEXTN=NONE,LINKCREDITS=0,MFS=2148,ENCAP=GFP-T,
NAME=\"FC PORT\",SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\",FREQ=1550,
LOSSB=LR-1:OOS-MA,MT,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-MA,DSBLD”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role played by the unit in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<MFS>

(Optional) Maximum frame size. MFS is an integer.

  • GFP_F

Generic framing procedure (GFP) frame mode

  • GFP_T

GFP transparent mode

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode

  • HDLC_LEX

HDLC LAN extension frame mode

  • HDLC_X86

HDLC X.86 frame mode

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

  • GFP

GFP frame mode.

  • CBR

Contant Bit Rate mode.

  • TRP

Transparent mode.

  • GMP

GMP mapping mode.

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) Parameter type is REACH (reach values).

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

  • NONE

No Squelch

  • NOS

Squelch is disabled

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by primary state (PST) and primary state qualifier (PSTQ).

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is secondary state (SST), which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.5 RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve 1GFICON, 2GFICON, or 4GFICON (RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>) command returns Fibre Channel-specific settings for ports that have been configured to carry FICON traffic using the ENT-FICON command.

 
Usage Guidelines

The MXPP_MR_2.5G card only supports the GFP-T frame type.

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-1GFICON:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[LINKRATE=<LINKRATE>],[LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>],
[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>],
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>],[MFS=<MFS>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>]:
<PST_PSTQ>,<SST>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1:,,WORK,ACT:LINKRATE=1GFICON,LINKSTATE=UP,LINKRCVRY=Y,
DISTEXTN=NONE,LINKCREDITS=0,MFS=2148,ENCAP=GFP-T,NAME=\"FC PORT\",
SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\",FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1:OOS-MA,MT”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role that the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<LINKRATE>

The actual rate running on the Fibre Channel port. It can differ from the payload type provisioned. The parameter type is LINKRATE, which is the link rate on a Fibre Channel port.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • UNKNOWN

The rate is unknown.

  • UNPLUGGED

The SFP is not plugged into the Fibre Channel port so the link rate cannot be detected.

<LINKSTATE>

Link state. The parameter type is DIRN, which specifies the discriminating level for the requested monitored parameter.

  • DN

Monitored parameter with values equal to or greater than the level of LEV will be reported.

  • UP

Monitored parameter with values equal or less than the value of LEV will be reported.

<LINKRCVRY>

Link recovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<DISTEXTN>

(Optional) Distance extension. The parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION (distance extension).

  • B2B

Buffer to buffer flow control

  • NONE

No distance extension

<LINKCREDITS>

(Optional) Number of link credits. LINKCREDITS is an integer.

<MFS>

(Optional) Maximum frame size. MFS is an integer.

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP (frame encapsulation type).

  • GFP_F

GFP frame mode

  • GFP_T

GFP transparent mode

  • HDLC

HDLC frame mode

  • HDLC_LEX

HDLC LAN extension frame mode

  • HDLC_X86

HDLC X.86 frame mode

<NAME>

(Optional) Identifies the port name. NAME is a string.

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT, or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) Parameter type is REACH (reach values).

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.6 RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, HDTV, ISCCOMPAT, ISC1, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, PASSTHRU, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTL, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G (RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the configuration parameter of a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) client.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G. The RTRV-OTL command retrieves the Current values on sublanes of 100G-LC-C and retrieves only state of tha facility on CFP-LC cards.

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-SDSDI::VFAC-3-2-1:321;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AIDUNIONID>,<AIDTYPE>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[NAME=<NAME>],[LBCL=<LBCL>], [OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCHMODE=,SQUELCHMODE.]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SST>]" ;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 321 COMPLD

"VFAC-3-2-1,SDSDI:,,WORK,ACT:NAME=\"NY PORT\",LBCL=10.0,OPT=10.0,OPR=10.0, FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-AU,AINS" ;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AIDUNIONID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section

<AIDTYPE>

A type of access identifier. The parameter type is MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD, which contains the payload types applicable to DWDM ports.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GIGE

10-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • D1VIDEO

D1Video payload

  • DV6000

DV6000 payload

  • DVBASI

DVBASI payload

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO payload

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet payload

  • HDTV

High definition television (HDTV) payload

  • ISC1

ISC1 payload

  • ISC3

ISC3 payload

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • PASSTHRU

Any pass-through (2R) payload

<ROLE>

(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<NAME>

(Optional) Identifies the port name. NAME is a string.

<LBCL>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the laser current. LBCL is a float.

<OPT>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the transmitted optical power. OPT is a float.

<OPR>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the received optical power. OPR is a float.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) Parameter type is REACH (reach values).

  • 100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

  • 100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

  • 40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

  • 40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • 4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

  • C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

  • FE-BX

FE-BX

  • FX

FX

  • GE-BX

GE-BX

  • GE-EX

GE-EX

  • LX-10

LX-10

  • TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

  • TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

  • VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled.

  • NONE

No Squelch

  • ODU-AIS

ODU AIS

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.7 RTRV-<MOD_RING>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Bidirectional Line Switched Ring (RTRV-<MOD_RING>) command retrieves the bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR) information of the NE. A two-fiber or four-fiber BLSR can be retrieved.

 
Usage Guidelines

Output examples:

4F BLSR:

“BLSR-N43AB::RINGID=N43AB,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,SRVRTV=Y,
SRVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,
WESTPROT=FAC-13-1”

2F BLSR:

“BLSR-N12EF::RINGID=N12EF,NODEID=2,MODE=2F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,
EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1”

  • The following actions will return error messages:

blank.gif If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROF (Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.

blank.gif If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

blank.gif If the BLSR does not exist, a SRQN (BLSR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.

  • Only ALL, NULL, BLSR-ALL, or BLSR-RINGID is allowed for this command.
  • A NULL AID defaults to the AID ALL.
  • The list AID format is supported.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

BLSR

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-BLSR:PETALUMA:ALL:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId1” section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE. Only ALL, null, or a list of BLSR-# is allowed. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>]::[<RINGID>],[<NODEID>],[<MODE>],[<RVRTV>],[<RVTM>],[<SRVRTV>],[<SRVTM>],[<EASTWORK>],[<WESTWORK>],[<EASTPROT>],[<WESTPROT>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BLSR-43::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0,
EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,WESTPROT=FAC-13-1”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “AidUnionId1” section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE.

<RINGID>

(Optional) The BLSR ID of the NE. String of up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9.

<NODEID>

(Optional) The BLSR node ID of the NE. NODEID is a string and ranges from 0 to 31.

<MODE>

(Optional) Mode with which the command is to be implemented. Identifies the BLSR mode; either two-fiber or four-fiber. The parameter type is BLSR_MODE (BLSR mode).

  • 2F

Two-fiber BLSR

  • 4F

Four-fiber BLSR

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SRVRTV>

The span revertive mode for four-fiber BLSR only. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<SRVTM>

The span revertive time for four-fiber BLSR only. SRVTM is not allowed to be set while SRVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<EASTWORK>

East working facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section.

<WESTWORK>

West working facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section.

<EASTPROT>

East protecting facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section.

<WESTPROT>

West protecting facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section.

21.8 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve OC3, OC12, OC48, or OC192 command retrieves the attributes (for example, service parameters) and the state of an OC-N facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Both RINGID and BLSRTYPE identify the OC-N port connected with a BLSR. These attributes are only presented for the OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 ports within a BLSR connection. The RTRV-<MOD_RING> command with the AID BLSR-RINGID can provide more information about a BLSR.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif This command does not show the WVLEN attribute if the OC-N port has a zero value.


454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OC48:PENNGROVE:FAC-6-1:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[DCC=<DCC>],[AREA=<AREA>],[TMGREF=<TMGREF>],
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[PJMON=<PJMON>],
[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[MODE=<MODE>],[WVLEN=<WVLEN>],
[RINGID=<RINGID>],[BLSRTYPE=<BLSRTYPE>],[MUX=<MUX>],[UNIC=<UNIC>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[SSMRCV=<SSMRCV>],[OSPF=<OSPF>],
[LDCC=<LDCC>],[NAME=<NAME>],[LBCL=<LBCL>],[OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],
[SENDDUSFF=<SENDDUSFF>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],
[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[FOREIGNFEND=<FOREIGNFEND>],
[FOREIGNIPADDRESS=<FOREIGNIPADDRESS>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-6-1:,,WORK,ACT:DCC=Y,AREA=10.92.63.1,TMGREF=N,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SINGLESHELF,WVLEN=1310.00,RINGID=43,
BLSRTYPE=WESTWORK,MUX=E2,UNIC=Y,
SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\",SSMRCV=STU,OSPF=Y,LDCC=Y,NAME=\"OCN PORT\",LBCL=10.0,
OPT=10.0,OPR=10.0,EXPTRC=\"AAA\",TRC=\"AAA\",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCFORMAT=16-BYTE,ADMSSM=PRS,SENDDUSFF=N,AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL,
FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1,FOREIGNFEND=Y,
FOREIGNIPADDRESS=10.92.63.44,:OOS-AU,AINS”,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

(Optional) An OC-N port role. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) An OC-N port status. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<DCC>

(Optional) Indicates whether or not the Section data communications channel (DCC) is to be used. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<AREA>

(Optional) Area ID. Shows up only if the DCC is enabled. AREA is a string.

<TMGREF>

(Optional) The termination to be used, whether primary or secondary. Identifies if an OC-N port has a timing reference. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<SYNCMSG>

Synchronization status message. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SENDDUS>

(Optional) The facility will send the DUS (Do not use for Synchronization) value in 0x0f bits pattern as the synchronization status message for that facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<PJMON>

(Optional) Identifies an OC-N port PJMON. Defaults to 0 (zero). PJMON is an integer. Set a valid STS number of the optical port.

Note The PJMON number displayed in TL1 interface does not correspond to the PJVC4MON number in CTC, but instead corresponds to the STS number of the optical port.

<SFBER>

(Optional) An OC-N port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

  • 1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) An OC-N port signal degrade threshold. Defaults 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<MODE>

(Optional) OC-N port mode. Defaults to SONET. The parameter type is OPTICAL_MODE, which is the facility’s optical mode.

  • SINGLESHELF

The NE contains only one shelf and the AID representation does not consider the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports.

  • MULTISHELF

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style.

  • MULTISHELFETH

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. The shelves are connected by means of an external Ethernet switch.

<WVLEN>

(Optional) An OC-N port wavelength in nanometers. For example, WVLEN=1310.00 means it operates at 1310 nm in the DWDM application. WVLEN is a float.

<RINGID>

(Optional) The BLSR RINGID with which the port is connected. RINGID ranges from 0 to 9999. RINGID is an integer.

<BLSRTYPE>

(Optional) The BLSR type with which the port is connected. The parameter type is BLSR_TYPE, which is the BLSR type of an OC-N port.

  • EASTPROT

The OC-N port is an east protecting port.

  • EASTWORK

The OC-N port is an east working port.

  • WESTPROT

The OC-N port is an west protecting port.

  • WESTWORK

The OC-N port is an west working port.

<MUX>

(Optional) BLSR extension byte. The parameter type is MUX_TYPE, which is the BLSR extension byte.

  • E2

E2 byte (orderwire)

  • F1

F1 byte (user)

  • K3

K3 byte

  • Z2

Z2 byte

<UNIC>

(Optional) Indicates if the port connects to the UCP. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1-minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT, or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<SSMRCV>

(Optional) Displays the quality of the individual port. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<OSPF>

(Optional) The Open Shortest Path First protocol. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<LDCC>

(Optional) The Line DCC connection on the port. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port Name. NAME is a string.

<LBCL>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the laser current. LBCL is a float.

<OPT>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the transmitted optical power. OPT is only displayed for DWDM cards. OPT is a float.

<OPR>

(Optional) Received optical power. OPR is a float.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

(Optional) Path trace message to be transmitted. TRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level Paths in SONET. Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on alarm indication signal (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) if TIM-P is detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

  • 1-BYTE

1-byte trace message

  • 16-BYTE

16-byte trace message

  • 64-BYTE

64-byte trace message

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable value. Only displayed when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<SENDDUSFF>

(Optional) Indicates that the facility will send the DUS value in 0xff bits pattern as the synchronization status message for that facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates whether AIS is sent on a loopback.

  • AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AIS is not sent on loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) Parameter type is REACH (reach values).

  • 100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

  • 100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

  • 40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

  • 40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • 4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

  • C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

  • FE-BX

FE-BX

  • FX

FX

  • GE-BX

GE-BX

  • GE-EX

GE-EX

  • LX-10

LX-10

  • TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

  • TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

  • VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

  • SC

Reach SC

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<FOREIGNFEND>

(Optional) Indicates whether the far-end NE on the DCC is a foreign NE. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<FOREIGNIPADDRESS>

(Optional) The IP address of the far-end NE on the DCC. Used only if FOREIGNFEND is Y. FOREIGNIPADDRESS is a string.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled.

  • NONE

No Squelch.

  • G-AIS

Generic AIS

<PST_PSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.9 RTRV-<PATH>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-<PATH>) command retrieves the attributes associated with an STS/VT path.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Supported AIDs are: ALL, SLOT-N (N=1,2,...,ALL), and STS/VT-specific AIDs.

The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, RVTM, SWPDIP, HOLDOFFTIMER, and UPSRPTHSTATE parameters only apply to path protection configurations.

The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead.

The EXPTRC indicates that the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user in the ED-STS_PATH command. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.

The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.

When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.

J1 (EXPTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, DS3/EC1-48, OC3, OC48AS, OC192, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP cards.

TRC and INCTRC are supported on DS1N, DS3NE, DS3/EC1-48, and DS3XM cards.

The following actions will result in error messages:

  • If you send this command while BLSRPTHTYPE=PCA, whether there is a BLSR switch or not, the protection channel access (PCA) path J1/C2 data will be returned (if there is PCA circuit on the AID).
  • Sending this command with an STS AID that does not have circuits and where no BLSR is switched on the STS will return an error message.
  • In LAN to WAN card mode, ALL aid is not supported for RTRV-VC464c.
note.gif

Noteblank.gif An optional input parameter, BLSRPTHTYPE, is introduced into this command to provide more options to retrieve the J1/C2 of a particular BLSR path. This field is valid only if the queried AID port has BLSR. The BLSRPTHTYPE defaults to the “non-pca” path type if the BLSR is switched, or defaults to all BLSR path types if there is no BLSR switching.

  • An optional output parameter, BLSRPTHSTATE, is introduced into this command output. Each J1/C2 output data of this command will include the BLSR path state information.
  • After BLSR switching, the J1/IPPM/C2 data can be retrieved over the protection path. J1 trace string, trace mode, or threshold is not allowed on the protection path.
  • HOLDOFFTIMER is not specific to a path. Instead, it is applicable to the path protection selector.
  • VT1.5 J2 path trace provisioning is supported on the DS3XM-12 card and the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 card VT1.5 path using the ED-VT1, RTRV-VT1, and RTRV-PTHTRC-VT1 commands.
  • For the selector path on a BLSR, the SWPDIP path attribute is not editable and is always in the ON state.
  • SFBER and SDBER are applied for the ONS 15454 when the ONS 15454 has an XC-VXC-10G card.


 

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Paths

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::BLSRPTHTYPE=<BLSRPTHTYPE>][:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-STS3C:FERNDALE:STS-2-1-4:238:::BLSRPTHTYPE=NON-PCA;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section.

<BLSRPTHTYPE>

The BLSR path type only if the port is on the BLSR. No value or a null value defaults to NON-PCA. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. The parameter type is BLSR_PTH_TYPE, which is the BLSR path type only if the port is on the BLSR.

  • NON-PCA

The AID is on the working path, or the cross-connection card protection path.

  • PCA

The AID is on the BLSR PCA path.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT =<TRCFORMAT>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[UPSRPTHSTATE=<UPSRPTHSTATE>],[C2=<C2>],
[BLSRPTHSTATE=<BLSRPTHSTATE>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-2-1-4::LEVEL=STS1,SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,SWPDIP=Y,
HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC=“EXPTRCSTRING”,TRC=“TRCSTRING”,
INCTRC=“INCTRCSTRING”,TRCMODE=AUTO,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=DUAL,UPSRPTHSTATE=ACT,C2=0X04,
BLSRPTHSTATE=PROTPTHACT:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section.

<LEVEL>

(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. Indicates the rate of the cross-connected channel. Applicable only to the STS path in SONET. The parameter type is PATH, which is the modifier for path commands.

  • STS1

Synchronous transport signal/module level 1 (51.84 Mbps)

  • STS3C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 3 concatenated (155.52 Mbps)

  • STS6C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 6 (311.04 Mbps)

  • STS9C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 9 concatenated (466.56 Mbps)

  • STS12C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 12 concatenated (622.08 Mbps)

  • STS18C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 18 concatenated (933.12 Mbps)

  • STS24C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 24 concatenated (1244.16 Mbps)

  • STS36C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 36 concatenated (1866.24 Mbps)

  • STS48C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 48 concatenated (2488.32 Mbps)

  • STS192C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 192 concatenated (9953.28 Mbps)

<SFBER>

(Optional) An STS path signal failure threshold that only applies to path protection. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

  • 1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) An STS path signal degrade threshold that only applies to path protection. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults 1E-6. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<RVRTV>

Revertive mode. Only applies to path protection. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

Revertive time. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SWPDIP>

(Optional) Switch on PDI-P. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<HOLDOFFTIMER>

(Optional) Hold off timer. HOLDOFFTIMER is an integer.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to NULL when a path protection path is created. EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET. Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. TRC is a string.

<INCTRC>

(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is any combination of 64 characters. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to null when a path protection path is created. INCTRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to OFF when a path protection path is created. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string (not applicable to MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards).

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

  • 1-BYTE

1-byte trace message

  • 16-BYTE

16-byte trace message

  • 64-BYTE

64-byte trace message

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<TACC>

(Optional) Test access. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Defaults to N.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type

  • DUAL

Dual FAD

  • SINGLE

Single FAD

<UPSRPTHSTATE>

(Optional) Indicates whether a given AID is the working or standby path of a path protection cross-connect. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<C2>

(Optional) The C2 byte hex code. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is C2_BYTE, which is the C2 byte hex code.

  • 0X00

Unequipped

  • 0X01

Equipped Non-Specific payload

  • 0X02

VT-Structured STS-1 synchronous payload envelope (SPE)

  • 0X03

Locked VT Mode

  • 0X04

Asynchronous Mapping for DS3

  • 0X12

Asynchronous Mapping for DS4 North American (NA)

  • 0X13

Mapping for ATM

  • 0X14

Mapping for DQDB

  • 0X15

Asynchronous Mapping for FDDI

  • 0X16

HDLC-Over-SONET Mapping

  • 0XE1

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 1VTx payload defect

  • 0XE2

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 2VTx payload defects

  • 0XE3

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 3VTx payload defects

  • 0XE4

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 4VTx payload defects

  • 0XE5

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 5VTx payload defects

  • 0XE6

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 6VTx payload defects

  • 0XE7

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 7VTx payload defects

  • 0XE8

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 8VTx payload defects

  • 0XE9

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 9VTx payload defects

  • 0XEA

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 10VTx payload defects

  • 0XEB

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 11VTx payload defects

  • 0XEC

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 12VTx payload defects

  • 0XED

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 13VTx payload defects

  • 0XEE

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 14VTx payload defects

  • 0XEF

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 15VTx payload defects

  • 0XF0

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 16VTx payload defects

  • 0XF1

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 17VTx payload defects

  • 0XF2

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 18VTx payload defects

  • 0XF3

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 19VTx payload defects

  • 0XF4

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 20VTx payload defects

  • 0XF5

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 21VTx payload defects

  • 0XF6

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 22VTx payload defects

  • 0XF7

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 23VTx payload defects

  • 0XF8

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 24VTx payload defects

  • 0XF9

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 25VTx payload defects

  • 0XFA

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 26VTx payload defects

  • 0XFB

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 27VTx payload defects

  • 0XFC

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 28VTx payload defects

  • 0XFE

O.181 Test Signal (TSS1 to TSS3) Mapping

  • 0XFF

Reserved, however, C2 is 0XFF if an AIS-L is being generated by an optical card or cross-connect downstream.

<BLSRPTHSTATE>

(Optional) The BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is BLSR_PTH_STATE, which is the BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR.

  • PCAPTHACT

Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its PCA path is in the active state.

  • PCAPTHSTB

Indicates the BLSR is switched and its PCA path is in the standby state.

  • PROTPTHACT

Indicates the BLSR is switched and its protection path is in the active state.

  • WKGPTHACT

Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its working path is in the active state.

  • WKGPTHSTB

Indicates the BLSR is switched and its working path is in the standby state.

<PST_PSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.10 RTRV-10GIGE

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve 10GIGE (RTRV-10GIGE) command retrieves the 10 Gbps-specific parameters for a port that has been configured to support the Gigabit Ethernet payload with the ENT-10GIGE command.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-10GIGE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-10GIGE:TID:FAC-1-1:100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[NAME=<NAME>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],
[LBCL=<LBCL>],[OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],
[LOSSB=<LOSSB>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

100g 2012-05-21 12:40:14

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-1-6-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:MTU=1548,MACADDR=1c-93-87-e0-01-a9,SOAK=32,ENCAP=CBR,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,:OOS-MA,DSBLD"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string.

<MTU>

 

<ENCAP>

 

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

  • GFP

GFP frame mode

  • HDLC

HDLC frame mode

  • WIS

 

  • CBR

 

  • TRP

 

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals.

<SYNCMSG>

(Optional) Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is on (Y). The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SENDDUS>

(Optional) The facility sends out a Do Not Use for Synchronization Message. This does not apply to the TXPD-10G card. This applies to an MXPD-10G card only if the payload is SDH and the card termination mode is as follows:

  • TRANSPARENT: All client ports are available for all timing selections. No trunk ports are available.
  • LINE: All ports are available for all timing selections.

The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SDH.

  • DUS_SDH

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • G811

ITU-T G.811 Standard

  • RES_SDH

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • G812T

ITU-T G.812T Standard

  • STU_SDH

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • G812TL

ITU-T G.812TL Standard

  • SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

<PROVIDESYNC>

(Optional) Indicates whether the facility provides synchronization. Defaults to N.

  • Y

Yes

  • N

No

<MACADDR>

(Optional) The MAC address for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet payload. MACADDR is a string.

<LBCL>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the laser current. LBCL is a float.

<OPT>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the transmitted optical power. OPT is a float.

<OPR>

(Optional) Displays the current value of the received optical power. OPR is a float.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH (reach values).

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<PST_PSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.11 RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm for (10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, DS1, DS3I, DVBASI, E1, E100, E1000, E3, E4, EC1, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC1, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, MSISC, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, ODU0, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, RPRIF, STM1, STM4, STM16, STM64, STM1E, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VC3,VC4,VC4-2c,VC4-3c,VC4-4c,VC4-16c,VC4-64c, VC11, VC12, VC3, VCG, VT1, VT2, WLEN, 3GVIDEO, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, OTU1, or SDSDI (RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, OTU1, SDSDI, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.

  • VT1-n-n-n replaces PS_VC12-n-n-n for the VC12 alarm AID.
  • The [<AIDTYPE>] shows VC3 for VC alarms.
  • The RTRV-ALM-OTL command retrieves the alarms raised on sublanes of 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC cards.
  • RTRV-ALM-ODU0 command retrieves the alarms raised on the ODU0's on AR-XPE card only.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Fault

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>][,];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-OTU1::VFAC-5-3-1:1::MN,,NSA,NEND,RCV;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>],

[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

tcc2 2011-08-18 16:16:18

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-5-3-1,OTU1:MN,HI-RXPOWER,NSA,08-18,12-56-40,NEND,RCV:\"Facility High Rx power\","

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of access identifier. The parameter type is MOD2ALM (alarm type).

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CPS

CPS modifier signifies WSON control plane circuits.

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GFPOS

Generic framing protocol over packet over SONET virtual port alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • ML1000-2

(ONS 15454) ML-Series two port Gigabit Ethernet card

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • SDSDI

SDSDI

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • UDCDCC

UDC-DCC alarm

  • UDCF

UCD-F alarm

  • VCG

Virtual concatenation group alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

  • WLEN

Wavelength path provisioning

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

21.12 RTRV-ALMTYPE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Type command retrieves all system and user-defined alarm types.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALMTYPE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALMTYPE:CISCONODE::1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<TYPEOFALM>,<ALMTYPE>"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Examples

CISCONODE 2007-06-26 14:30:00
M 1 COMPLD
"SYSTEMDEFINED,AIRCOMPR"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<TYPEOFALM>

Specifies the type of alarm, that is, system or user-defined.

  • SYSTEMDEFINED

Specifies a system-defined alarm type.

  • USERDEFINED

Specifies a user-defined alarm type.

<ALMTYPE>

Specifies user-defined alarm types associated with virtual wires in environmental alarm inputs.

21.13 RTRV-ALM-ALL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm All (RTRV-ALM-ALL) command retrieves and sends the current status of all active alarm conditions. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.

 
Usage Guidelines

According to Telcordia GR-833, the RTRV-ALM-ALL command only reports EQPT, COM, T1, T3, OCN, EC1, STSN, VT1, DS1, E100, E1000, G1000, ML-Series, TXP, and MXP alarms. To retrieve all the NE alarms, issue all of the following commands:

RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ALM-BITS
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Fault

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-ALL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDITION>],[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[,];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-ALL:COTATI:ALL:229::MN,PWRRESTART,NSA,NEND,RCV;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. A null value is equivalent to ALL. AID is a string.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

<CONDITION>

The type of alarm condition. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:
[<DESC>],[<AIDDET>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-2,EQPT:MN,PWRRESTART,NSA,08-01,14-25-59,NEND,RCV:\"POWER FAIL RESTART\", DS1-14"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

Building integrated timing supply (BITS) alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for muxponder (MXP) and transponder (TXP) cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3i-N-12 alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • ML1000-2

(ONS 15454) ML-Series two port Gigabit Ethernet card

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

Packet over SONET (POS) port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<DESC>

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

<AIDDET>

(Optional) AIDDET uses the same addressing rules as the AID, but specifies AID type and additional details about the entity being managed. The supplementary equipment identification.

21.14 RTRV-ALM-BITS

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Building Integrated Timing Supply (RTRV-ALM-BITS) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with the BITS facility. The alarm condition or severity retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],
[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-BITS:ELVERANO:BITS-1:228::CR,LOS,SA;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “BITS” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

The condition type for an alarm or reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCATION>],[<DIRECTION>]:[<DESC>],”

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BITS-1,BITS:CR,LOS,SA,,,,:\“LOSS OF SIGNAL\”,”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “BITS” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3i-N-12 alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC 768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCATION>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRECTION>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

21.15 RTRV-ALM-CPS

(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Control Plane Service (RTRV-ALM-CPS) command retrieves the alarm reported on the control plane service.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • Specify ALL AID to retrieve the alarms.
  • Specify the notification code, condition type, service effecting, location, and direction parameters to retrieve the particular type of alarm.
  • The command is applicable only to WSON alarms.
  • <INDEX> got from the response is used as the input parameter in DLT-ALM-CPS.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-CPS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>][,];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-CPS::ALL:1;

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Only ALL AID is supported.

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is a two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed

  • NR

The alarm is not reported

<CONDTYPE>

(Optional) The condition type for an alarm or reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an Cisco ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Table 27-1 for a list of conditions

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<INDEX>,<MOD2>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,<DATE>,<TIME>,<LOCN>,<DIRN>:<CONDITION DESCRIPTION>”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-6-1-RX,6,CPS:MJ,LOS-P,SA,01-16,01-18-31,NEND,RCV:\"INCOMING PAYLOAD SIGNAL ABSENT\””
;

 

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the“ALL” section.

<INDEX>

Auto generated sequence number associated with the alarm.

<MOD2>

Modifier 2 of the Alarm command.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Table 27-1 for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTIM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

21.16 RTRV-ALM-ENV

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Environment (RTRV-ALM-ENV) command retrieves the environmental alarms.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Environment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-ENV:CISCO:ENV-IN-1:123::MJ,OPENDR;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section.

Note For RTRV-ALM-ENV, only ENV-IN-{1-4} is a valid AID for ONS 15454. ENV-OUT-{1,6} is not a valid AID for RTRV-ALM-ENV.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<ALMTYPE>

The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm types.

  • AIRCOMPR

Air compressor failure

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning failure

  • AIRDRYR

Air dryer failure

  • BATDSCHRG

Battery discharging

  • BATTERY

Battery failure

  • CLFAN

Cooling fan failure

  • CPMAJOR

Centralized power major failure

  • CPMINOR

Centralized power minor failure

  • ENGINE

Engine failure

  • ENGOPRG

Engine operating

  • ENGTRANS

Standby engine transfer

  • EXPLGS

Explosive gas

  • FIRDETR

Fire detector failure

  • FIRE

Fire

  • FLOOD

Flood

  • FUELLEAK

Fuel leak

  • FUSE

Fuse failure

  • GASALARM

Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail

  • HATCH

Controlled Environment Vault (CEV) hatch fail

  • GEN

Generator failure

  • HIAIR

High airflow

  • HIHUM

High humidity

  • HITEMP

High temperature

  • HIWTR

High water

  • INTRUDER

Intrusion

  • LEVELCON

Level converter

  • LVDADSL

Secondary ADSL low voltage disconnect

  • LVDBYPAS

Low voltage disconnected bypass

  • LWBATVG

Low battery voltage

  • LWFUEL

Low fuel

  • LWHUM

Low humidity

  • LWPRES

Low cable pressure

  • LWTEMP

Low temperature

  • LWWTR

Low water

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • OPENDR

Open door

  • POWER

Commercial power failure

  • PUMP

Pump failure

  • PWR-48

48 V power supply failure

  • PWR-139

–139 V power converter

  • PWR-190

–190 V power converter

  • PWRMJ

Power supply major

  • PWRMN

Power supply minor

  • RECT

Rectifier failure

  • RECTHI

Rectifier high voltage

  • RECTLO

Rectifier low voltage

  • RINGGENMJ

Ringing generator major

  • RINGGENMN

Ringing generator minor

  • RTACADSL

AC or AC/rectifier power fail ADSL equipment

  • RTACCRIT

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment critical site

  • RTACPWR

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment

  • RTACPWRENG

Commercial AC fail, site equipped with standby engine

  • RTBAYPWR

AC power loss distributed power RT bay

  • RTRVENG

Retrieve standby engine, commercial AC restored

  • SMOKE

Smoke

  • TEMP

High-low temperature

  • TOXICGAS

Toxic gas

  • TREPEATER

T-repeater shelf

  • VENTN

Ventilation system failure

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<DESC>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,08-01,14-25-59,\“OPEN DOOR\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<ALMTYPE>

The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm types.

  • AIRCOMPR

Air compressor failure

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning failure

  • AIRDRYR

Air dryer failure

  • BATDSCHRG

Battery discharging

  • BATTERY

Battery failure

  • CLFAN

Cooling fan failure

  • CPMAJOR

Centralized power major failure

  • CPMINOR

Centralized power minor failure

  • ENGINE

Engine failure

  • ENGOPRG

Engine operating

  • ENGTRANS

Standby engine transfer

  • EXPLGS

Explosive gas

  • FIRDETR

Fire detector failure

  • FIRE

Fire

  • FLOOD

Flood

  • FUELLEAK

Fuel leak

  • FUSE

Fuse failure

  • GASALARM

Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail

  • HATCH

CEV hatch fail

  • GEN

Generator failure

  • HIAIR

High airflow

  • HIHUM

High humidity

  • HITEMP

High temperature

  • HIWTR

High water

  • INTRUDER

Intrusion

  • LEVELCON

Level converter

  • LVDADSL

Secondary ADSL low voltage disconnect

  • LVDBYPAS

Low voltage disconnected bypass

  • LWBATVG

Low battery voltage

  • LWFUEL

Low fuel

  • LWHUM

Low humidity

  • LWPRES

Low cable pressure

  • LWTEMP

Low temperature

  • LWWTR

Low water

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • OPENDR

Open door

  • POWER

Commercial power failure

  • PUMP

Pump failure

  • PWR-48

48 V power supply failure

  • PWR-139

–139 V power converter

  • PWR-190

–190 V power converter

  • PWRMJ

Power supply major

  • PWRMN

Power supply minor

  • RECT

Rectifier failure

  • RECTHI

Rectifier high voltage

  • RECTLO

Rectifier low voltage

  • RINGGENMJ

Ringing generator major

  • RINGGENMN

Ringing generator minor

  • RTACADSL

AC or AC/rectifier power fail ADSL equipment

  • RTACCRIT

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment critical site

  • RTACPWR

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment

  • RTACPWRENG

Commercial AC fail, site equipped with standby engine

  • RTBAYPWR

AC power loss distributed power RT bay

  • RTRVENG

Retrieve standby engine, commercial AC restored

  • SMOKE

Smoke

  • TEMP

High-low temperature

  • TOXICGAS

Toxic gas

  • TREPEATER

T-repeater shelf

  • VENTN

Ventilation system failure

OCRDAT

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

OCRTM

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

DESC

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

21.17 RTRV-ALM-EQPT

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Equipment (RTRV-ALM-EQPT) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with the equipment units. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],
[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-EQPT:TWOROCK:SLOT-7:227::MJ,HITEMP,NSA;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

The condition type for an alarm or a reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,
[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-7,EQPT:MJ,HITEMP,NSA,08-01,14-25-59,,:\“HI TEMPERATURE\”,”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<DESC>

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

21.18 RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Synchronization (RTRV-ALM-SYNCN) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with a synchronization facility. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],
[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN:FULTON:SYNC-NE:226::CR,FAILTOSW,SA;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

The condition type for an alarm or a reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,
[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SYNC-NE,SYNCN:CR,FAILTOSW,SA,08-01,
14-25-59,,:\“FAILURE TO SWITCH TO PROTECTION\”,”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “SYN” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<DESC>

(Optional) A condition description. DESC is a string.

21.19 RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Threshold for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CLNT, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTU3, OTU4, POS, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VC12, VC3, VT1, VT2, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, OTL, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>) command retrieves the alarm threshold values. The only applicable MOD2 values are OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, OCH, OMS, and OTS.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G modifiers.

  • OTL is the new modifier added for the sublanes of 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC cards.
  • RTRV-ALMTH-OTL retrieves optical thresholds only on Sublanes of 100G-LC-C card. RTRV-ALMTH-OTL with single montype is denied for sublanes of CFP-LC card.
  • RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2> on 100G-LC-C card is denied as the optical thresholds are retrieved on sublanes of 100G-LC-C.
  • RTRV-ALMTH-<100GIGE/40GIGE/OTU4/OTU3> on CFP-LC card retrieves optical thresholds.
  • RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2> does not retrieve any optical thresholds on virtual ports as they are retrieved by CFP ports of CFP-LC.
  • RTRV-ALMTH-OCH should retrieve optical thresholds for non OTU Payloads on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards. For OTU payloads RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2> retrieves optical thresholds.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Fault

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<CONDTYPE>][,,::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALMTH-OTU1::VFAC-5-3-1:A::OPT-LOW;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<CONDTYPE>

Alarm threshold. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards.

  • ADD-HDEG

ADD Power - High Degrade

  • ADD-HFAIL

ADD Power - High Failure

  • ADD-LDEG

ADD Power - Low Degrade

  • ADD-LFAIL

ADD Power - Low Failure

  • BATV-LOW

Battery Voltage—Low

  • CD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • CD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • GAIN-HDEG

Gain not reached—High Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-HFAIL

Gain not reached—High Failure Threshold

  • GAIN-LDEG

Gain not reached—Low Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-LFAIL

Gain not reached—Low Failure Threshold

  • LBCL-HIGH

Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold. Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent).

  • OPR-HIGH

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPR-LOW

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-HIGH

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–40.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-LOW

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPWR-HDEG

Optical Power—High Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-HFAIL

Optical Power—High Failure Threshold

  • OPWR-LDEG

Optical Power—Low Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-LFAIL

Optical Power—Low Failure Threshold

  • OSNR-LOW

Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • OSNR-HIGH

High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • PMD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • PMD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • VOA-HDEG

VOA Attenuation—High Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-HFAIL

VOA Attenuation—High Failure Threshold

  • VOA-LDEG

VOA Attenuation—Low Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-LFAIL

VOA Attenuation—Low Failure Threshold

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<MOD>:<CONDTYPE>,,,<THLEVEL>”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TCC2 2011-08-18 16:01:38

M A COMPLD

"VFAC-5-3-1,OTU1:OPT-LOW,,,-4.5,"

;

RN-DEV-107 2013-05-16 12:47:54

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPT-LOW,,,-40.0,"

"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPT-HIGH,,,30.0,"

"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:LBCL-HIGH,,,100.0,"

"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPR-LOW,,,-40.0,"

"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPR-HIGH,,,30.0,"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<MOD2>

AID type. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFICON

10-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 2GISC3

2-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • D1VIDEO

D1 video

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC-3 facility

  • OC12

OC-12 facility

  • OC48

OC-48 facility

  • OC192

OC-192 facility

  • OC768

OC-768 facility

  • OCH

Optical Channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<CONDTYPE>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards.

  • BATV-EHIGH

Battery Voltage—Extremely High

  • BATV-ELOW

Battery Voltage—Extremely Low

  • BATV-HIGH

Battery Voltage—High

  • BATV-LOW

Battery Voltage—Low

  • CD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • CD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • GAIN-HDEG

Gain not reached—High Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-HFAIL

Gain not reached—High Failure Threshold

  • GAIN-LDEG

Gain not reached—Low Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-LFAIL

Gain not reached—Low Failure Threshold

  • LBCL-HIGH

Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold. Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent).

  • OPR-HIGH

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPR-LOW

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-HIGH

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-LOW

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPWR-HDEG

Optical Power—High Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-HFAIL

Optical Power—High Failure Threshold

  • OPWR-LDEG

Optical Power—Low Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-LFAIL

Optical Power—Low Failure Threshold

  • OSNR-LOW

Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • OSNR-HIGH

High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • PMD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • PMD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • VOA-HDEG

VOA Attenuation—High Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-HFAIL

VOA Attenuation—High Failure Threshold

  • VOA-LDEG

VOA Attenuation—Low Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-LFAIL

VOA Attenuation—Low Failure Threshold

<THLEVEL>

Threshold level. THLEVEL is a float.

21.20 RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Alarm Threshold Equipment (RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT) command retrieves the alarm thresholds for the power level monitoring on an NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<CONDTYPE>][,,::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT:::1::BATV-HIGH;

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT::SHELF-2:1::BATV-HIGH;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node.

<CONDTYPE>

Must not be null. The parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards.

  • BATV-EHIGH

Battery Voltage—Extremely High

  • BATV-ELOW

Battery Voltage—Extremely Low

  • BATV-HIGH

Battery Voltage—High

  • BATV-LOW

Battery Voltage—Low

  • CD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • CD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • GAIN-HDEG

Gain not reached—High Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-HFAIL

Gain not reached—High Failure Threshold

  • GAIN-LDEG

Gain not reached—Low Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-LFAIL

Gain not reached—Low Failure Threshold

  • LBCL-HIGH

Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent)

  • OPR-HIGH

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPR-LOW

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-HIGH

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-LOW

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPWR-HDEG

Optical Power—High Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-HFAIL

Optical Power—High Failure Threshold

  • OPWR-LDEG

Optical Power—Low Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-LFAIL

Optical Power—Low Failure Threshold

  • OSNR-LOW

Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • OSNR-HIGH

High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • PMD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • PMD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • VOA-HDEG

VOA Attenuation—High Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-HFAIL

VOA Attenuation—High Failure Threshold

  • VOA-LDEG

VOA Attenuation—Low Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-LFAIL

VOA Attenuation—Low Failure Threshold

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],<MOD2B>:<CONDTYPE>,,,<DNFIELD>”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SHELF-1,EQPT:BATV-HIGH,,,-52.0,”
;

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“,EQPT:BATV-HIGH,,,-52.0,"”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted, it addresses the node or the first shelf of the node.

<MOD2B>

Alarm type. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<CONDTYPE>

Parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards.

  • BATV-EHIGH

Battery Voltage—Extremely High

  • BATV-ELOW

Battery Voltage—Extremely Low

  • BATV-HIGH

Battery Voltage—High

  • BATV-LOW

Battery Voltage—Low

  • CD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • CD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm.

  • GAIN-HDEG

Gain not reached—High Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-HFAIL

Gain not reached—High Failure Threshold

  • GAIN-LDEG

Gain not reached—Low Degrade Threshold

  • GAIN-LFAIL

Gain not reached—Low Failure Threshold

  • LBCL-HIGH

Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold. Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent).

  • OPR-HIGH

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPR-LOW

Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-HIGH

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPT-LOW

Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm).

  • OPWR-HDEG

Optical Power—High Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-HFAIL

Optical Power—High Failure Threshold

  • OPWR-LDEG

Optical Power—Low Degrade Threshold

  • OPWR-LFAIL

Optical Power—Low Failure Threshold

  • OSNR-LOW

Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • OSNR-HIGH

High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm.

  • PMD-LOW

Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • PMD-HIGH

High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm.

  • VOA-HDEG

VOA Attenuation—High Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-HFAIL

VOA Attenuation—High Failure Threshold

  • VOA-LDEG

VOA Attenuation—Low Degrade Threshold

  • VOA-LFAIL

VOA Attenuation—Low Failure Threshold

<DNFIELD>

DNFIELD is a float.

21.21 RTRV-ALS

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Automatic Laser Shutoff (RTRV-ALS) command retrieves the ALS attributes of an OC-N facility and all the facilities that support the ALS feature. This command is used to retrieve the ALS parameter of the OC48 and OC192 ports on the MXP_2.5G_10E, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10G, and TXP_MR_10G cards.

 
Usage Guidelines

RTRV-ALS on 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C, and CFP-LC cards retrieves ALS attributes on the OCH interface for non-OTU payloads and on payloads interfaces for OTU payloads.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ALS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ALS:PENNGROVE:FAC-1-1:1

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[ALSMODE=<ALSMODE>],[ALSRCINT=<ALSRCINT>],
[ALSRCPW=<ALSRCPW>],[LSRSTAT=<LSRSTAT>],[OSRI=<OSRI>]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-6-1,OC192::ALSMODE=DISABLED,ALSRCINT=100,ALSRCPW=2.0,LSRSTAT=ON:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

Type of access identifier.The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFICON

10-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GISC3

2-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • D1VIDEO

D1 video

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1-Gigabit ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC-3 facility

  • OC12

OC-12 facility

  • OC48

OC-48 facility

  • OC192

OC-192 facility

  • OC768

OC768 facility

  • OCH

Optical Channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<ALSMODE>

ALS is enabled or disabled. The parameter type is ALS_MODE, which is the working mode for automatic laser shutdown.

  • AUTO

Automatic

  • DISABLED

Disabled

  • MAN

Manual

  • MAN-RESTART

Manual restart for test

<ALSRCINT>

(Optional) ALS interval. The range is 60 to 300 seconds. ALSRCINT is an integer.

<ALSRCPW>

(Optional) ALS recovery pulse width. The range is 2.0 to 100.00 seconds, in increments of 100 ms. ALSRCPW is a float.

<LSRSTAT>

(Optional) Status of the laser. The parameter type is LASER_STATUS (laser status).

  • APR

Laser is switched on but is working automatic power reduction.

  • OFF

Laser is switched off.

  • ON

Laser is switched on.

<OSRI>

(Optional) OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. Defaults to off. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

21.22 RTRV-APC

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Operate Amplifier Power Control (RTRV-APC) command retrieves the APC application attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-APC:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-APC:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“::[APCENABLE=<APCENABLE>],[APCSTATE=<APCSTATE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“::APCENABLE=Y,APCSTATE=WORKING”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<WDMSIDE>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node.

  • WDMSIDE-{UNKNOWN,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

MSTP side identifier

<APCENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or disable the APC application. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<APCSTATE>

(Optional) Indicates the status of the APC application. The parameter type is APC_STATE (APC status).

  • DISABLE

The APC is disabled by the user and is not working.

  • FORCED-DISABLE

The APC has been internally disabled by the node and is not working.

  • WORKING

The APC is enabled by the user and is working.

  • PASSIVE

The APC is in the passive state.

21.23 RTRV-ATTR-CONT

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Attribute Control (RTRV-ATTR-CONT) command retrieves and sends the attributes associated with an external control. These attributes are used when an external control is operated or released. To set these attributes, use the SET-ATTR-CONT command.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Environment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ATTR-CONT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<CONTTYPE>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ATTR-CONT:CISCO:ENV-OUT-2:123::AIRCOND;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Identifies the external control for which attributes are being set.

<CONTTYPE>

Environmental control type. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type.

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning

  • ENGINE

Engine

  • FAN

Fan

  • GEN

Generator

  • HEAT

Heat

  • LIGHT

Light

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • SPKLR

Sprinkler

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<CONTTYPE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-OUT-2:AIRCOND”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Identifies the external control for which attributes are being set.

<CONTTYPE>

Environmental control type. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type.

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning

  • ENGINE

Engine

  • FAN

Fan

  • GEN

Generator

  • HEAT

Heat

  • LIGHT

Light

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • SPKLR

Sprinkler

21.24 RTRV-ATTR-ENV

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Attribute Environment (RTRV-ATTR-ENV) command retrieves the attributes associated with an environmental alarm.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Environment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ATTR-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ATTR-ENV:CISCO:ENV-IN-1:123::MJ,OPENDR;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<ALMTYPE>

The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type.

  • AIRCOMPR

Air compressor failure

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning failure

  • AIRDRYR

Air dryer failure

  • BATDSCHRG

Battery discharging

  • BATTERY

Battery failure

  • CLFAN

Cooling fan failure

  • CPMAJOR

Centralized power major failure

  • CPMINOR

Centralized power minor failure

  • ENGINE

Engine failure

  • ENGOPRG

Engine operating

  • ENGTRANS

Standby engine transfer

  • EXPLGS

Explosive gas

  • FIRDETR

Fire detector failure

  • FIRE

Fire

  • FLOOD

Flood

  • FUELLEAK

Fuel leak

  • FUSE

Fuse failure

  • GASALARM

Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail

  • HATCH

CEV hatch fail

  • GEN

Generator failure

  • HIAIR

High airflow

  • HIHUM

High humidity

  • HITEMP

High temperature

  • HIWTR

High water

  • INTRUDER

Intrusion

  • LEVELCON

Level converter

  • LVDADSL

Secondary ADSL low voltage disconnect

  • LVDBYPAS

Low voltage disconnect bypass

  • LWBATVG

Low battery voltage

  • LWFUEL

Low fuel

  • LWHUM

Low humidity

  • LWPRES

Low cable pressure

  • LWTEMP

Low temperature

  • LWWTR

Low water

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • OPENDR

Open door

  • POWER

Commercial power failure

  • PUMP

Pump failure

  • PWR-48

48 V power supply failure

  • PWR-139

–139 V power converter

  • PWR-190

–190 V power converter

  • PWRMJ

Power supply major

  • PWRMN

Power supply minor

  • RECT

Rectifier failure

  • RECTHI

Rectifier high voltage

  • RECTLO

Rectifier low voltage

  • RINGGENMJ

Ringing generator major

  • RINGGENMN

Ringing generator minor

  • RTACADSL

AC or AC/rectifier power fail ADSL equipment

  • RTACCRIT

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment critical site

  • RTACPWR

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment

  • RTACPWRENG

Commercial AC fail, site equipped with standby engine

  • RTBAYPWR

AC power loss distributed power RT bay

  • RTRVENG

Retrieve standby engine, commercial AC restored

  • SMOKE

Smoke

  • TEMP

High-low temperature

  • TOXICGAS

Toxic gas

  • TREPEATER

T-repeater shelf

  • VENTN

Ventilation system failure

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>],[<DESC>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,\“OPEN DOOR\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<ALMTYPE>

(Optional) The alarm type for the environmental alarm. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type.

  • AIRCOMPR

Air compressor failure

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning failure

  • AIRDRYR

Air dryer failure

  • BATDSCHRG

Battery discharging

  • BATTERY

Battery failure

  • CLFAN

Cooling fan failure

  • CPMAJOR

Centralized power major failure

  • CPMINOR

Centralized power minor failure

  • ENGINE

Engine failure

  • ENGOPRG

Engine operating

  • ENGTRANS

Standby engine transfer

  • EXPLGS

Explosive gas

  • FIRDETR

Fire detector failure

  • FIRE

Fire

  • FLOOD

Flood

  • FUELLEAK

Fuel leak

  • FUSE

Fuse failure

  • GASALARM

Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail or gas monitor fail

  • HATCH

CEV hatch fail

  • GEN

Generator failure

  • HIAIR

High airflow

  • HIHUM

High humidity

  • HITEMP

High temperature

  • HIWTR

High water

  • INTRUDER

Intrusion

  • LEVELCON

Level converter

  • LVDADSL

Secondary ADSL low voltage disconnect

  • LVDBYPAS

Low voltage disconnect bypass

  • LWBATVG

Low battery voltage

  • LWFUEL

Low fuel

  • LWHUM

Low humidity

  • LWPRES

Low cable pressure

  • LWTEMP

Low temperature

  • LWWTR

Low water

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • OPENDR

Open door

  • POWER

Commercial power failure

  • PUMP

Pump failure

  • PWR-48

48V power supply failure

  • PWR-139

–139 V power converter

  • PWR-190

–190 V power converter

  • PWRMJ

Power supply major

  • PWRMN

Power supply minor

  • RECT

Rectifier failure

  • RECTHI

Rectifier high voltage

  • RECTLO

Rectifier low voltage

  • RINGGENMJ

Ringing generator major

  • RINGGENMN

Ringing generator minor

  • RTACADSL

AC or AC/rectifier power fail ADSL equipment

  • RTACCRIT

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment critical site

  • RTACPWR

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment

  • RTACPWRENG

Commercial AC fail, site equipped with standby engine

  • RTBAYPWR

AC power loss distributed power RT bay

  • RTRVENG

Retrieve standby engine, commercial AC restored

  • SMOKE

Smoke

  • TEMP

High-low temperature

  • TOXICGAS

Toxic gas

  • TREPEATER

T-repeater shelf

  • VENTN

Ventilation system failure

<DESC>

(Optional) Alarm description. DESC is a string.

21.25 RTRV-AUDIT-LOG

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Audit Log (RTRV-AUDIT-LOG) command retrieves the contents of the audit log stored in the NE. Audit records contain information for user operations such as login, logout, change of provisioning parameters and other changes a user might make when connected to the NE. Audit records do not store operations related to parameter retrieval.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Log

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Superuser

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-AUDIT-LOG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-AUDIT-LOG:::1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“ <ENTRYNUM>,<OCRDAT>,<OCRTM>,<TASKID>,<TXSTATUS>,<DESCRIPTION>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ 17172,2004-10-05,09-52-44, TPROVMGR,COMPLD,
\17172,2004-10-05,09-52-44, TPROVMGR,COMPLD,\"DESCRIPTION\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<ENTRYNUM>

Entry number. ENTRYNUM is an integer.

<OCRDAT>

Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<TASKID>

Task ID. TASKID is a string.

<TXSTATUS>

Parameter type is TX_STATUS, which indicates the status of the transferred file.

  • COMPLD

The file transmission is completed.

  • IP

The file transmission is in process.

  • START

The file transmission is started.

<DESCRIPTION>

Description of event. Description format varies depending on the event and can include parameters used during the event. DESCRIPTION is a string.

21.26 RTRV-AUTO

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Auto (RTRV-AUTO) command retrieves the AUTO ports provisioned. Port bandwidth changes to OC3/OC12/OC48 as per the incoming signal when auto sense is enabled. Default being OC48 when auto sense is disabled.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-AUTO:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-AUTO:CISCO:VFAC-2-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<AID>,[DETECTEDPAYLOAD=<DETECTEDPAYLOAD>],[AUTOSENSE=<AUTOSENSE>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-15-1-1,DETECTEDPAYLOAD=OC48,AUTOSENSE=N"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<DETECTEDPAYLOAD>

Payload detected.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • AUTO

Auto

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1.

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4.

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

<AUTOSENSE>

Specifies if auto sense is enabled or disabled.

  • Y

Enable Autosensing.

  • N

Disable Autosensing.

21.27 RTRV-BFDLPM-<MOD2>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve BFDL Performance Monitoring (DS1, T1) command retrieves the BFDL (enhanced 24-hour ES, UAS, BES, CSS, and LOFC) performance monitoring parameters and applies to the DS3XM-12 card DS1 under BFDL mode. This command returns the current 15-minute and current 24-hour BFDL performance monitoring (PM) parameters and the 96 15-minute history requested type PM parameters.

 
Usage Guidelines

For example, the following input:

RTRV-BFDLPM-DS1::DS1-14-1-1:1:::REQTYPE=ENH-24HR-ES;

Will retrieve the following output:

DS1-14-1-1:ES,30,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:UAS,40,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:BES,50,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:SES,60,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:CSS,70,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:LOFC,80,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:ES,30,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:UAS,40,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:BES,50,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:SES,60,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:CSS,70,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:LOFC,80,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:ES,30,1-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:ES,40,2-15MIN-INV
DS1-14-1-1:ES,50,3-15MIN-INV
DS1-14-1-1:ES,80,96-15MIN-INV

Sending this command with a REQTYPE of ENH-24HR-CSS-AND-LOFC will retrieve 96 15-minute PM parameters for both CSS and LOFC. The command is applied on the DS3XM-12 DS1 under BFDL mode, ESF frame format, C-BIT IS port with an IS VT circuit configuration.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-BFDLPM-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::REQTYPE=<REQTYPE>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-BFDLPM-DS1:TID:DS1-14-1-1:123:::REQTYPE=ENH-24HR-ES;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “DS1” section.

<REQTYPE>

Indicates requested BFDL PM type. Must not be null. The parameter type is REQTYPE, which is the requested PM type.

  • ENH-24HR-BES

The enhanced 24-hour BES performance data

  • ENH-24HR-CSS-AND-LOFC

The enhanced 24-hour CSS-AND-LOFC performance data

  • ENH-24HR-ES

The enhanced 24-hour ES performance data

  • ENH-24HR-SES

The enhanced 24-hour SES performance data

  • ENH-24HR-UAS

The enhanced 24-hour UAS performance data

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,<BUCKET>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“DS1-14-1-1:ES,55,CURR-15MIN-INV”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “DS1” section.

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type which includes: BES, CSS, ES, LOFC, SES, UAS. MONTYPE is a string.

<MONVAL>

The value to which the register identified by MONTYPE is to be initialized to or the measured value of a monitored parameter. The value is in the form of numeric counts or rates. MONVAL is a string.

<BUCKET>

The BIN of each BFDL PM. BUCKET is a string.

21.28 RTRV-BITS

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Building Integrated Timing Supply (RTRV-BITS) command retrieves the BITS configuration command. For BITS facility, 64 K and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-1:782;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “BITS” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LBO=<LBO>],
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>],[SABIT=<SABIT>],
[IMPEDANCE=<IMPEDANCE>],[BITSFAC=<BITSFAC>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>]:[<PST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BITS-1::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-133,SYNCMSG=N,AISTHRSHLD=PRS,
SABIT=BYTE-4,IMPEDANCE=120-OHM,BITSFAC=T1,ADMSSM=PRS:IS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “BITS” section

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. The parameter type is LINE_CODE.

  • AMI

Line code value is AMI.

  • B3ZS

Bipolar with three-zero substitution

  • B6ZS

Line code value is B6ZS.

  • B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS.

  • JBZS

JBZS

  • ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port.

  • AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

  • CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • D4

Frame format is D4.

  • DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

  • E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

  • E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

  • E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

  • ESF

Frame format is ESF.

  • FRAMENA

FRAMENA

  • G-751

G-751

  • G-832

G-832

  • M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • M23

M23

  • SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

  • UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed.

<LBO>

(Optional) Line buildout settings. BITS line buildout. Default value is 0 to 133. LBP is an integer. The parameter type is BITS_LineBuildOut, which is the BITS line buildout.

  • 0–133

BITS line buildout range is 0–133.

  • 134–266

BITS line buildout range is 134–266.

  • 267–399

BITS line buildout range is 267–399.

  • 400–533

BITS line buildout range is 400–533.

  • 534–655

BITS line buildout range is 534–655.

<SYNCMSG>

Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is Y. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<AISTHRSHLD>

(Optional) Alarm indication signal threshold. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<SABIT>

(Optional) When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the BIT used to receive and transmit the SSM. The parameter type is SABITS (SA BITS).

  • BYTE-4

SABIT is BYTE-4.

  • BYTE-5

SABIT is BYTE-5.

  • BYTE-6

SABIT is BYTE-6.

  • BYTE-7

SABIT is BYTE-7.

  • BYTE-8

SABIT is BYTE-8.

<IMPEDANCE>

(Optional) When the frame format selection is E1, IMPEDANCE is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port. The parameter type is IMPEDANCE, which is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port

  • 120-OHM

Impedance of 120 ohms

  • 75-OHM

Impedance of 75 ohms

<BITSFAC>

(Optional) BITS facility settings. The parameter type is BITS_FAC, which is the BITS facility rate. 64 K and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454.

  • 2 M

2 MHz rate

  • 64 K

64 K rate

  • 6 M

6 MHz rate

  • E1

E1 rate

  • T1

T1 rate

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled.

The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In Service

  • OOS

Out of Service

21.29 RTRV-AWCFG

(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alien Wavelength Configuration (RTRV-AWCFG) retrieves the alien wavelength attributes configured.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-AWCFG:[<TID>]:<src>:<CTAG>::[:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-AWCFG::CHAN-3-5-RX:1;

 

Table 21-1 Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<SRC>

AID from the “ALL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“"<AID>:<ALIENID>,<FECMODE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-3-4-RX:40G DWDM ITU-T TXP,FECMODE=ENHANCED14”
;

 

Table 21-2 Output Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

AID from the “ALL” section.

<ALIENID>

Indicates the operating mode for alien wavelength. ALIENID is a STRING.

<FECMODE>

Specifies the FEC mode for alien wavelength.

  • ENH

Enhanced FEC is enabled.

  • ENH-I4

Enhanced FEC 1.4 is enabled.

  • ENH-I7

Enhanced FEC 1.7 is enabled.

  • HG-7

7% High Gain FEC is enabled.

  • HG-20

20% High Gain FEC is enabled.

  • OFF

FEC is disabled.

  • STD

Standard FEC is enabled.

21.30 RTRV-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Bulkroll for OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, or OC768 (RTRV-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>) command retrieves roll data parameters on a line.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Bridge and Roll

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-BULKROLL-OC12:CISCO:FAC-3-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source AID from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<FROM>:RFROM=<RFROM>,RTO=<RTO>,[RMODE=<RMODE>],VLDSIG=<VLDSIG>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-3-1-1:RFROM=STS-3-1-1,RTO=STS-5-1-1,RMODE=AUTO,VLDSIG=Y”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<FROM>

One of the end points. Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section for line level rolling and bulk rolling.

<RFROM>

The termination point of the existing cross-connect that is to be rolled. The AID is from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY).

<RTO>

The termination point that will become a leg of the new cross-connection. The AID is from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY).

<RMODE>

(Optional) The rolling mode of operation. The parameter type is RMODE, which specifies the roll mode.

  • AUTO

Automatic. When a valid signal is available, the roll under AUTO mode will automatically delete the previous end-point.

  • MAN

Manual. Enter the corresponding delete roll/bulkroll command to delete the previous end-point.

  • MAN

Manual

  • MAN-RESTART

Manual Restart for Test

<VLDSIG>

(Optional) The rolling mode of operation. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

21.31 RTRV-BWP-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454)

This command is used to retrieve a BandWidth Profile entry in BWP DB. The BWP DB is a collection of BWP used in a Network Element.

 
Usage Guidelines

The “ALL” AID is supported by this command.

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-BWP-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-BWP-ETH:ROCKS:BWP-10000:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameter

 

Table 21-3 Input Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

This AID is used to access BWP.

  • BWP-ALL

All aid for BWP.

  • BWP-{1-10000}

Single AID for BWP. The valid identifiers ranges from 1 to 10000.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<AID>::[NAME=<NAME>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[PBS=<PBS>],[PIR=<PIR>],[CFMSTATE=<CFM_STATE>]:";

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"BWP-10000::NAME="MyBWP",CIR=10,CBS=1M,PBS=1M,PIR=20,CFMSTATE=Y:";
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Table 21-4 Output Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

This AID is used to access BWP.

  • BWP-ALL

All aid for BWP.

  • BWP-{1-10000}

Single AID for BWP. The valid identifiers ranges from 1 to 10000.

<NAME>

The BWP name. BWP name is a String.

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0.

<CBS>

Ingress committed burst bucket size.

  • 4K

4 Kbit bucket size

  • 8K

16 Kbit bucket size

  • 16K

32 Kbit bucket size

  • 32K

64 Kbit bucket size

  • 64K

128 Kbit bucket size

  • 128K

256 Kbit bucket size

  • 256K

512 Kbit bucket size

  • 512K

1 Mbit bucket size

  • 1M

2 Mbit bucket size

  • 2M

4 Mbit bucket size

  • 4M

8 Mbit bucket size

  • 8M

16 Mbit bucket size

  • 16M

16 Kbit bucket size

<PBS>

Ingress peak burst bucket size

  • 4K

4 Kbit bucket size

  • 8K

8 Kbit bucket size

  • 16K

16 Kbit bucket size

  • 32K

32 Kbit bucket size

  • 64K

64 Kbit bucket size

  • 128K

128 Kbit bucket size

  • 256K

256 Kbit bucket size

  • 512K

512 Kbit bucket size

  • 1M

1 Mbit bucket size

  • 2M

2 Mbit bucket size

  • 4M

4 Mbit bucket size

  • 8M

8 Mbit bucket size

  • 16M

16 Mbit bucket size

<PIR>

Peak information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0.

<CFMSTATE>

Link Integrity status

  • Y

Enabled

  • N

Disabled

21.32 RTRV-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-CFM) command retrieves the Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) protocol state at the port level.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Port

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CFM:454-156:ETH-1-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameter

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<STATE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-7-1-1,STATE=ENABLE”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<CFM_STATE>

Indicates whether the CFM is enabled or disabled on the port.

  • ENABLE

Indicates the CFM is enabled on the port.

  • DISABLE

Indicates the CFM is disabled on the port.

21.33 RTRV-CHGRP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Channel Group (RTRV-CHGRP) command retrieves the layer 2 channel group information of GE_XP and 10GE_XP ethernet cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Channel Group

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<aid>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CHGRP::CHGRP-1-2:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[LACPMODE=<LACPMODE>],[HASHINGALGO=<HASHINGALGO>],[NIMODE=<NIMODE>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>],[ETHERCETYPE=<ETHERCETYPE>],[ETHERSTYPE=>ETHERSTYPE>],[BPDU=<BPDU>],[QNQMODE=<QNQMODE>],[MTU=<MTU>],[FLOWCTRL=<FLOWCTRL>],[SPEED=<SPEED>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[CIR=<CIR>,[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHGRP-1-1:LACPMODE=ACTIVE,HASHINGALGO=HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT,NIMODE=UNI,MACLEARNING=N,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE
=8100,BPDU=Y,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,MTU=9700,FLOWCTRL=ASYMMETRIC,
SPEED=AUTO,EXPSPEED=AUTO,CIR=100,CBS=4K,EBS=4K:OOS-MA,DSBLD”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section.

<NIMODE>

Identifies the Ethernet Network Interface Mode.

  • NNI

(Default) Network-Network Interface Mode

  • UNI

User-Network Interface Mode

<LACPMODE>

LACP mode values

  • ON

Manual mode of LACP

  • ACTIVE

Active mode of LACP

  • PASSIVE

Passive mode of LACP

<HASHINGALGO>

Hashing algorithm value

  • HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT

The Hashing Algorithm value is HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT.

  • HASHING_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT.

  • HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT.

  • HASHING_SRC_IP_TCP_UDP

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SRC_IP_TCP_UDP.

  • HASHING_DST_IP_TCP_UDP

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_DST_IP_TCP_UDP

  • HASHING_SRC_DST_ IP_TCP_UDP

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SRC_DST_IP_TCP_UDP.

<MTU>

(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600.

  • 10004

10004. Indicates jumbo size.

  • 1500

1500

  • 1548

1548

  • 9600

9600. Indicates jumbo size.

  • 64

64

  • 9700

9700. Indicates jumbo size.

<ATTACH >

Ethernet AID for the front end CE-MR-6 cards. Ethernet AID for the ethernet port on GE_XP and 10GE_XP card.

<DETACH>

To remove or detach the port.

<SPEED>

(Optional) The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

  • 10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

  • 10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

  • 40_GBPS

40 Gigabit per second

  • AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex

  • AUTO

Auto

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0.

<CBS>

Ingress committed burst bucket size.

  • 4K

4 Kbit bucket size

  • 8K

16 Kbit bucket size

  • 16K

32 Kbit bucket size

  • 32K

64 Kbit bucket size

  • 64K

128 Kbit bucket size

  • 128K

256 Kbit bucket size

  • 256K

512 Kbit bucket size

  • 512K

1 Mbit bucket size

  • 1M

2 Mbit bucket size

  • 2M

4 Mbit bucket size

  • 4M

8 Mbit bucket size

  • 8M

16 Mbit bucket size

  • 16M

16 Kbit bucket size

<EBS>

Ingress excess burst bucket size.

<MACLEARNING>

MAC Address Learning Mode. This activates the MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting.

  • Y

Enables the MAC learning on the interface.

  • N

Disables the MAC learning on the interface.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

  • 0 to 7

Set a Cos value

  • TRUST

Use the Customer COS

  • VLAN

The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

<ETHERCETYPE>

Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<ETHERSTYPE>

Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<BPDU>

BPDU (Bridge Protocol Data Unit) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets.

  • Y

Enables the BPDU tag.

  • N

Disables the BPDU tag.

<QNQMODE>

This is used to represent the QinQ mode operations.

  • Selective

The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped.

  • Transparent

The S-VLAN tag is always performed where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed.

<TRNSPSVLAN>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a string. User-assigned port name.

21.34 RTRV-CMD-SECU

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Command Security (RTRV-CMD-SECU) command retrieves the current command security level of the command specified in the AID field.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Security

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Superuser

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CMD-SECU:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CMD-SECU::INIT-REG:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier string. Identifies the entity in the NE to which the command pertains. It is the command verb along with verb modifier(s), as it currently exists. It can be a single command or a block of commands, where the block might include all commands. Only INIT-REG will be supported. String.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<CAP>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“INIT-REG:PROV”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Access identifier. It can be a single command or a block of commands, where the block can include all commands. Only INIT-REG is supported. AID is a string.

<CAP>

Command access privilege. The parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level.

  • PROV

Provisioning security level

  • SUPER

Superuser security level

21.35 RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, DS1, DS3I, DVBASI, E1, E100, E1000, E3, E4, EC1, ETH, FSTE, G1000, HDLC, ETH, GFPOS, GIGE, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC1, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, MSISC, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, ODU0, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, RPRIF, STM1, STM4, STM16, STM64, STM1E, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VC11, VC12, VC3, VC4, VC4-2c,VC4-3c, VC4-4c, VC4-8c, VC4-16c, VC4-64c, VCG, VT1, VT2, WLEN, RPRIF, 3GVIDEO, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, OTU1, or SDSDI (RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>) command retrieves the current standing condition and state associated with an entity.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifiers 3GVIDEO, OTU1, SDSDI, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G. The RTRV-COND-OTL command retrieves the conditions raised on sublanes of 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC Cards.

RTRV-COND-ODU0 command retrieves the conditions raised on the ODU0's on AR-XPE card only.

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Fault

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COND-OTU1::VFAC-14-3-1:1::OTUK-IAE;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<TYPEREQ>

The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>], [<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

tcc2 2011-08-18 16:11:55

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-14-3-1,OTU1:MN,OTUK-IAE,NSA,08-18,12-58-24,NEND,RCV,\"OTUK: INCOMING ALIGNMENT ERROR\""

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of access identifier. Specifies the type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2ALM, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CPS

CPS modifier signifies WSON control plane circuits.

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GFPOS

Generic framing protocol over packet over SONET virtual port alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gigabit ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • UDCDCC

UDC-DCC alarm

  • UDCF

UCD-F alarm

  • VCG

Virtual concatenation group alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

  • WLEN

Wavelength path provisioning

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<TYPEREP>

The condition itself. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRECTION>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) Condition description. DESC is a string.

21.36 RTRV-COND-ALL

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition All (RTRV-CON-ALL) command retrieves the current standing condition for all entities.

 
Usage Guidelines

According to Telcordia GR-833, the RTRV-COND-ALL command only reports EQPT, COM, and rr (T1, T3, OCn, EC1, STSn, VT1, DS1, E100, E1000, G1000, ML-Series, TXP and MXP) alarms.

This command does not return all conditions that are returned by other, more specific RTRV-COND commands; RTRV-COND-ALL returns a subset of these conditions. Telcordia GR-253-CORE, Section 6.2.1.8.4 states a retrieval that returns ALL conditions from a node (RTRV-COND-ALL) must omit any conditions that are “same root cause” as other raised conditions. The section also states any retrieval of a subset of the conditions from a node, regardless of how the subsetting occurs, should not omit these “same root cause” conditions.

RTRV-COND-STS1, for example, includes “same root cause” conditions in the set it returns and RTRV-COND-ALL does not.

To retrieve all the NE conditions, issue all of the following commands:

RTRV-COND-ALL
RTRV-COND-ENV
RTRV-COND-BITS
RTRV-COND-SYNCN

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Fault

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COND-ALL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COND-ALL:DXT:ALL:229::FORCE-REQ;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. String. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<TYPEREQ>

The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],<LOCN>,<DIRECTION>,[<DESC>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“RPRIF-2-0,T3:MJ,FORCE-REQ,SA,01-01,16-00-20,NEND,RCV,\"FORCED SWITCH REQUEST\""
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section that has an alarm condition.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of access identifier. Specifies the type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40-GiGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<TYPEREP>

The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRECTION>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) Condition description. DESC is a string.

21.37 RTRV-COND-BITS

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition Building Integrated Timing Supply (RTRV-COND-BITS) command retrieves the standing conditions on BITS.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COND-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COND-BITS:TID:BITS-1:229::LOS;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “BITS” section.

<TYPEREQ>

The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<DESC>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BITS-1,BITS:CR,LOS,SA,01-01,16-02-15,,,\“LOS OF SIGNAL\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “BITS” section that has an alarm condition.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of access identifier. Specifies the type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS2I alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<TYPEREP>

The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) Condition description. DESC is a string.

21.38 RTRV-COND-ENV

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Environmental Condition (RTRV-COND-ENV) command retrieves the environmental conditions.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Environment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COND-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COND-ENV:CISCO:ENV-IN-1:123::MJ,OPENDR;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section.

Note For RTRV-ALM-ENV, only ENV-IN-{1-4} is a valid AID for ONS 15454. ENV-OUT-{1,6} is not a valid AID for RTRV-ALM-ENV.

<NTFCNCDE>

Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<ALMTYPE>

The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type.

  • AIRCOMPR

Air compressor failure

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning failure

  • AIRDRYR

Air dryer failure

  • BATDSCHRG

Battery discharging

  • BATTERY

Battery failure

  • CLFAN

Cooling fan failure

  • CPMAJOR

Centralized power major failure

  • CPMINOR

Centralized power minor failure

  • ENGINE

Engine failure

  • ENGOPRG

Engine operating

  • ENGTRANS

Standby engine transfer

  • EXPLGS

Explosive gas

  • FIRDETR

Fire detector failure

  • FIRE

Fire

  • FLOOD

Flood

  • FUELLEAK

Fuel leak

  • FUSE

Fuse failure

  • GASALARM

Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail

  • HATCH

CEV hatch fail

  • GEN

Generator failure

  • HIAIR

High airflow

  • HIHUM

High humidity

  • HITEMP

High temperature

  • HIWTR

High water

  • INTRUDER

Intrusion

  • LEVELCON

Level converter

  • LVDADSL

Secondary ADSL low voltage disconnect

  • LVDBYPAS

Low voltage disconnect bypass

  • LWBATVG

Low battery voltage

  • LWFUEL

Low fuel

  • LWHUM

Low humidity

  • LWPRES

Low cable pressure

  • LWTEMP

Low temperature

  • LWWTR

Low water

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • OPENDR

Open door

  • POWER

Commercial power failure

  • PUMP

Pump failure

  • PWR-48

48 V power supply failure

  • PWR-139

–139 V power converter

  • PWR-190

–190 V power converter

  • PWRMJ

Power supply major

  • PWRMN

Power supply minor

  • RECT

Rectifier failure

  • RECTHI

Rectifier high voltage

  • RECTLO

Rectifier low voltage

  • RINGGENMJ

Ringing generator major

  • RINGGENMN

Ringing generator minor

  • RTACADSL

AC or AC/rectifier power fail ADSL equipment

  • RTACCRIT

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment critical site

  • RTACPWR

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment

  • RTACPWRENG

Commercial AC fail, site equipped with standby engine

  • RTBAYPWR

AC power loss distributed power RT bay

  • RTRVENG

Retrieve standby engine, commercial AC restored

  • SMOKE

Smoke

  • TEMP

High-low temperature

  • TOXICGAS

Toxic gas

  • TREPEATER

T-repeater shelf

  • VENTN

Ventilation system failure

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],
[<DESC>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,01-01,16-02-15,,,,\“OPEN DOOR\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section.

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<ALMTYPE>

The alarm type for the environmental alarm. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type.

  • AIRCOMPR

Air compressor failure

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning failure

  • AIRDRYR

Air dryer failure

  • BATDSCHRG

Battery discharging

  • BATTERY

Battery failure

  • CLFAN

Cooling fan failure

  • CPMAJOR

Centralized power major failure

  • CPMINOR

Centralized power minor failure

  • ENGINE

Engine failure

  • ENGOPRG

Engine operating

  • ENGTRANS

Standby engine transfer

  • EXPLGS

Explosive gas

  • FIRDETR

Fire detector failure

  • FIRE

Fire

  • FLOOD

Flood

  • FUELLEAK

Fuel leak

  • FUSE

Fuse failure

  • GASALARM

Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail

  • HATCH

CEV hatch fail

  • GEN

Generator failure

  • HIAIR

High airflow

  • HIHUM

High humidity

  • HITEMP

High temperature

  • HIWTR

High water

  • INTRUDER

Intrusion

  • LEVELCON

Level converter

  • LVDADSL

Secondary ADSL low voltage disconnect

  • LVDBYPAS

Low voltage disconnect bypass

  • LWBATVG

Low battery voltage

  • LWFUEL

Low fuel

  • LWHUM

Low humidity

  • LWPRES

Low cable pressure

  • LWTEMP

Low temperature

  • LWWTR

Low water

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • OPENDR

Open door

  • POWER

Commercial power failure

  • PUMP

Pump failure

  • PWR-48

48V power supply failure

  • PWR-139

–139 V power converter

  • PWR-190

–190 V power converter

  • PWRMJ

Power supply major

  • PWRMN

Power supply minor

  • RECT

Rectifier failure

  • RECTHI

Rectifier high voltage

  • RECTLO

Rectifier low voltage

  • RINGGENMJ

Ringing generator major

  • RINGGENMN

Ringing generator minor

  • RTACADSL

AC or AC/rectifier power fail ADSL equipment

  • RTACCRIT

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment critical site

  • RTACPWR

AC or AC/rectifier power fail DCL equipment

  • RTACPWRENG

Commercial AC fail, site equipped with standby engine

  • RTBAYPWR

AC power loss distributed power RT bay

  • RTRVENG

Retrieve standby engine, commercial AC restored

  • SMOKE

Smoke

  • TEMP

High-low temperature

  • TOXICGAS

Toxic gas

  • TREPEATER

T-repeater shelf

  • VENTN

Ventilation system failure

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) Condition description. DESC is a string.

21.39 RTRV-COND-EQPT

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition Equipment (RTRV-COND-EQPT) command retrieves the equipment conditions.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COND-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COND-EQPT:TID:SLOT-1:229::LOS;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section that has an alarm condition.

<TYPEREQ>

The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<DESC>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-1,EQPT:CR,LOS,SA,01-01,16-02-15,NEND,RCV,\"LOS OF SIGNAL\"”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section that has an alarm condition.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<TYPEREP>

The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) Condition description. DESC is a string.

21.40 RTRV-COND-SYNCN

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition Synchronization (RTRV-COND-SYNCN) command retrieves the synchronization condition.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COND-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COND-SYNCN:TID:SYNC-NE:229::LOS;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section that has an alarm condition.

<TYPEREQ>

The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<DESC>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SYNC-NE,SYNCN:MJ,FRNGSYNC,SA,01-01,16-02-15,,,
\“FREE RUNNING SYNCHRONIZATION MODE\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “SYN” section that has an alarm condition.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The value is always SYNCN. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<NTFCNCDE>

(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<TYPEREP>

The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<SRVEFF>

(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service.

  • NSA

The condition is non-service affecting.

  • SA

The condition is service affecting.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD.

<OCRTM>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRN>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

<DESC>

(Optional) Condition description. DESC is a string.

21.41 RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Console Port (RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT) command retrieves the status of the console port from the ML-Series cards.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Security

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT:CISCONODE:SLOT-2:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<EQPT>:[PORT=<PORT>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-2:PORT=ENABLED”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<EQPT>

Identifies the slot number for the data card. EQPT is a string.

<PORT>

(Optional) Status of the console port on the data card. The parameter type is PORTSTAT, which is the status of the console port on the card.

  • DISABLED

The port is disabled.

  • ENABLED

The port is enabled.

21.42 RTRV-COS-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Cost of Service Ethernet (RTRV-COS-ETH) command retrieves the egress parameters of a CoS table associated to an L2 Ethernet port.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-COS-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-COS-ETH:TID:ETH-1-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[QOSENABLED=<QOSENABLED>],[BW0=<BWO>],
[WEIGHT0=<WEIGHT0>],[BW1=<BW1>],[WEIGHT1=<WEIGHT1>],[BW2=<BW2>],
[WEIGHT2=<WEIGHT2>],[BW3=<BW3>],[WEIGHT3=<WEIGHT3>],[BW4=<BW4>],
[WEIGHT4=<WEIGHT4>],[BW5=<BW5>],[WEIGHT5=<WEIGHT5>],[BW6=<BW6>],
[WEIGHT6=<WEIGHT6>],[BW7=<BW7>],[WEIGHT7=<WEIGHT7>][:]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-5-1-1::QOSENABLED=Y,BW0=10,WEIGHT0=0,BW1=20,WEIGHT1=2,BW2=40,
WEIGHT2=4,BW3=60,WEIGHT3=6,BW4=70,WEIGHT4=8,BW5=80,WEIGHT5=10,BW6=85,
WEIGHT6=12,BW7=100,WEIGHT7=15:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<QOSENABLED>

Used to enable or disable the egress quality of service (QoS) policy of an L2 Ethernet port.

  • N

Disable the service

  • Y

Enable the service

<BW0>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT0>

Value represents the weighted round-robin (WRR) weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW1>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT1>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW2>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT2>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW3>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT3>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW4>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT4>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW5>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT5>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW6>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT6>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

<BW7>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100

<WEIGHT7>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15.

21.43 RTRV-CRS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Cross-Connect (RTRV-CRS) command retrieves all the cross-connections based on the required PATH types.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command retrieves all the STS and/or VT cross-connections on the NE, or on the specified shelf, card, or port.
  • A NULL AID defaults to ALL (NE).
  • A NULL PATH defaults to all the existing cross-connections.
  • Both DRITYPE and DRINODE optional fields are available to support MSSPR-DRI. DRITYPE is applied only if the cross-connect is a drop-and-continue connection (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to SNCP for the DRI. DRINODE must be specified only if at least one end of the connection is on the MS-SPRing, and defaults to NA.
  • CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID is 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL it will not appear.
  • VC values in CRS_TYPE are not supported in this command.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Cross Connections

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CRS:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>:::[CRSTYPE=<CRSTYPE>][:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CRS:CISCO:ALL:123:::CRSTYPE=STS;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section that can be EQPT, Facility, STS, VT, or ALL. The ALL AID defaults to NE, which means it reports all the existing cross-connections on the NE. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<CRSTYPE>

The cross-connection type. Defaults to all existing cross-connections. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is PATH, which is the modifier for path commands.

Note The cross-connection type cannot be VT, if the AID specified is an STS AID.

  • STS1

Synchronous transport signal/module level 1 (51.84 Mbps)

  • STS3C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 3 concatenated (155.52 Mbps)

  • STS6C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 6 (311.04 Mbps)

  • STS9C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 9 concatenated (466.56 Mbps)

  • STS12C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 12 concatenated (622.08 Mbps)

  • STS18C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 18 concatenated (933.12 Mbps)

  • STS24C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 24 concatenated (1244.16 Mbps)

  • STS36C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 36 concatenated (1866.24 Mbps)

  • STS48C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 48 concatenated (2488.32 Mbps)

  • STS192C

Synchronous transport signal/module level 192 concatenated (9953.28 Mbps)

  • VT1

Virtual Tributary 1

  • VT2

Virtual Tributary 2

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<DST>:<CCT>,<CRSTYPE>:[DRITYPE=<DRITYPE>],[DRINODE=<SYNCSW>],
[CKTID=<CKTID>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-5-1-2&STS-6-1-2,STS-12-1-2&STS-13-1-2:1WAYDC,STS1:DRITYPE=BLSR,
DRINODE=PRI,CKTID=CKTID:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. Indicates the source AID(s) of the cross-connection. SRC is listable.

<DST>

Destination AID of the cross-connection from the “CrossConnectId” section. DST is listable.

<CCT>

Type of connection. Used for specifying one or two-way connections. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created.

  • 1WAY

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary

  • 1WAYDC

Path Protection multicast drop with one-way continue

  • 1WAYEN

Path Protection multicast end node with one-way continue

  • 1WAYMON

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

Note In ONS 15454 Software Release 3.0 and later, 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects that can be retrieved with TL1.

  • 1WAYPCA

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

  • 2WAYDC

A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated DRIs

  • 2WAYPCA

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber

  • DIAG

Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect).

<CRSTYPE>

The cross-connection type. The parameter type is CRS_TYPE, which is the cross-connection type.

Note The cross-connection type cannot be VT, if the AID specified is an STS AID.

  • STS

Indicates all the STS cross-connections

  • STS1

STS1 cross-connect

  • STS3C

STS3c cross-connect

  • STS6C

STS6c cross-connect

  • STS9C

STS9c cross-connect

  • STS12C

STS12c cross-connect

  • STS18C

STS18c cross-connect

  • STS24C

STS24c cross-connect

  • STS36C

STS36c cross-connect

  • STS48C

STS48c cross-connect

  • STS192C

STS192c cross-connect

  • VT

Indicates all the VT1 cross-connections

  • VT1

VT1 cross-connect

  • VT2

VT2 cross-connect

<DRITYPE>

(Optional) The DRI connection type. It is applied only if the cross-connection is a drop-and-continue connection type (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to path protection for the DRI configuration. The parameter type is DRITYPE (DRI type).

  • BLRS

BLSR DRI type

  • Path Protection

Path Protection DRI type

  • Path Protection-BLSR

Path Protection-BLSR hand-off DRI type

<DRINODE>

(Optional) Synchronization switch AID from the “SYNCSW” section.

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification parameter that contains a common language ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. It cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string.

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state and primary state qualifier separated by a colon. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) One or more secondary states separated by “&”, in alphabetical order. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.44 RTRV-CRS-<PATH>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Cross-Connect for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-CRS-<PATH>) command retrieves any connections associated with the entered AID(s) or AID range. The information on both ends is returned along with the type of connection.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The path protection STS cross-connection can be retrieved by using “&” in the AID fields of this command.

blank.gif To retrieve a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

the output will be:

1-way

“F1&F2,T1:CCT,STS3C”

2-way

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.

If retrieved on point T1, the output will be:

“T1,F1&F2:CCT,STS3C”

blank.gif To retrieve a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

1-way

“F1,T1&T2:CCT,STS3C”

2-way

“T1&T2,F1:CCT,STS3C”

blank.gif To retrieve a 1-way subtending path protection connection or 2-way subtending path protection cross-connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

1-way:

“F1&F2,T1&T2:CCT,STS3C”

2-way:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.

If retrieved on point T1 or T2, the output will be:

“T1&T2,F1&F2:CCT,STS3C”

blank.gif To retrieve a 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:

ENT-CRS-<PATH>::F1&F2,S1&S2:<CTAG>::2WAY;

from points: F1, F2 (F1 is the working side, F2 is the protect side)

selector: S1, S2 (S1 is the working side, S2 is the protect side)

the output will be:

If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output will be:

“F1&F2,S1&S2:CCT,STS3C”

If retrieved on selector S1 or S2, the output will be:

“S1&S2,F1&F2:CCT,STS3C”

blank.gif To retrieve a path protection IDRI cross-connect with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

the output will be:

“F1&F2,T1&T2:CCT,STS3C”

blank.gif To retrieve a path protection DRI cross-connect with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

the output will be:

“F1&F2,T1:CCT,STS3C”

  • All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.
  • STS_PATH does not include STS for the RTRV-CRS command because STS is not a standard designator as defined by Telcordia GR-833, Section A-2.
  • Both the 1WAYPCA and 2WAYPCA is used to specify a PCA cross-connection.
  • The facility AID is only valid on slots with a G1K-4 card.
  • The virtual facility AID (VFAC) is only valid on slots holding the ML-Series card.
  • Both DRITYPE and DRINODE optional fields are available to support BLSR-DRI. DRITYPE is applied only if the cross-connect is a drop-and-continue connection (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to path protection for the DRI. DRINODE must be specified only if at least one end of the connection is on the BLSR, and defaults to NA.
  • The DS3XM-12 card allows portless STS1/VT1.5 cross-connection provisioning on the PORTLESS ports.


 

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Cross Connections

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CRS-STS3C:KENWOOD:STS-6-1-1:223;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<DST>:<CCT>,<MOD>:[DRITYPE=<DRITYPE>],[DRINODE=<SYNCSW>],
[CKTID=<CKTID>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-5-1-2&STS-6-1-2,STS-12-1-2&STS-13-1-2:1WAYDC,STS1:DRITYPE=BLSR,
DRINODE=PRI,CKTID=CKTID:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. Indicates the source AID(s) of the cross-connection. SRC is listable.

<DST>

Destination AID of the cross-connection from the “CrossConnectId” section. DST is listable.

<CCT>

Type of connection. Used for specifying one or two-way connections. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created.

  • 1WAY

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary

  • 1WAYDC

Path Protection multicast drop with one-way continue

  • 1WAYEN

Path Protection multicast end node with one-way continue

  • 1WAYMON

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

Note With ONS 15454 Software R3.0 and later, 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from CTC. Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects and can be retrieved by TL1.

  • 1WAYPCA

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

  • 2WAYDC

A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated dual-ring interconnects

  • 2WAYPCA

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber

  • DIAG

Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect)

<MOD>

The connection path bandwidth. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GIGE

10-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • D1VIDEO

D1 Video

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC3 facility

  • OC12

OC12 facility

  • OC48

OC48 facility

  • OC192

OC192 facility

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • POS

POS port

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<DRITYPE>

(Optional) The DRI connection type. It is applied only if the cross-connection is a drop-and-continue connection type (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to path protection for the DRI configuration. The parameter type is DRITYPE (DRI type).

  • BLRS

BLSR DRI type

  • Path Protection

Path Protection DRI type

  • Path Protection-BLSR

Path Protection-BLSR hand-off DRI type

<SYNCSW>

(Optional) Synchronization switch AID from the “SYNCSW” section.

<CKTID>

(Optional) A string of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. CKTID is a string.

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state and primary state qualifier separated by a colon. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) One or more secondary states separated by “&”, in alphabetical order. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.45 RTRV-CRS-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454)

This command retrieve an Ethernet Connection between two or more ethernet connection end points within ethernet facilities.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command accept the ALL AID. Use one of the specified ethernet end points and the connection end point identifier associated in order to identify a cross-connection inside the node.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

ETHERNET

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-CRS-ETH:[<TID>]:<aid>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-CRS-ETH:TID:ALL:CTAG;

RTRV-CRS-ETH:TID:ETH-5-1-1-ALL:CTAG;

RTRV-CRS-ETH:TID:ETH-1-1-1-11:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

 

Table 21-5 Input Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Ethernet connection identifier AIDs used to access L2 ethernet connection end point.

  • ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

  • ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}

Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card.

  • ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<SRC>,<DST>:<ECT>:[CKTID=<CKTID>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"ETH-1-1-1-13,ETH-1-21-1-13&ETH-1-22-1-13:2WAY:CKTID=ETHERNET:IS-NR";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Ethernet connection identifier AIDs used to access L2 ethernet connection end point.

  • ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

  • ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}

Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card.

  • ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card.

<DST>

Ethernet connection identifier AIDs used to access L2 ethernet connection end point.

  • ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

  • ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}

Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card.

  • ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card.

<ECT>

Defines the type of cross-connect to be created. It is a subset of the CCT.

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

<CKTID>

Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned.

<PST-PSTQ >

Service State of the entity described by the Primary State (PST) and a Primary State Qualifier (PSTQ)

  • IS-NRorUnlocked-Enabled

In Service - Normal

  • OOS-AUorUnlocked-Disabled

Out of Service - Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMAorLocked-Disabled

Out of Service - Autonomous and Management

  • OOS-MTorLocked-Enabled

Out of Service - Management

<SST>

Secondary State. This parameter provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AINSorAutomaticInService

Automatic In Service State Transition.

DSBLDorDisabled

Disabled

21.46 RTRV-DFLT-SECU

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Default Security (RTRV-DFLT-SECU) command retrieves the system-wide default values associated with several security parameters.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Security

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Superuser

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-DFLT-SECU:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-DFLT-SECU:CISCO:ALL:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier. ALL is the only acceptable value. AID is a string.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<NE>:PAGE=<PAGE>,PCND=<PCND>,MXINV=<MXINV>,DURAL=<DURAL>,TMOUT=<TMOUT>,UOUT=<UOUT>,PFRCD=<PFRCD>,POLD=<POLD>,PINT=<PINT>,LOGIN=<LOGIN>,[PRIVLVL=<PRIVLVL>],[PDIF=<PDIF>],[PWDCHRULE=<PWDCHRULE>],[PWDMINLEN=<PWDMINLEN>],[PWDMAXLEN=<PWDMAXLEN>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“TCC2:PAGE=40,PCND=5,MXINV=5,DURAL=30,TMOUT=0,UOUT=60,PFRCD=NO,
POLD=5,PINT=20,LOGIN=MULTIPLE,PRIVLVL=RTRV,PDIF=1”
;

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“107161:PAGE=0,PCND=0,MXINV=5,DURAL=30,TMOUT=0,UOUT=0,PFRCD=NO,POLD=1,PINT=0,LOGIN=MULTIPLE,PRIVLVL=RTRV,PDIF=1,PWDCHRULE=ANY_CHAR,PWDMINLEN=2,PWDMAXLEN=20”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<NE>

The node name of the NE where the system values are to be retrieved.

<PAGE>

Password aging interval. It is the number of days before a user is prompted to change his or her password. 0 indicates the policy is turned off and is the default. If PAGE is turned on for all privilege levels and is not specified for each privilege level, it defaults to 45 days. PAGE ranges from 20 to 90 days. PAGE is an integer.

<PCND>

Number of days a password can be used before a new one is mandatory (for example, the warning period). Default is 5 days. PCND ranges from 2 to 20 days. PCND is an integer.

<MXINV>

Maximum number of consecutive and invalid session set up attempts allowed to occur before an intrusion attempt is suspected (for example, “Failed Logins Before Lockout” from CTC). 0 indicates the policy is turned off. Default is 5. MXINV ranges from 0 to 10. MXINV is an integer.

<DURAL>

Time interval (in seconds) during which a user ID is locked out when an intrusion attempt is suspected (for example, the “Lockout Duration”). If the user is locked out until unlocked by a Superuser, DURAL=INFINITE. Default is 30 seconds. DURAL ranges from 0 to 600 seconds. DURAL is 0 for RTRV users, 60 minutes for MAINT users, 30 minutes for PROV users, and 15 minutes for SUPER users. DURAL is a string.

<TMOUT>

Interval (in minutes) after which a session is terminated if no messages are exchanged between the user and the NE. 0 indicates that the session will not timeout. TMOUT is an integer.

<UOUT>

UID aging interval, expressed in days. If a userid has not been used in UOUT days, the user will be forced to change his/her password (or logout) at the next login. No other command is allowed until the password has been changed. 0 indicates the policy is turned off and is the default. UOUT ranges from 1 to 99 days. UOUT is an integer.

<PFRCD>

Indicates if a password change is required when a new user establishes a session to the NE for the first time. (For example, “Require password change on 1st login”). Default is NO. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

Password change is not required.

  • YES

Password change is required.

<POLD>

Number of prior passwords that cannot be reused (for example, “Prevent reusing last X passwords”). Default is 1. POLD ranges from 1 to 10. POLD is an integer.

<PINT>

Number of days that must pass before a password can be changed. If PINT is 0, the policy is turned off. Default is off. PINT ranges from 20 to 95 days. PINT is an integer.

<LOGIN>

Number of times a user can log into an NE. LOGIN is either SINGLE or MULTIPLE. If LOGIN is SINGLE, a user can only log into an NE one time with any given userid, regardless of the method of login (for example, CTC, TL1, etc.). Default is MULTIPLE. The parameter type is USER_LOGINS, which is the number of times a user can log into the same NE with the same user ID.

  • MULTIPLE

A user can log into the same NE many times.

  • SINGLE

A user can log into the NE only once (includes both CTC and TL1 sessions).

<PRIVLVL>

Parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level.

  • MAINT

Maintenance security level. Unlimited idle time.

  • PROV

Provision security level. 60 minutes of idle time.

  • RTRV

Retrieve security level. 30 minutes of idle time.

  • SUPER

Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time.

<PDIF>

(Optional) Indicates how many characters must differ between old and new passwords. Default minimum character difference is 1. Ranges from 1 to 5 characters. PDIF is an integer.

<PWDCHRULE>

(Optional) Password Characters Rule. Indicates the password characters rule for the specified minimum length of the password.

  • ONE_EACH_OF_LETTER_NUM_TL1SPECIAL

One letter, one number, and one TL1 special character (%, #, +).

  • ONE_EACH_OF_LETTER_NUM_SPECIAL

One letter, one number, and one special character.

  • TWO_EACH_OF_TWO_OF_UPPER_LOWER_NUM_TL1SPECIAL

Two each of any of the two numbers, upper, lower, or TL1 special characters.

  • TWO_EACH_OF_TWO_OF_UPPER_LOWER_NUM_SPECIAL

Two each of any of the two numbers, upper, lower, or special characters.

  • ANY_CHAR

Any character.

<PWDMINLEN>

(Optional) Password Minimum Length. Indicates the minimum number of characters that can be set for password configuration. The values are 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12.

<PWDMAXLEN>

(Optional) Password Maximum Length. Indicates the maximum number of characters that can be set for password configuration. The values are 20 or 80.

21.47 RTRV-DS1

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve DS1 (RTRV-DS1) command retrieves the test access attributes on a DS1 layer of a DS3XM card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Frame format is not applicable to even port less ports on DS3XM-12 card and cannot be retrieved through RTRV-DS1 command.


 
Usage Guidelines

  • Both the MODE and the FMT fields of this command are applied for the DS3XM-12 card only.
  • If the DS1 mode of the DS3XM-12 is ATT, the DS1 path can retrieve AT&T/54016 FEND PM counts up to 96 15-minute intervals; if the DS1 mode of the DS3XM-12 is FDL, the DS1 path can retrieve FDL/T1-403 FEND PM counts up to 32 15-minute intervals in RTRV-PM-DS1.
  • For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 frame format NE default is AUTO_PROV_FMT for the first 30 seconds to determine the real format. After 30 seconds, the DS1 frame format is the detected frame. If the frame format is not determined, it will be in the UNFRAMED format.
  • For the preprovisioning DS3XM-12 card, its DS1 frame format defaults to UNFRAMED.
  • For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1-configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply to the ported ports (1 to 12) and the VT-mapped (odd) portless ports in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands. Provisioning or retrieving DS1 attributes on the DS3-mapped (even) portless ports in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands is not allowed.
  • The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, BERTERRCOUNT, BERTERRRATE, and BERTSYNCSTATUS apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards
  • BERT is implemented on a single port.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-DS1:[<TID>]:<DS1AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-DS1:PETALUMA:DS1-2-1-6-12:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<DS1AID>

The DS1 path access identifier of the DS3XM card from the “DS1” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],
[MODE=<MODE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[BERTMODE=<BERTMODE>],
[BERTPATTERN=<BERTPATTERN>],[BERTERRCOUNT=<BERTERRCOUNT>],
[BERTERRRATE=<BERTERRRATE>], [BERTSYNCSTATUS=<BERTSYNCSTATUS>]";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"DS1-2-1-6-12::TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,MODE=FDL,FMT=ESF,BERTMODE=NONE,
BERTPATTERN=NONE,BERTERRCOUNT=0,BERTERRRATE=NONE,
BERTSYNCSTATUS=N";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “DS1” section.

<TACC>

(Optional) Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Default is N. TACC is an integer.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

  • DUAL

Dual FAD

  • SINGLE

Single FAD

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if an AIS is sent on a loopback.

  • AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AIS is not sent on loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks.

<MODE>

(Optional) Mode. The parameter type is DS1MODE, which is the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card

  • ATT

Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in AT&T 54016 mode.

  • FDL

Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode.

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port.

  • AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

  • CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • D4

Frame format is D4.

  • DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

  • E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

  • E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

  • E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

  • ESF

Frame format is ESF.

  • FRAMENA

FRAMENA

  • G-751

G-751

  • G-832

G-832

  • M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • M23

M23

  • SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

  • UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed.

<BERTMODE>

Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) or Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT.

  • NONE

BERT mode not enabled.

  • TPGM-L

Test pattern generator and monitor on line side.

  • TPGM-B

Test pattern generator and monitor on backplane.

  • TPG-L

Test pattern generator on line side.

  • TPM-L

Test pattern monitor on line side.

  • TPG-B

Test pattern generator on backplane.

  • TPM-B

Test pattern monitor on backplane.

<BERTPATTERN>

Specifies the error pattern to be injected for BERT.

  • NONE

BERT pattern not enabled.

  • PRBS15

PRBS15 test pattern.

  • PRBS20

PRBS20 test pattern.

  • PRBS23

PRBS23 test pattern.

  • QRSS

QRSS test pattern.

  • ALT-ONE-ALT-ZERO

Alternate one and zero pattern.

<BERTERRCOUNT>

Integer value. Value -1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported.

<BERTERRRATE>

Specifies the BERT error rate received.

  • NONE

No bit errors.

  • SINGLE

Single bit error.

  • 1E-3

Bit errors in 1E-3 rate.

  • 1E-4

Bit errors in 1E-4 rate.

  • 1E-5

Bit errors in 1E-5 rate.

  • 1E-6

Bit errors in 1E-6 rate.

<BERTSYNCSTATUS>

Synchronization status of BERT values. The parameter type is Y_N, which specifies if synchronization status is up or down.

  • Y

BERT synchronization status is up.

  • N

BERT synchronization status is down.

21.48 RTRV-DSCP-<MOD2>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The RTRV-DSCP-<MOD2> command retrieves Differentiated Service Code Points (DSCP) to COS conversion table associated to a L2 ethernet port or a channel group.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is applicable when the INGRESSCOS parameter is set to DSCP value on the ethernet port or channel group.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet or Channel Group

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-DSCP-MOD2:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<COS>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-DSCP-ETH::ETH-5-1-1:1234;

RTRV-DSCP-CHGRP::CHGRP-1-1:1234::3;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier.

  • Ethernet

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

  • Channel Group

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:<COS>:[DSCPFIRST=<DSCP_FIRST>],[DSCPLAST=<DSCP_LAST>];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-5-1-1:0:DSCPFIRST=0,DSCPLAST=9:”
;

 

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHGRP-5-1-1:0:DSCPFIRST=0,DSCPLAST=9:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier.

  • Ethernet

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

  • Channel Group

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

  • 0 to 7

Cos value

  • DSCP

The COS set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

  • TRUST

The Customer COS

  • VLAN

The COS provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

<DSCPFIRST>

DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0

<DSCPLAST>

DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0.

21.49 RTRV-EC1

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Electrical Carrier (RTRV-EC1) command retrieves the facility status of an EC1 card.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-EC1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-EC1:CISCO:FAC-1-1:1234;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[PJMON=<PJMON>],[LBO=<LBO>],[RXEQUAL=<RXEQUAL>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],
[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::PJMON=0,LBO=0-225,RXEQUAL=Y,SOAK=52,SOAKLEFT=12-25,SFBER=1E-4,
SDBER=1E-7,NAME=\"EC1 PORT\",EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCFORMAT=16-BYTE,AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL:IS-NR,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<PJMON>

(Optional) A SONET pointer monitor attribute of an EC1 port. PJMON is an integer.

<LBO>

(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line buildout.

  • 0–225

Electrical signal line buildout range is 0–225.

  • 226–450

Electrical signal line buildout range is 226–450.

<RXEQUAL>

(Optional) Parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

  • Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SOAK>

IS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1-minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT, or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in IS-AINS but the countdown has not started due to fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in IS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<SFBER>

(Optional) Signal failure threshold. The default value is 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

  • 1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port Name. NAME is a string.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

(Optional) TRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE.

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

  • 1-BYTE

1-byte trace message

  • 16-BYTE

16-byte trace message

  • 64-BYTE

64-byte trace message

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if an AIS is sent on a loopback.

  • AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AIS is not sent on loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks.

<PST_PSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.50 RTRV-EFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (RTRV-EFM) command retrieves the Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) state on the port and EFM protocol parameters associated with that port.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-EFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-EFM::ETH-12-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:[STATE=<STATE>], [MODE=<MODE>],
[LFACTION=<LFACTION>],[DGACTION=<DGACTION>],[SESSIONTIMER=<SESSIONTIMER>],[EFMREMOTELPBK=<EFMREMOTELPBK>];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-7-1-1,STATE=DISABLE,MODE=ACTIVE,LFACTION=NONE,SESSIONTIMER=5,EFMREMOTELPBK=N:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<STATE>

Indicates whether the EFM is enabled or disabled on the port.

  • ENABLE

Indicates the EFM is enabled on the port.

  • DISABLE

Indicates the EFM is disabled on the port.

<MODE>

Indicates the mode of the EFM port.

  • ACTIVE

The port is in the active state.

  • PASSIVE

The port is in the passive state.

<LFACTION>

Action to be taken for the failure of the link on the port.

  • RFIACTION-NONE

No action.

  • ERROR-BLOCK

Block the port.

<SESSIONTIMER>

Session expire timer for EFM (in seconds).

<EFMREMOTELPBK>

Indicates the EFM remote loopback state on the port.

  • Y

Loopback is enabled on the remote port.

  • N

Loopback is disabled on the remote Port.

21.51 RTRV-EQPT

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Equipment (RTRV-EQPT) command retrieves the data parameters and state parameters associated with a card or shelf. The command retrieves the card type, equipped state, and the state of that card. The command modifies the provision details of AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards and its facilities.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command returns the PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM, and RVRTV parameters for a card inside a protection group according to the following scenarios:

  • A working AID/card within a 1:1 protection group will return PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM, and RVRTV.
  • A protection/AID card within a 1:1 protection group will return PRTYPE, RVTM, and RVRTV.
  • A working AID/card within a 1:N protection group will return PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM, and RVRTV=Y.
  • A protection AID/card of a 1:1 protection group will return PRTYPE, RVTM, and RVRTV=Y.
  • An unprotected AID/card will return the AID type, equip (equip/unequip), status (act/standby), and state (IS/OOS) values.
  • Preprovisioned cards (without being plugged in) will display OOS,AINS for PST and SST. After the card is plugged in and has gone through its initialization sequence, the card automatically goes to IS state (PST).
  • The CARDMODE parameter is displayed for ML-Series Ethernet, FC_MR-4, DS1/E1-56, and DWDM xponder cards.
  • The RETIME parameter is only displayed for the DS1/E1-56 (ONS 15454) card.
  • The TRANSMODE parameter is only displayed for the DS1/E1-56 card.

Error conditions:

  • The NE will generate an error when the equipment is not provisioned.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-EQPT::SLOT-4:444;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<AID>:<AIDTYPE>,<EQUIP>,, [<STATUS>]:[<CARDNAME>],: <PST>,[<SST>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

M 321 COMPLD

"SLOT-1:TNC,EQUIP,,ACT:CARDNAME=TNC,:IS-NR,"

"SLOT-3:AR-XP,EQUIP,,STBY:CARDNAME=ROCCIA NERA 7,:OOS-AU,FLT"

"SLOT-4:AR-XP,UNEQUIP,,NA::OOS-AU,AINS&UEQ"

"SLOT-6:TXP-MR-10E,EQUIP,,STBY:CARDNAME=15454-10E-L1-C 1529.55,CARDMODE=DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH,:IS-NR,"

"PPM-3-1:PPM-1,EQUIP,,NA:CARDNAME=SD-SDI/HD-SDI/SDI3G-TX-1310NM,:IS-NR,"

"PPM-3-5:PPM-1,UNEQUIP,,NA::OOS-AU,AINS&UEQ"

"PPM-3-6:PPM-1,UNEQUIP,,NA::OOS-AU,AINS&UEQ"

"PPM-3-7:PPM-1,EQUIP,,NA:CARDNAME=ESCON/ETR-CLO-1310NM,:IS-NR,"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<AIDTYPE>

The type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is EQUIPMENT-TYPE (equipment type).

  • 10GE-XP

(ONS 15454) 2 x 10 Gbps. muxponder/L2 ethernet switch card

  • 32-DMX

(ONS 15454) 32 channel optical demultiplexer

  • 32-DMX-L

(ONS 15454) 32 channel optical demultiplexer for L-band

  • 32-MUX-O

(ONS 15454) 32 channel unidirectional optical multiplexer
This overrides the old equipment type MUX-32 present in the 4.6 and earlier releases.

  • 32-WSS

(ONS 15454) 32 channel optical wavelength selective switch for C Band

  • 40-DMX-C

(ONS 15454) 40 channel optical demultiplexer for C Band

  • 40-MUX-C

(ONS 15454) 40 channel optical multiplexer for C Band

  • 40-WSS-C

(ONS 15454) 40 channel optical wavelength switch selector for C Band

  • 40-WXC-C

(ONS 15454) 40 channel optical wavelength cross-connect/wavelength router for C Band

  • AD-1B

(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 1 band filter

  • AD-1C

(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 1 channel filter

  • AD-2C

(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 2 channels filter

  • AD-4B

(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 4 bands filter

  • AD-4C

(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 4 channels filter

  • ADM-10G

(ONS 15454) 16 x OC3/OC12/OC48/GIGE and OC192/Trunk ADM 10 Gbps card

  • AIC

(ONS 15454) AIC card

  • AICI

(ONS 15454) AICI Card

  • CE-1000-4

(ONS 15454) Modena mapper card

  • CE-100T-8

(ONS 15454) Exige/Elise mapper card

  • CE-MR-10

(ONS 15454, ONS 15454 SDH) Lotus20g ce2 card

  • DS1-E1-56

(ONS 15454) DS1-E1-56 card

  • DS1I

(ONS 15454) DS1I card

  • DS3I

(ONS 15454) DS3I card

  • DS3IN

(ONS 15454) DS3IN card

  • E1-42

(ONS 15454) 42 port E1 card

  • E1000T

(ONS 15454) E1000T card

  • E100T

(ONS 15454) E100T card

  • E3

(ONS 15454) E3 card

  • FC-MR-4

(ONS 15454) FC-MR-4 card

  • FILLER-CARD

(ONS 15454) Blank filler card

  • G1000-4

(ONS 15454) A 4-port G1000 card

  • GE-XP

(ONS 15454) 20 x 1 Gbps muxponder/L2 ethernet switch card

  • MD-4

(ONS 15454) Four channel optical multiplexer/demultiplexer

  • ML-100T-8

(ONS 15454) Exige/Elise mapper card

  • ML1000-2

(ONS 15454) Daytona 2-port GigE

  • ML100T-12

(ONS 15454) Daytona 12-port FSTE

  • ML100X-8

(ONS 15454) 8-port 100T card with optical interface

  • MRC-12

(ONS 15454) Humvee - 12-port multirate optical card

  • MRC-2.5G-4

(ONS 15454) 4-port MRC 2.5G (Hummer 4 15454-ANSI card)

  • MRC-2.5G-12

(ONS 15454) 12-port MRC 2.5G (Hummer 12 15454-ETSI card)

  • MXP-2.5G-10E

(ONS 15454) Monviso 10G (4 * 2.5G) muxponder card with enhanced FEC

  • MXP-2.5G-10EX

(ONS 15454) Cengalo 10G (4 * 2.5G) muxponder with enhanced FEC card

  • MXP-2.5G-10G

(ONS 15454) Skane 10G (4 * 2.5G) muxponder card

  • MXP-MR-2.5G

(ONS 15454) Bernina multirate 2.5G muxponder unprotected

  • MXPP-MR-2.5G

(ONS 15454) Bernina multirate 2.5G muxponder protected

  • MXPP-MR-10DME

(ONS 15454) Multirate 10Gbps datamux

  • MXPP-MR-10DMEX

(ONS 15454) Multirate 10Gbps datamux with enhanced dispersion

  • ML-MR-10

(Cisco ONS 15454 SDH)

  • OPT-AMP-17-C

(ONS 15454) Optical booster/pre-amplifier for C band 17 dBm

  • OPT-AMP-23-C

(ONS 15454) Optical booster/pre-amplifier for C band 23 dBm

  • OPT-AMP-L

(ONS 15454) Optical booster/pre-amplifier for L band

  • OPT-AMP-C

(ONS 15454) Optical booster/pre-amplifier for C band

  • OPT-BST

(ONS 15454) Optical booster amplifier

  • OPT-BST-E

(ONS 15454) Optical booster enhanced amplifier for C band

  • OPT-BST-L

(ONS 15454) Optical booster amplifier for L band

  • OPT-PRE

(ONS 15454) Optical pre-amplifier

  • OSC-CSM

(ONS 15454) Optical service channel (OSC) with combiner/separator module (SCM)

  • OSCM

(ONS 15454) Optical service channel (OSC) module

  • PPM-1

(ONS 15454) Pluggable port module with one SFP port

  • STM1E-12

(ONS 15454 SDH) STM1E-12 card

  • TCC

(ONS 15454) TCC card

  • TXP-MR-10E

(ONS 15454) Skane 10G multirate transponder card with enhanced FEC

  • TXP-MR-10G

(ONS 15454) Skane 10G multirate transponder card

  • TXP-MR-2.5G

(ONS 15454) Rockwell multirate 2.5G unprotected

  • TXPP-MR-2.5G

(ONS 15454) Rockwell multirate 2.5G protected

  • XC

(ONS 15454) XC card

  • XC10G

(ONS 15454) XC10G card

  • XCVT

(ONS 15454) XCVT card

  • XCVXC-10G

(ONS 15454) XCVXC-10G card

  • XCVXC-2.5G

(ONS 15454) XCVXC-2.5G card

  • XCVXL-10G

(ONS 15454) XCVXL-10G card

  • XCVXL-2.5G

(ONS 15454) XCVXL-2.5G card

<EQUIP>

Indicates if the equipment is physically present. The parameter type is EQUIP, which is the presence of a plug-in unit.

  • EQUIP

The unit is equipped—present.

  • UNEQUIP

The unit is unequipped—absent.

  • <ROLE>

Identifies the port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) Indicates a status. SDH card status is shown on its card level. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit on the shelf.

  • <PROTID>

(Optional) Protection group name. PROTID is a string.

<PRTYPE>

Identifies the protection group type values.

  • 1-1

1 to 1 protection

  • 1-N

1 to N protection

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<CARDNAME>

(Optional) Contains the manufacturing name of the card when it is different from the EQUIPMENT_TYPE.

<IOSCFG>

(Optional) Displays the information about startup IOS config file for the ML series card. A example of this field is "TL1,11.22.33.44//DIR/IOS.CONF,2002/1/1 9:1:1 EST". The following information is included in this field: 1) Where the config file is from: TL1, or CTC/CTM/CLI/TCC; 2) The host (IP address)/directory/file name, if the config file is downloaded from the network; 3) When the startup config file is created (by copying from the network, for example). This field only applies to ML series card. IOSCFG is a string.

<CARDMODE>

(Optional) Card mode. The parameter type is CARDMODE (card mode). Card mode is applicable to cards that have multiple capabilities, for example, the ML-Series card can operate in two distinct modes: Linear Mapper mode and L2/L3 mode.

  • 10GLANWAN-LINE-SQUELCH

Changes the card mode from LAN to WAN.

  • AMPL-BST

The optical amplifier is working as an optical booster.

  • AMPL-PRE

The optical amplifier is working as an optical preamplifier.

  • CEMR-AUTO

CE-MR-10 (Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Only) cards supports auto-allocation of back-end channels.

  • CEMR-MANUAL

CE-MR-10 (Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Only) cards supports manual-allocation of back-end channels.

  • CE-MR-10

(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH) Lotus20g ce2 card

  • CE-MR-6

(ONS 15454, ONS 15454 SDH) Lotus20g ce2 card

  • DS1E1-DS1ONLY

DS1 mode on DS1/E1 card

  • DS1E1-E1ONLY

E1 mode on DS1/E1 card

  • DWDM-LINE

Line terminating mode

  • DWDM-SECTION

Section terminating mode

  • DWDM-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS

  • DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode SQUELCH

  • FCMR-DISTEXTN

FC_MR-4 card with distance extension support

  • FCMR-LINERATE

FC_MR-4 card without distance extension support

  • ML-GFP

ML-Series card in DOS FPGA using GFP framing type

  • ML-HDLC

ML-Series card in DOS FPGA using HDLC framing type

  • ML-IEEE-RPR

ML-Series card in DOS FPGA which supports Resilient Packet Ring (RPR).

  • MXPMR10DME-4GFC

4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 and 5

  • MXPMR10DME-4GFC-FCGEISC

4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on port one and Fibre Channel, GIGE and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 5 to 8

  • MXPMR10DME-FCGEISC

Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH 1MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on all eight ports

  • MXPMR10DME-FCGEISC-4GFC

Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 to 4 and 4 Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on Port 5

  • MXPMR10G-FCGEISC

Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on all eight ports

  • MXPMR10G-4GFC

4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 and 5

  • MXPMR10G-FCGEISC-4GFC

Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 to 4 and 4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on Port 5

  • MXPMR10G-4GFC-FCGEISC

4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on Port 1 and Fibre Channel, GIGE and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 5 to 8

  • MXPMR25G-ESCON

ESCON mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_2.5G_10G card

  • MXPMR25G-FCGE

Fibre channel or GIGE mode for the MXP_2.5G_10G card

  • MXPMR25G-MIXED

Mixed Fibre Channel, GIGE and ESCON modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_2.5G_10G card

  • PSM-NORMAL

PSM working in classic configuration.

  • PSM-STANDALONE

PSM working in stand-alone mode.

  • WXC80-BIDI

80-WXC-C working in bidirectional mode.

  • WXC80-DMX

80-WXC-C working as demultiplexer.

  • WXC80-MUX

80-WXC-C working as multiplexer.

  • 40G-MXP-MUXPONDER

40G-MXP-MUXPONDER working as multiplexer.

  • 40G-MXP-UNIDIR-REGEN

40G-MXP-UNIDIR-REGEN working as regenerator.

<PEERID>

Indicates the peer trunk facility of the regeneration group on the OTU2-XP card. Accessed using the CHAN AID.

<REGENNAME>

Indicates the name of a regeneration group. Applicable only to DWDM flavored cards, which support regeneration group. Regenname is a string. The default value is "NULL".

<PEERNAME>

Indicates the name of a peer group.

<TRANSMODE>

Transition Mode.

  • AU3

Au3 mode.

  • AU4

Au4 mode.

  • SONET

Sonnet mode.

<RETIME>

(Optional) Indicates the RETIME function for all the facilities on this card. Applies only to the DS1/E1-56 card. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<SHELFROLE>

The role of the shelf in the context of the node. When it is omitted it defaults to SC. The parameter is SHELF_ROLE.

<FRPROLE>

Indicates the fast ring protection enable mode for GE-XP/10GE-XP units involved in a protection scheme.

  • MASTER

Role is of card master of the ring.

  • SLAVE

Role is of card slave of the ring.

<FRPSTATE>

Indicates the fast ring protection enable state.

  • DISABLED

Disabled protection

  • ENABLED

Enabled protection

  • FORCED

Forced protection

<FRPHOLDOFFTIME>

Indicates the hold off timer value. The protection do not start until the hold off expire.

  • 100-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 100 milliseconds.

  • 1-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 1milisecond.

  • 200-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 200 milliseconds.

  • 2-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 2 milliseconds.

  • 500-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 500 milliseconds.

  • 50-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 50 milliseconds.

  • 5-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 50 milliseconds.

  • DISABLED

Indicates that the hold off timer is disabled.

<ADMINCVLAN>

Customer VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINCVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN.

<ADMINSVLAN

>

Service provider VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINSVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN.

<CFMSTATE>

Link Integrity status.

  • Y

Enabled

  • N

Disabled

<CCTIMER>

Indicates continuity check message timer.

  • ONE-MIN

1 minute.

  • ONE-SEC

1 second.

  • TEN-SEC

10 seconds.

<PROTOPMODE>

PROTOPMODE

<SWITCHWITHCRCALARM>

Switch the GZ card with CRC Alarms

<CRCTHR>

CRC threshold values beyond which alarms are raised. The available threshold values are 10E-2, 10E-3, and 10E-4.

<CRCPOLLINTRVL>

Interval of time after which the polling starts.

<CRCSOAKCNT>

Number of poll cycles during which defect is integrated. The value ranges from 3 to 10.

<USB>

Identifies the USB Port where a passive unit is connected.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • Unlocked

In Service

  • Locked

Out of Service

<SST>

Secondary state of the entity. SST is listable. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

  • Disabled

Disabled

  • Loopback

Loopback

  • MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • Maintenance

Maintenance mode

  • OutOfGroup

Out of group

  • SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

  • Unassigned

Unassigned

  • NotInstalled

Unequipped

21.52 RTRV-ESCON

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Enterprise System Connection (RTRV-ESCON) command retrieves the Fibre Channel-specific settings for ports that have been configured to carry ESCON traffic using the ENT-ESCON command.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ESCON:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ESCON::CISCO:FAC-1-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[ENCAP=<ENCAP>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1:,,WORK,ACT:ENCAP=GFP-T”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Encapsulation frame type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

  • GFP_F

GFP Frame Mode

  • GFP_T

GFP Transparent Mode

  • HDLC

HDLC Frame Mode

  • HDLC_LEX

HDLC LAN Extension Frame Mode

  • HDLC_X86

HDLC X.86 Frame Mode

21.53 RTRV-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Ethernet (RTRV-ETH) command retrieves the front-end port information of an Ethernet card.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command retrieves the front-end port information of 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet cards. However, RTRV-POS will display the MTU, which is common for front and backend ports.

The SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX are not set to AUTO mode.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif This command is available in Software Release 8.0.1 and later. It is not available in R8.0.0 and later.


454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ETH:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>],[FLOWCTRL=<FLOWCTRL>],[DUPLEX=<DUPLEX>],
[SPEED=<SPEED>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],
[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[VLANCOS=<VLANCOS>],[IPTOS=<IPTOS>],
[OPTICS=<OPTICS>],[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],
[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-1::LINKSTATE=DOWN,FLOWCTRL=SYMMETRIC, DUPLEX=AUTO,SPEED=AUTO,FLOW=FLOW,EXPDUPLEX=AUTO,
EXPSPEED=AUTO,VLANCOS=7,IPTOS=255,OPTICS=1000-BASE-LX,
NAME=\"ETH PORT\",SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\", SELECTIVEAUTO=N,LIENABLE=Y,LITIMER=200:OOS-AU,
AINS";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<LINKSTATE>

Link state. The parameter type is UP_DOWN, which indicates an up or down value.

  • DOWN

Down

  • UP

Up

<FLOWCTRL>

Flow control. The parameter is FLOW, which indicates the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. Defaults to NONE.

  • ASYMMETRIC

Asymmetric flow control

  • ASYMMETRIC_LOCAL

Asymmetric local flow control

  • NONE

No flow control

  • PASSTHRU

Pass-through flow control

  • SYMMETRIC

Symmetric flow control

<DUPLEX>

The parameter is ETHER_DUPLEX, which indicates duplex mode. Defaults to AUTO.

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<SPEED>

The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Megabits per seconds

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

  • 10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

  • 40_GBPS

40 Gigabit per second

  • AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex

  • AUTO

Automatic

<FLOW>

(Optional) Flow. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<EXPDUPLEX>

(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Expected speed. Due to the auto-negotiation feature, actual speed may differ from expected speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

  • 10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

  • AUTO

Auto

<SELECTIVEAUTO>

(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only.

  • Y

Enable selective auto-negotiation.

  • N

Disable selective auto-negotiation. The default value is N.

<VLANCOS>

(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on VLAN class of service for incoming Ethernet packets. VLANCOS is an integer.

<IPTOS>

(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on IP type of service for incoming Ethernet packets. IPTOS is an integer.

<OPTICS>

(Optional) Optics. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used.

  • 1000_BASE_CX

1000BaseCX

  • 1000_BASE_LX

1000BaseLX

  • 1000_BASE_SX

1000BaseSX

  • 1000_BASE_ZX

1000BaseZX

  • CWDM_1470

CWDM 1470

  • CWDM_1490

CWDM 1490

  • CWDM_1510

CWDM 1510

  • CWDM_1530

CWDM 1530

  • CWDM_1550

CWDM 1550

  • CWDM_1570

CWDM 1570

  • CWDM_1590

CWDM 1590

  • CWDM_1610

CWDM 1610

  • ITU_100G_1530_33

ITU-100G 1530.33

  • ITU_100G_1531_12

ITU-100G 1531.12

  • ITU_100G_1531_90

ITU-100G 1531.90

  • ITU_100G_1532_68

ITU-100G 1532.68

  • ITU_100G_1534_25

ITU-100G 1534.25

  • ITU_100G_1535_04

ITU-100G 1535.04

  • ITU_100G_1535_82

ITU-100G 1535.82

  • ITU_100G_1536_61

ITU-100G 1536.61

  • ITU_100G_1538_19

ITU-100G 1538.19

  • ITU_100G_1538_98

ITU-100G 1538.98

  • ITU_100G_1539_77

ITU-100G 1539.77

  • ITU_100G_1540_56

ITU-100G 1540.56

  • ITU_100G_1542_14

ITU-100G 1542.14

  • ITU_100G_1542_94

ITU-100G 1542.94

  • ITU_100G_1543_73

ITU-100G 1543.73

  • ITU_100G_1544_53

ITU-100G 1544.53

  • ITU_100G_1546_12

ITU-100G 1546.12

  • ITU_100G_1546_92

ITU-100G 1546.92

  • ITU_100G_1547_72

ITU-100G 1547.72

  • ITU_100G_1548_51

ITU-100G 1548.51

  • ITU_100G_1550_12

ITU-100G 1550.12

  • ITU_100G_1550_92

ITU-100G 1550.92

  • ITU_100G_1551_72

ITU-100G 1551.72

  • ITU_100G_1552_52

ITU-100G 1552.52

  • ITU_100G_1554_13

ITU-100G 1554.13

  • ITU_100G_1554_94

ITU-100G 1554.94

  • ITU_100G_1555_75

ITU-100G 1555.75

  • ITU_100G_1556_55

ITU-100G 156.55

  • ITU_100G_1558_17

ITU-100G 1558.17

  • ITU_100G_1558_98

ITU-100G 1558.98

  • ITU_100G_1559_79

ITU-100G 1559.79

  • ITU_100G_1560_61

ITU-100G 1560.61

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown Optical Type

  • UNPLUGGED

Unplugged

<NAME>

(Optional) Name. NAME is a string.

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in Locked;Locked,Maintenance; or Unlocked state, the parameter is not displayed.
  • When the port is in Locked,AutomaticInService state but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in Locked,AutomaticInService state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<PSTPSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and the PSTQ.

  • Unlocked-Enabled

In service and normal

  • Unlocked-Disabled

Out of service and autonomous

  • Locked-Disabled

Out of service, autonomous and management

  • Locked-Enabled

Out of service and management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

  • Disabled

Disabled

  • Loopback

Loopback

  • MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • Maintenance

Maintenance mode

  • OutOfGroup

Out of group

  • SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

  • Unassigned

Unassigned

  • NotInstalled

Unequipped

21.54 RTRV-EXT-CONT

( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve External Control (RTRV-EXT-CONT) command retrieves the control state of an external control. The command can be used to audit the result of an OPR-EXT-CONT or a RLS-EXT-CONT command.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • If the CONTTYPE is null, the existing CONTTYPE on this AID will be returned.
  • The duration is not supported. It defaults to CONTS.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Environment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-EXT-CONT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<CONTTYPE>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-EXT-CONT:CISCO:ENV-OUT-2:123::AIRCOND;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. The only valid AID for RTRV-EXT-CONT is ENV-OUT-{1-2}.

<CONTTYPE>

Environmental control type. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type.

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning

  • ENGINE

Engine

  • FAN

Fan

  • GEN

Generator

  • HEAT

Heat

  • LIGHT

Light

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • SPKLR

Sprinkler

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<CONTTYPE>],<DUR>,[<CONTSTATE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-OUT-2:AIRCOND,CONTS,OPEN”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Identifies the external control for which the control state is being retrieved.

<CONTTYPE>

(Optional) Environmental control type. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type.

  • AIRCOND

Air conditioning

  • ENGINE

Engine

  • FAN

Fan

  • GEN

Generator

  • HEAT

Heat

  • LIGHT

Light

  • MISC

Miscellaneous

  • SPKLR

Sprinkler

<DUR>

Duration of operation. The duration for which the external control can be operated. The parameter type is Duration.

  • CONTS

Continuous duration

<CONTSTATE>

(Optional) Control state of the external control. The parameter type is CONT_MODE, which is the current state of the environmental control.

  • NA

Not applicable (for example, duration is MNTRY).

  • OPER

The environmental control state is CLOSE.

  • RLS

The environmental control state is OPEN.

21.55 RTRV-FAC

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Facility (RTRV-FAC) command retrieves the payload type of the facility. It can also dump all the facilities on a given card and is applicable to all cards.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FAC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FAC:CISCO:FAC-2-9:2223;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>::PAYLOAD=<PAYLOAD>:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-9::PAYLOAD=E4-FRAMED:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<PAYLOAD>

(Optional) Payload type of the facility. The parameter type is PAYLOAD, which identifies payload type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GIGE

10-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • AUTO

Auto

  • DS3

DS3 mode

  • DS3XM

DS3XM payload mode for DS3XM card

  • DV6000

Video mode

  • DVBASI

DVBASI payload

  • EC1

EC1 mode

  • ESCON

ESCON mode

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO payload mode

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet Payload

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • HDTV

HDTV mode

  • ISC1

ISC1 Mode

  • ISC3

ISC3 Mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • OC12

SONET OC12 mode

  • OC3

SONET OC3 mode

  • OC48

SONET OC48 mode

  • OC768

SONET OC768 mode

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • PASS-THROUGH

Pass through mode

  • SDI-D1-VIDEO

SDI-D1-Video mode

  • SONET

SONET Payload Mode

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

<PST_PSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST-PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state. SSTQ is a string.

21.56 RTRV-FFP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group (RTRV-FFP) command retrieves all optical 1+1 protection groups.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Protection

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FFP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FFP:HERNDON:FAC-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

AID

Optical facility access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>:<LEVEL>:[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>],
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>],[RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>],[OPOTYPE=<OPOTYPE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1:OC48:PROTID="PROT_NAME",RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI,
VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0,OPOTYPE=OPTIMIZED”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<WORK>

The working port access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<PROTECT>

The protected port access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<PROTTYPE>

(Optional) Protection group type. PROTTYPE is a string.

<LEVEL>

Optical rate the protection group was defined against. The parameter type is OCN_TYPE, which is the modifier used to differentiate various levels of OC-N.

  • OC12

Optical Carrier level 12 (622 Mbps)

  • OC192

Optical Carrier level 192 (10 Gbps)

  • OC3

Optical Carrier level 3 (155 Mbps)

  • OC48

Optical Carrier level 48 (2.4 Gbps)

<PROTID>

(Optional) Protection group name. PROTID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N, non-revertive.

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Direction of reversion. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations.

  • BI

Bidirectional protection switching

  • UNI

Unidirectional protection switching

<VRGRDTM>

(Optional) Verification guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 verification guard timer.

  • 0.5

500 ms

  • 1.0

1 second

<DTGRDTM>

(Optional) Detection guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 detection guard timer.

  • 0.0

0 seconds

  • 0.05

50 ms

  • 0.1

100 ms

  • 0.5

500 ms

  • 1.0

1 second

  • 2.0

2 seconds

  • 3.0

3 seconds

  • 4.0

4 seconds

  • 5.0

5 seconds

<RCGRDTM>

(Optional) Recovery guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer.

  • 0.0

0 seconds

  • 0.05

50 ms

  • 0.1

100 ms

  • 0.5

500 ms

  • 1.0

1 second

  • 2.0

2 seconds

  • 3.0

3 seconds

  • 4.0

4 seconds

  • 5.0

5 seconds

  • 6.0

6 seconds

  • 7.0

7 seconds

  • 8.0

8 seconds

  • 9.0

9 seconds

  • 10.0

10 seconds

<OPOTYPE>

(Optional) 1+1 protection type. The parameter type is ONE_PLUS_ONE, which is the 1+1 protection type.

  • OPTIMIZED

Optimized 1+1

  • STANDARD

Standard 1+1

21.57 RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, FSTE, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, PASSTHRU, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the values facility protection that exists on that port.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command does not support 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, and AUTO payloads on AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FFP-GIGE:CISCO:VFAC-3-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>], [<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"VFAC-1-1-1,VFAC-2-1-1::PROTTYPE=Y-CABLE,PROTID=\"DC-METRO\", RVRTV=N,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AIDUNIONID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<AIDUNIONID1>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<PROTTYPE>

(Optional) The type of facility protection. The parameter type is PROTTYPE, which is the protection type for DWDM client facilities.

  • Y-CABLE

Y-cable protection for the client ports on TXP_MR_10G, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards.

<PROTID>

(Optional) Y-cable protection group identifier. PROTID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. Defaults to 5.0 minutes. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations.

  • BI

Bidirectional protection switching

  • UNI

Unidirectional protection switching

21.58 RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group for OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, or OC768 (RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>) command retrieves the optical facility protection information.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optimized 1+1 and related attributes only apply to the ONS 15454.


454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Protection

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:OC3-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTTYPE=<PROTTYPE>],[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>],
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>],[RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>],[OPOTYPE=<OPOTYPE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1::PROTTYPE=Y-CABLE,PROTID="PROT_NAME",RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
PSDIRN=BI,VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0,OPOTYPE=OPTIMIZED”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<WORK>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Identifies the working port.

<PROTECT>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Identifies the protection port.

<PROTTYPE>

(Optional) Protection group type. Applicable only to DWDM cards. The parameter type is PROTTYPE, which is the protection type for DWDM client facilities.

  • Y-CABLE

Y-cable protection for the client ports on TXP_MR_10G, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards.

<PROTID>

(Optional) Free-form text string name given to the 1+1 protection group. PROTID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N, non-revertive.

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. Defaults to 5.0 minutes. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode.

  • BI

Bidirectional

  • NONE

Not in transponder mode

  • UNI

Unidirectional

<VRGRDTM>

(Optional) Verification guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 verification guard timer.

  • 0.5

500 ms

  • 1.0

1 second

<DTGRDTM>

(Optional) Detection guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 detection guard timer.

  • 0.0

0 seconds

  • 0.05

50 ms

  • 0.1

100 ms

  • 0.5

500 ms

  • 1.0

1 second

  • 2.0

2 seconds

  • 3.0

3 seconds

  • 4.0

4 seconds

  • 5.0

5 seconds

<RCGRDTM>

(Optional) Recovery guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer.

  • 0.0

0 seconds

  • 0.05

50 ms

  • 0.1

100 ms

  • 0.5

500 ms

  • 1.0

1 second

  • 2.0

2 seconds

  • 3.0

3 seconds

  • 4.0

4 seconds

  • 5.0

5 seconds

  • 6.0

6 seconds

  • 7.0

7 seconds

  • 8.0

8 seconds

  • 9.0

9 seconds

  • 10.0

10 seconds

<OPOTYPE>

(Optional) 1+1 protection type. The parameter type is ONE_PLUS_ONE, which is the 1+1 protection type.

  • OPTIMIZED

Optimized 1+1

  • STANDARD

Standard 1+1

21.59 RTRV-FFP-OCH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group Optical Channel (RTRV-FFP-OCH) command retrieves the protection group information for the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card trunk port.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FFP-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FFP-OCH:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTTYPE=<PROTTYPE>],[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>,[,PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2,CHAN-2-3::PROTTYPE=SPLITTER,PROTID=\“TRUNK PROT\”,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=UNI”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<WORK>

The working port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<PROTECT>

The protected port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<PROTTYPE>

(Optional) Protection group type. PROTTYPE is a string.

<PROTID>

(Optional) Protection group name. PROTID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Direction of reversion. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations.

  • BI

Bidirectional protection switching

  • UNI

Unidirectional protection switching

21.60 RTRV-FFP-OTS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group OTS (RTRV-FFP-OTS) command retrieves the protection group information for the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card trunk port and OTU2-XP and optical protection switching unit.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FFP-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FFP-OTS:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTTYPE=<PROTTYPE>],[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>,[,PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2,CHAN-2-3::PROTTYPE=SPLITTER,PROTID=\“TRUNK PROT\”,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=UNI”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<WORK>

The working port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<PROTECT>

The protected port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<PROTTYPE>

(Optional) Protection group type. PROTTYPE is a string.

<PROTID>

(Optional) Protection group name. PROTID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Direction of reversion. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations.

  • BI

Bidirectional protection switching

  • UNI

Unidirectional protection switching

21.61 RTRV-FOG

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Fan-Out-Group (ENT-FOG) command retrieves Fan-Out-Groups.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable to PTSYS.
  • Retrieves the CPT 50 panel provisioning information.
  • Retrieves all the provisioned FOGs or specific FOG with the “ALL” AID.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FOG:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Examples

RTRV-FOG::ALL:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[PTSYSID=<PTSYSID>],[FOGID=<FOGID>],[FOMEM=<FOMEM>],
[<PEERMEM=<PEERMEM>],[STATE=<STATE>],[QUEUEMODE=<QUEUEMODE>],[PBNAME=<PBNAME>]”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FOG-1-36:PTSYSID=1,FOGID=36,FOMEM=FAC-2-2-1,STATE=UNKNOWN”

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

 

Parameter
Description

<AID>

AID of the FOG to be retrieved.

<PTSYSID>

PTSYS number or ID.

<FOGID>

This is AID of the provisioned FOG. The valid range is [-{1}]-{36-55}.

<FOMEM>

Ports of line and fabric cards.

<PEERMEM>

Ports of CPT 50 panel.

<STATE>

FOG state.

  • Discovered

Discovered sate.

  • Invalid

Not discovered.

  • UNKNOWN

Not known

<QUEUEMODE>

QUEUEMODE

  • NOPRI

NOPRI

  • STRICT

STRICT

<PBNAME>

PBNAME

21.62 RTRV-FSTE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Fast Ethernet (RTRV-FSTE) command retrieves the front-end port information of a Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps) card. MTU is not displayed for the ML-100T-8 and CE-100T-8 cards.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command retrieves the front-end port information of Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps) cards. MTU is not displayed for CE-100T-8 and ML-100T-8. However, RTRV-POS will display the MTU, which is common for front and backend ports.

The SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX are not set to AUTO mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FSTE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FSTE:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>:[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<ADMINSTATE>],[<LINKSTATE>],[<MTU>],[<FLOWCTRL>],[ <OPTICS>],[<DUPLEX>],[<SPEED>],[<FLOW>],[<EXPDUPLEX>],[<EXPSPEED>],[<VLANCOS THRESHOLD>],[<IPTOSTHRESHOLD>],[<NAME>],[<SUPPRESS>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>], [<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[<LIENABLE>],[<LITIMER>],[<LBCL>],[<OPT>],[<OPR>],[<FREQ>],[< LOSSB>],[<ACTFLOW>],[<ACTDUPLEX>],[<ACTSPEED>],[<CIR>],[<CBS>],[<EBS>],[<OSC>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TCC2 2002-02-07 05:37:40

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-4-1-1:WORK,STBY:MTU=9700,DUPLEX=FULL,SPEED=100_MBPS,SOAK=32,FREQ=USE-TWL1,LOSSB=AUTOPROV,AUTONEG=Y,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-MA,DSBLD"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

Identifies the port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

<STATUS>

Identifies a port status in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

<ADMINSTATE>

(Optional) Administration type. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down).

  • DOWN

Down

  • UP

Up

<LINKSTATE>

(Optional) Link protocol. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down).

  • DOWN

Down

  • UP

Up

<MTU>

(Optional) Maximum transmission unit. MTU is an integer.

<FLOWCTRL>

(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is FLOW, which is the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port.

  • ASYMMETRIC

Asymmetric flow control

  • ASYMMETRIC_LOCAL

Asymmetric local flow control

  • NONE

No flow control

  • PASSTHRU

Passthrough flow control

  • SYMMETRIC

Symmetric flow control

<OPTICS>

(Optional) Optics. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used.

  • 1000_BASE_CX

1000BaseCX

  • 1000_BASE_LX

1000BaseLX

  • 1000_BASE_SX

1000BaseSX

  • 1000_BASE_ZX

1000BaseZX

  • CWDM_1470

CWDM 1470

  • CWDM_1490

CWDM 1490

  • CWDM_1510

CWDM 1510

  • CWDM_1530

CWDM 1530

  • CWDM_1550

CWDM 1550

  • CWDM_1570

CWDM 1570

  • CWDM_1590

CWDM 1590

  • CWDM_1610

CWDM 1610

  • ITU_100G_1530_33

ITU-100G 1530.33

  • ITU_100G_1531_12

ITU-100G 1531.12

  • ITU_100G_1531_90

ITU-100G 1531.90

  • ITU_100G_1532_68

ITU-100G 1532.68

  • ITU_100G_1534_25

ITU-100G 1534.25

  • ITU_100G_1535_04

ITU-100G 1535.04

  • ITU_100G_1535_82

ITU-100G 1535.82

  • ITU_100G_1536_61

ITU-100G 1536.61

  • ITU_100G_1538_19

ITU-100G 1538.19

  • ITU_100G_1538_98

ITU-100G 1538.98

  • ITU_100G_1539_77

ITU-100G 1539.77

  • ITU_100G_1540_56

ITU-100G 1540.56

  • ITU_100G_1542_14

ITU-100G 1542.14

  • ITU_100G_1542_94

ITU-100G 1542.94

  • ITU_100G_1543_73

ITU-100G 1543.73

  • ITU_100G_1544_53

ITU-100G 1544.53

  • ITU_100G_1546_12

ITU-100G 1546.12

  • ITU_100G_1546_92

ITU-100G 1546.92

  • ITU_100G_1547_72

ITU-100G 1547.72

  • ITU_100G_1548_51

ITU-100G 1548.51

  • ITU_100G_1550_12

ITU-100G 1550.12

  • ITU_100G_1550_92

ITU-100G 1550.92

  • ITU_100G_1551_72

ITU-100G 1551.72

  • ITU_100G_1552_52

ITU-100G 1552.52

  • ITU_100G_1554_13

ITU-100G 1554.13

  • ITU_100G_1554_94

ITU-100G 1554.94

  • ITU_100G_1555_75

ITU-100G 1555.75

  • ITU_100G_1556_55

ITU-100G 156.55

  • ITU_100G_1558_17

ITU-100G 1558.17

  • ITU_100G_1558_98

ITU-100G 1558.98

  • ITU_100G_1559_79

ITU-100G 1559.79

  • ITU_100G_1560_61

ITU-100G 1560.61

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown Optical Type

  • UNPLUGGED

Unplugged

<FREQ>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength.

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

<DUPLEX>

(Optional) Duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX (duplex mode).

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<SPEED>

(Optional) Speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Mbps

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gbps

  • 10_MBPS

10 Mbps

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gbps

  • 40_GBPS

40 Gigabit per second

  • AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex

  • AUTO

Auto

<FLOW>

(Optional) Flow. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<EXPDUPLEX>

(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Expected speed. Due to the auto-negotiation feature, actual speed may differ from expected speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Mbps

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gbps

  • 10_MBPS

10 Mbps

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gbps

  • AUTO

Auto

<SELECTIVEAUTO>

(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only.

  • Y

Enable selective auto-negotiation.

  • N

Disable selective auto-negotiation. The default value is N.

<VLANCOS>

(Optional) Priority queuing threshold based on VLAN class of service of incoming Ethernet packets. VLANCOS is an integer in the range 0 to 7. Defaults to 7.

<IPTOS>

(Optional) Priority queuing threshold based on IP type of service of incoming Ethernet packets. IPTOS is an integer in the range 0 to 255. Defaults to 255.

<NAME>

(Optional) Facility name. NAME is a string.

<SUPPRESS>

Pre-service alarm flag for data ports.

  • ON

Enable suppress.

  • OFF

Disable suppress. Default is Off.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in Locked, Locked_Maintenance or Unlocked state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in Locked_AutomaticInService but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in Locked_AutomaticInService state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. The value ranges from 0.0 to 100.0. The default value is 100.0.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects

  • NONE

Transparent

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

<PSTPSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and the PSTQ.

  • Unlocked-Enabled

In service and normal

  • Unlocked-Disabled

Out of service and autonomous

  • Locked-Disabled

Out of service, autonomous and management

  • Locked-Enabled

Out of service and management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

  • Disabled

Disabled

  • Loopback

Loopback

  • MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • Maintenance

Maintenance mode

  • OutOfGroup

Out of group

  • SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

  • Unassigned

Unassigned

  • NotInstalled

Unequipped

21.63 RTRV-FTPSERVER

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve FTP Server (RTRV-FTPSERVER) command retrieves FTP server entries.

 
Usage Guidelines

FTP server entries cannot be retrieved using the TIMER filter.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

ENE

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-FTPSERVER:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[IPADDR=<IPADDR>],[IPMASK=<IPMASK>],
[ENABLE=<ENABLE>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-FTPSERVER:::A:::IPADDR=10.20.30.40

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<IPADDR>

Specifies the IP address of the FTP server.

<IPMASK>

Specifies the subnet mask of the FTP server.

<ENABLE>

Specifies the enable/disable option of the FTP server. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
",:IPADDR=<IPADDR>,IPMASK=<IPMASK>, ENABLE=<ENABLE>,TIMER=<TIMER>"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
",:IPADDR=10.20.30.40,IPMASK=255.0.0.0, ENABLE=Y,TIMER=10"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<IPADDR>

Specifies the IP address of the FTP Server.

<IPMASK>

Specifies the subnet mask of the FTP Server.

<ENABLE>

Specifies the enable/disable option of the FTP Server. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<TIMER>

Specifies the timeout value of the FTP Server in minutes.

21.64 RTRV-G1000

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve G1000 Facility (RTRV-G1000) command retrieves the G1000 facilities configuration.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-G1000:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[MFS=<MFS>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],[LAN=<LAN>],[OPTICS=<OPTICS>],
[TRANS=<TRANS>],[TPORT=<TPORT>],[LOWMRK=<LOWMRK>],
[HIWMRK=<HIWMRK>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],
[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE],
[LITIMER=<LITIMER>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::MFS=9032,FLOW=N,LAN=ASYMMETRIC,OPTICS=UNKNOWN,TRANS=NONE,
TPORT=FAC-5-1,LOWMRK=20,HIWMRK=492,AUTONEG=Y,ENCAP=GFP_T,
NAME=\“G1000 PORT\”,SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\", LIENABLE=Y,
LITIMER=300:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<MFS>

Maximum frame size. The parameter type is MFS_TYPE, which is the maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card.

  • 1548

Normal frame size

  • JUMBO

Jumbo frame size

<FLOW>

Flow control. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<LAN>

(Optional) Local-area network. The parameter type is FLOW, which is the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port.

  • ASYMMETRIC

Asymmetric flow control

  • ASYMMETRIC_LOCAL

Asymmetric local flow control

  • NONE

No flow control

  • PASSTHRU

Passthrough flow control

  • SYMMETRIC

Symmetric flow control

<OPTICS>

(Optional) GBIC type. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used.

  • 1000_BASE_CX

1000 Base CX

  • 1000_BASE_LX

1000 Base LX

  • 1000_BASE_SX

1000 Base SX

  • 1000_BASE_ZX

1000 Base ZX

  • CWDM_1470

CWDM 1470

  • CWDM_1490

CWDM 1490

  • CWDM_1510

CWDM 1510

  • CWDM_1530

CWDM 1530

  • CWDM_1550

CWDM 1550

  • CWDM_1570

CWDM 1570

  • CWDM_1590

CWDM 1590

  • CWDM_1610

CWDM 1610

  • ITU_100G_1530_33

ITU-100G 1530.33

  • ITU_100G_1531_12

ITU-100G 1531.12

  • ITU_100G_1531_90

ITU-100G 1531.90

  • ITU_100G_1532_68

ITU-100G 1532.68

  • ITU_100G_1534_25

ITU-100G 1534.25

  • ITU_100G_1535_04

ITU-100G 1535.04

  • ITU_100G_1535_82

ITU-100G 1535.82

  • ITU_100G_1536_61

ITU-100G 1536.61

  • ITU_100G_1538_19

ITU-100G 1538.19

  • ITU_100G_1538_98

ITU-100G 1538.98

  • ITU_100G_1539_77

ITU-100G 1539.77

  • ITU_100G_1540_56

ITU-100G 1540.56

  • ITU_100G_1542_14

ITU-100G 1542.14

  • ITU_100G_1542_94

ITU-100G 1542.94

  • ITU_100G_1543_73

ITU-100G 1543.73

  • ITU_100G_1544_53

ITU-100G 1544.53

  • ITU_100G_1546_12

ITU-100G 1546.12

  • ITU_100G_1546_92

ITU-100G 1546.92

  • ITU_100G_1547_72

ITU-100G 1547.72

  • ITU_100G_1548_51

ITU-100G 1548.51

  • ITU_100G_1550_12

ITU-100G 1550.12

  • ITU_100G_1550_92

ITU-100G 1550.92

  • ITU_100G_1551_72

ITU-100G 1551.72

  • ITU_100G_1552_52

ITU-100G 1552.52

  • ITU_100G_1554_13

ITU-100G 1554.13

  • ITU_100G_1554_94

ITU-100G 1554.94

  • ITU_100G_1555_75

ITU-100G 1555.75

  • ITU_100G_1556_55

ITU-100G 156.55

  • ITU_100G_1558_17

ITU-100G 1558.17

  • ITU_100G_1558_98

ITU-100G 1558.98

  • ITU_100G_1559_79

ITU-100G 1559.79

  • ITU_100G_1560_61

ITU-100G 1560.61

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown Optical Type

  • UNPLUGGED

Unplugged

<TRANS>

(Optional) Transponder mode. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode.

  • BI

Bidirectional

  • NONE

Not in transponder mode

  • UNI

Unidirectional

<TPORT>

(Optional) Transponding port access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<LOWMRK>

(Optional) Low watermark value. LOWMRK is an integer.

<HIWMRK>

(Optional) High watermark value. HIWMRK is an integer.

<AUTONEG>

(Optional) Automatic negotiation. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

  • GFP_F

GFP frame mode

  • GFP_T

GFP transparent mode

  • HDLC

HDLC frame mode

  • HDLC_LEX

HDLC LAN extension frame mode

  • HDLC_X86

HDLC X.86 frame mode

  • CBR

CBR mapping mode.

  • GFP

GFP mapping mode.

  • GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

  • TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

<NAME>

(Optional) Facility name. NAME is a string.

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1-minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<PSTPSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST-PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.65 RTRV-GFP

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Generic Framing Protocol (RTRV-GFP) command retrieves GFP information for the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 and CE-1000-4 cards.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-GFP:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-GFP:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

Note VFAC AID is used for the CE-100T-8 cards on
15454. ML-100T-8 GFP management is done by the Cisco IOS CLI and not by the TL1 interface. FAC AID is used for ONS 15454 FC_MR-4

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[FCS=<FCS>],[AUTOTHGFPBUF=<AUTOTHGFPBUF>],
[GFPBUF=<GFPBUF>],[FILTER=<FILTER>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::FCS=FCS-32,AUTOTHGFPBUF=Y,GFPBUF=16,FILTER=EGRESS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<FCS>

(Optional) Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS, which is the frame check sequence.

  • FCS-16

Frame check sequencing using 16 bits

  • FCS-32

Frame check sequencing using 32 bits

  • NONE

No frame check sequence

<AUTOTHGFPBUF>

(Optional) Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT-structured STSs. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<GFPBUF>

(Optional) GFPBUF is an integer.

<FILTER>

(Optional) Parameter type is GFP_FILTER, which is the filter.

  • EGRESS

Activate filter on egress port.

  • NONE

Turn off filter.

21.66 RTRV-GIGE

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Gigabit (GIGE/10GIGE) Ethernet command retrieves the attributes and state of Gigabit Ethernet facilities.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-GIGE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-GIGE:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<ADMINSTATE>],[<LINKSTATE>],[<MTU>],[<MFS>],[<FLOW>],[<FLOWCTRL>],[<AUTONEG>],[<HIWMRK>],[<LOWMRK>],[<OPTICS>],[<DUPLEX>],[<SPEED>],[<NAME>],[<MACADDR>],[<LBCL>],[<OPT>],[<OPR>],[<FREQ>],[<LOSSB>],[<SUPPRESS>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<SQUELCH>],[<CIR>],[<CBS>],[<EBS>],[<LIENABLE>],[<LITIMER>],[<ACTFLOW>],[<ACTDUPLEX>],[<ACTSPEED>],[<OSC>],[<ENCAP>],[<PAUSEFRAME>],[<CLNTDST>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>],[<ESMC>],[<EXPSPEED>],[<EXPDUPLEX>],[<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[<INTERCONMODE>],[<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PORTMODE>,[<PST>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TCC2 2002-02-07 05:35:58

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-4-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:MTU=9700,,AUTONEG=Y,DUPLEX=FULL,SPEED=1_GBPS,MACADDR=08-E5-78-6C-02-7F,FREQ=USE-TWL1,LOSSB=AUTOPROV,SOAK=32,ACTDUPLEX=AUTO,ACTSPEED=AUTO,SYNCMSG=Y,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,ESMC=N,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-MA,DSBLD"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ROLE>

Identifies the port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

Identifies a port status in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<ADMINSTATE>

(Optional) Administration type. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down).

  • DOWN

Down

  • UP

Up

<LINKSTATE>

(Optional) Link protocol. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down).

  • DOWN

Down

  • UP

Up

<MTU>

(Optional) Maximum transmission unit. MTU is an integer.

<MFS>

The max frame size used by an Ethernet card.

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Encapsulation frame type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

  • GFP_F

GFP Frame mode.

  • GFP_T

GFP Transparent mode.

  • HDLC

HDLC Frame mode.

  • HDLC_LEX

HDLC LAN Extension Frame mode.

  • HDLC_X86

HDLC X.86 Frame mode.

  • GMP

GMP mapping mode. Supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

<FLOWCTRL>

(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is FLOW, which is the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port.

  • ASYMMETRIC

Asymmetric flow control

  • ASYMMETRIC_LOCAL

Asymmetric local flow control

  • NONE

No flow control

  • PASSTHRU

Passthrough flow control

  • SYMMETRIC

Symmetric flow control

<AUTONEG>

(Optional) Automatic negotiation. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<LOWMRK>

(Optional) Low watermark value. LOWMRK is an integer.

<HIWMRK>

(Optional) High watermark value. HIWMRK is an integer.

<OPTICS>

(Optional) Optics type. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used.

  • 1000_BASE_CX

1000BaseCX

  • 1000_BASE_LX

1000BaseLX

  • 1000_BASE_SX

1000BaseSX

  • 1000_BASE_T

1000BaseT

  • 1000_BASE_ZX

1000BaseZX

  • 100_BASE_BX_D

100BaseBX_D

  • 100_BASE_BX_U

100BaseBX_U

  • CWDM_1470

CWDM 1470

  • CWDM_1490

CWDM 1490

  • CWDM_1510

CWDM 1510

  • CWDM_1530

CWDM 1530

  • CWDM_1550

CWDM 1550

  • CWDM_1570

CWDM 1570

  • CWDM_1590

CWDM 1590

  • CWDM_1610

CWDM 1610

  • ITU_100G_1530_33

ITU-100G 1530.33

  • ITU_100G_1531_12

ITU-100G 1531.12

  • ITU_100G_1531_90

ITU-100G 1531.90

  • ITU_100G_1532_68

ITU-100G 1532.68

  • ITU_100G_1534_25

ITU-100G 1534.25

  • ITU_100G_1535_04

ITU-100G 1535.04

  • ITU_100G_1535_82

ITU-100G 1535.82

  • ITU_100G_1536_61

ITU-100G 1536.61

  • ITU_100G_1538_19

ITU-100G 1538.19

  • ITU_100G_1538_98

ITU-100G 1538.98

  • ITU_100G_1539_77

ITU-100G 1539.77

  • ITU_100G_1540_56

ITU-100G 1540.56

  • ITU_100G_1542_14

ITU-100G 1542.14

  • ITU_100G_1542_94

ITU-100G 1542.94

  • ITU_100G_1543_73

ITU-100G 1543.73

  • ITU_100G_1544_53

ITU-100G 1544.53

  • ITU_100G_1546_12

ITU-100G 1546.12

  • ITU_100G_1546_92

ITU-100G 1546.92

  • ITU_100G_1547_72

ITU-100G 1547.72

  • ITU_100G_1548_51

ITU-100G 1548.51

  • ITU_100G_1550_12

ITU-100G 1550.12

  • ITU_100G_1550_92

ITU-100G 1550.92

  • ITU_100G_1551_72

ITU-100G 1551.72

  • ITU_100G_1552_52

ITU-100G 1552.52

  • ITU_100G_1554_13

ITU-100G 1554.13

  • ITU_100G_1554_94

ITU-100G 1554.94

  • ITU_100G_1555_75

ITU-100G 1555.75

  • ITU_100G_1556_55

ITU-100G 156.55

  • ITU_100G_1558_17

ITU-100G 1558.17

  • ITU_100G_1558_98

ITU-100G 1558.98

  • ITU_100G_1559_79

ITU-100G 1559.79

  • ITU_100G_1560_61

ITU-100G 1560.61

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown Optical Type

  • UNPLUGGED

Unplugged

<DUPLEX>

(Optional) Duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<SPEED>

(Optional) Speed. The parameter type is ALS_MODE, which is the automatic laser shutdown mode.

  • AUTO

Automatic

  • DISABLED

Disabled

  • MAN

Manual

  • MAN-RESTART

Manual restart for test

<NAME>

(Optional) Facility name. NAME is a string.

<FREQ>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength.

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which is the reach value.

  • 100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

  • 100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

  • 40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

  • 40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • 4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

  • C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

  • FE-BX

FE-BX

  • FX

FX

  • GE-BX

GE-BX

  • GE-EX

GE-EX

  • LX-10

LX-10

  • TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

  • TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

  • VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • CWDM-40KM

CWDM 40 kilometers.

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

  • SC

Reach SC

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • ULH

Reach ULH

  • VSR

Reach VSR

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples of 100 ms.

Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454.

<ACTFLOW>

The type of flow control.

  • ASYMMETRIC

Asymmetric flow control

  • ASYMMETRIC_LOCAL

Asymmetric local flow control.

  • NONE

No flow control

  • PASSTHRU

Pass-through flow control

  • SYMMETRIC

Symmetric flow control

<ACTDUPLEX>

Ethernet duplex mode. Default value is -AUTO.

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<ACTSPEED>

Ethernet speed.

  • 100_MBPS

100 MBPS

  • 10_GBPS

10 GBPS

  • 10_MBPS

10 MBPS

  • 1_GBPS

1 GBPS

  • 40_GBPS

40 Gigabit per second

  • AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex

  • AUTO

AUTO

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in Locked, Locked_Maintenance or Unlocked state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in Locked_AutomaticInService but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in Locked_AutomaticInService state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

  • GFP_F

GFP frame mode.

  • GFP_T

GFP transparent mode.

  • HDLC

HDLC frame mode.

  • HDLC_LEX

HDLC LAN extension frame mode.

  • HDLC_X86

HDLC X.86 frame mode.

<OSC>

(Optional) Facility AID from the “FACILITY” section

<PAUSEFRAME>

To Enable or Disable the Pause Frame.

  • Y

Enable

  • N

Disable

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Expected speed. Due to the auto-negotiation feature, actual speed may differ from expected speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

  • 100_MBPS

100 Mbps

  • 10_GBPS

10 Gbps

  • 10_MBPS

10 Mbps

  • 1_GBPS

1 Gbps

  • 40_GBPS

40 Gigabit per second

  • AUTO

Automatic

  • AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex.

<EXPDUPLEX>

(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

  • AUTO

Auto mode

  • FULL

Full mode

  • HALF

Half mode

<SELECTIVEAUTO>

(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only.

  • Y

Enable selective auto-negotiation.

  • N

Disable selective auto-negotiation. The default value is N.

<INTERCONMODE>

Inter connect mode.

<CLNTDST>

Client distance in kilometers.

  • 10KM

10 kilometers.

  • 30KM

30 kilometers.

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. The value ranges from 0.0 to 100.0. The default value is 100.0.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects

  • NONE

Transparent

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which is the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • Unlocked

In service

  • Locked

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

  • Disabled

Disabled

  • Loopback

Loopback

  • MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • Maintenance

Maintenance mode

  • OutOfGroup

Out of group

  • SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

  • Unassigned

Unassigned

  • NotInstalled

Unequipped

21.67 RTRV-HDLC

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve High-Level Data Link Control (RTRV-HDLC) command retrieves HDLC-related attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-HDLC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-HDLC:TID:VFAC-1-1-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[FCS=<FCS>],[CRC=<CRS>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VFAC-1-1-1::FCS=FCS-16,CRC=CRC-16”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<FCS>

(Optional) Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS, which is the frame check sequence.

  • FCS-16

Frame check sequencing using 16 bits

  • FCS-32

Frame check sequencing using 32 bits

  • NONE

No frame check sequence

<CRC>

Cyclic Redundancy Check.

  • CRC-16

Cyclic Redundancy Check using 16 bits.

  • CRC-32

Cyclic Redundancy Check using 32 bits.

21.68 RTRV-HDR

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Header (RTRV-HDR) command retrieves the header of a TL1 response message. It is used by TL1 clients to determine if the link to the NE is still active and if the NE is responding to commands.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-HDR:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-HDR:SONOMA::232;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

21.69 RTRV-INV

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Inventory (RTRV-INV) command retrieves a list of the equipment inventory. For each unit in the system, the list identifies the unit's firmware numbers and Common Language Equipment Identifier (CLEI) codes, and the system’s product ID and version ID. This command also retrieves the inventory information from pluggable modules using the AID PPM-SLOT-PORT format. For multishelf nodes, the inventory parameters are retrieved by using RTRV-INV command with the BP AID. Because there is more that one shelf, the SHELFID is specified in the BP AID.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-INV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-INV:OCCIDENTAL:SLOT-15:301;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section or ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[PLUGTYPE=<PLUGTYPE>],[PN=<PN>],[HWREV=<HWREV>],
[FWREV=<FWREV>],[SN=<SN>],[CLEI=<CLEI>],[TWL=<TWL>],
[PLUGINVENDORID=<PLUGINVENDORID>],[PLUGINPN=<PLUGINPN>],
[PLUGINHWREV=<PLUGINWREV>], [PLUGINFWREV=<PLUGINFWREV>],
[PLUGINSN=<PLUGINSN>],[ILOSSREF=<ILOSSREF>],[PID=<PID>],[VID=<VID>],
[FPGA=<FPGA>],[MODULETYPE=<MODULETYPE>]";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-15,OC3-IR-4::PLUGTYPE=SX-IR-SW-SN,PN=87-31-00002,HWREV=004K, FWREV=76-99-00009-004A,SN=013510,CLEI=NOCLEI,TWL1=1546.12,TWL2=1546.92, TWL3=1547.72,TWL4=1548.51,PLUGINVENDORID=012345,PLUGINPN=ABCDE, PLUGINHWREV=ABCDE,PLUGINFWREV=01-02-03,PLUGINSN=01234,ILOSSREF=1.0, PID=CISCO_ONS15454,VID=V01,FPGA=F451,MODULETYPE=101”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section

<AIDTYPE>

Specifies the type of (AID) facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. AIDTYPE is a string.

<PLUGTYPE>

(Optional) Describes the type of plug-in. PLUGTYPE is a string.

<PN>

(Optional) Hardware part number. PN is a string.

<HWREV>

(Optional) Hardware revision. HWREV is a string.

<FWREV>

(Optional) Firmware revision. It is also known as Bootrom revision. FWREV is a string.

<SN>

(Optional) Serial number. SN is a string.

<CLEI>

(Optional) Common language equipment identifier code for the equipment. CLEI is a string.

<TWL1>

(Optional) Tunable wavelength 1.

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<PLUGINVENDORID>

(Optional) Plugin vendor ID. Integer.

<PLUGINPN>

(Optional) Third-party plug-in module HW part number. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINPN is a string.

<PLUGINHWREV>

(Optional) Third-party plug-in module hardware revision. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINHWREV is a string.

<PLUGINFWREV>

(Optional) Third-party plug-in module firmware. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINFWREV is a string.

<PLUGINSN>

(Optional) Third-party plug-in module serial number. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINSW is a string.

<ILOSSREF>

(Optional) The insertion loss reference calculated by the unit as worst insertion loss of all the unit. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

<PID>

(Optional) Product ID of the module. PID is a string.

<VID>

(Optional) Vendor ID. VID is a string.

<FPGA>

(Optional) FPGA version. FPGA is a string.

<MODULETYPE>

(Optional) Describes the type of embedded plugin module. String.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If the SFP contains manufacturing information or data that is not compliant with Telcordia GR-831 (Appendix A), the system automatically adds quotes (\"\") around the invalid characters in the TL1 response. TL1 is Telcordia GR-831 compliant after Software Release 7.0.4.


21.70 RTRV-L2-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Layer 2 Ethernet (RTRV-L2-ETH) command retrieves the Layer 2 port information of the Ethernet card.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-L2-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-L2-ETH:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<NIMODE>],[<MACLEARNING>],[<INGRESSCOS>],[<ETHERCETYPE>],[<ETHERSTYPE>],[<ALWMACADDR>],[<INHMACADDR>],[<BPDU>],[<BRIDGESTATE>],[<ACTBRIDGESTATE>],[<QNQMODE>],[<TRNSPSVLAN>],[<NAME>],[<IGMPROUTER>],[<AISACTION>],[<PROTACTION>],[<IGMPONCVLAN>],[<IGMPCVLAN>],[<DLF>],[<DLFTHRES>],[<MCAST>],[<MCASTTHRES>],[<BCAST>],[<BCASTTHRES>],[<CLRCRCALM>]:”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

MS-55- 2010-11-09 01:26:55

M c COMPLD

"ETH-5-1-22-1::NIMODE=NNI,MACLEARNING=Y,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=Y,BRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,ACTBRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,IGMPROUTER=NONE,AISACTION=AIS-NONE,PROTACTION=PROT-SQUELCH,IGMPONCVLAN=N,DLF=N,DLFTHRES=0,MCAST=N,MCASTTHRES=0,BCAST=N,BCASTTHRES=0,CLRCRCALM=N:"

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<ETHERNET>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<NIMODE>

Identifies the Ethernet network interface mode.

  • NNI

(Default) Network-network interface mode

  • UNI

User-network interface mode

<MACLEARNING>

MAC address learning mode. This activates MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting.

  • Y

Enables MAC learning

  • N

Disable MAC learning

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the CoS value set in the service provider VLAN (S-VLAN) tag.

<ETHERCETYPE>

Identifies a customer specific Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the customer VLAN (CE-VLAN) Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<ETHERSTYPE>

Identifies a customer specific Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<ALWMACADDR>

Identifies the allowed MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form.

<INHMACADDR>

Identifies the inhibited MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form.

<BPDU>

Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets.

  • Y

Enables the BPDU tag.

  • N

Disables the BPDU tag.

<BRIDGESTATE>

Defines if the traffic is blocked on the port.

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown state

  • DISABLED

Disabled state

  • BLOCKING

Blocking state

  • LISTENING

Listening state

  • LEARNING

Learning state

  • FORWARDING

Forwarding state

  • BROKEN

Broken state

<ACTBRIDGESTATE>

Defines if the traffic is blocked on the port.

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown state

  • DISABLED

Disabled state

  • BLOCKING

Blocking state

  • LISTENING

Listening state

  • LEARNING

Learning state

  • FORWARDING

Forwarding state

  • BROKEN

Broken state

<QNQMODE>

This is used to represent the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) mode operations.

  • SELECTIVE

The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped.

  • TRANSPARENT

The S-VLAN tag is always added where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by the TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed.

<TRNSPSVLAN>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<NAME>

(Optional) Facility name. NAME is a string.

<CMDMDE>

The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states.

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In service

  • OOS

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic in service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • MT

Maintenance mode

  • OOG

Out of group

  • SWDL

Software downloading

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

<IGMPCVLAN>

Indicates the customer VLAN value for IGMP on CVLAN.

<DLF>

To enable or disable storm control on DLFPC packet.

<DLFTHRES>

Indicates the DLFPC packet threshold value for storm control.

<MCAST>

To enable or disable the storm control on multicast packet.

<MCASTTHRES>

Indicates the multicast packet threshold value for storm control.

<BCAST>

To enable or disable the storm control on broadcast packet.

<BCASTTHRES>

Indicates the broadcast packet threshold value for storm control.

<CLRCRCALM>

Clears the DATA-CRC alarm.

21.71 RTRV-L2-TOPO

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Layer 2 topology (RTRV-L2-TOPO) command retrieves the LACP, REP, and EFM topology configuration.

 
Usage Guidelines

The RTRV-L2-TOPO command retrieves the normal and detailed logs of a port that is configured with LACP, REP, or EFM topology.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-L2-TOPO:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::PROTOCOL=<PROTOCOL>,[LOGLEVEL=<LOGLEVEL>],[IDENTIFIER=<IDENTIFIER>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-L2-TOPO::SLOT-16:1:::PROTOCOL=REP-INTERFACES,IDENTIFIER=2;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<PROTOCOL>

Protocol for which L2 topology details are displayed.

  • ETH-OAM-DISCOVERY

Topology information of the Ethernet OAM Discovery.

  • ETH-OAM-STATS

Topology information of the Ethernet OAM Statistics.

  • ETH-OAM-STATUS

Topology information of the Ethernet OAM Status.

  • ETH-OAM-SUMMARY

Summary of the Ethernet OAM protocol.

  • LACP

Link Aggregation Control Protocol.

  • LACP-PARTNER

LACP partner.

  • REP-INTERFACES

REP interface.

  • REP-TOPOLOGY

REP topology.

  • REP-TOPOLOGY-ARCHIVE

REP archive.

<LOGLEVEL>

The parameter type is LOGLEVEL.

  • DETAILED

Detailed.

  • NORMAL

Normal.

<IDENTIFIER>

Identifier.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“TOPODETAIL”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“Interface Seg-id Type LinkOp Role
---------------------- ------ -------------- ----------- ----
Phy0 2 Primary Edge INIT_DOWN Fail
Phy1 2 Pref Edge INIT_DOWN Fail
UUßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßß
ßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßß
ßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßß”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
;Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

21.72 RTRV-LM-EFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Link Monitoring Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (RTRV-LM-EFM) command retrieves the Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) link monitoring parameters and the action associated with each of the parameters.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LM-EFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LM-EFM::ETH-12-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:[IMPARAM=<IMPARAM>], [HIGHTH=<HIGHTH>],
[LOWTH=<LOWTH>],[ACTION=<ACTION>],[WINDOW=<WINDOW>];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-7-1-1,LMPARAM=ERR-FRAME,LOWTH=1,HIGHTH=0,ACTION=NONE,WINDOW=10;”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<LMPARAM>

Name of the link monitoring parameter.

  • ERR-FRAME

Error frames.

  • ERR-FRAME-PRD

Error frame period.

  • ERR-FRAME-SEC

Error frames second.

<LOWTH>

The lowest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer.

<HIGHTH>

The highest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer.

<ACTION>

Action to be taken when the link monitoring parameter crosses the HIGH value, which is set by the user. The value can be NONE or DISABLED.

<WINDOW>

This indicates the window associated with each of the link monitoring parameter (number of packets, number of frames or the timer). It is an integer.

21.73 RTRV-LMP

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol (RTRV-LMP) command retrieves the global LMP protocol attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is only available on platforms that support the LMP protocol.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

LMP

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LMP:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LMP:PETALUMA::704;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD
"::ENABLE=<ENABLE>,[WDM=<WDM>],[ROLE=<ROLE>],[NODEID=<NODEID>],
[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"::ENABLE=Y,WDM=Y,ROLE=PEER,NODEID=198.133.219.25,OPSTATE=UP"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<ENABLE>

LMP protocol status

  • Y

Protocol is enabled.

  • N

Protocol is disabled.

<WDM>

Determines if the LMP WDM extensions are in effect.

  • Y

The LMP WDM extensions are in effect.

  • N

The LMP WDM extensions are not in effect.

<ROLE>

The role the LMP protocol is configured to play.

  • OLS

The LMP protocol is configured to respond as a Optical Line System.

  • PEER

The LMP protocol is configured to respond as a peer node.

<NODEID>

LMP Node ID. NODEID is a stable IP address that is always reachable if there is any connectivity to it. The default LMP node ID value is the IP address of the node.

<OPSTATE>

Indicates the operational status of the LMP protocol stack.

  • UP

LMP protocol is active.

  • DOWN

LMP protocol is not active.

21.74 RTRV-LMP-CTRL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol Control Channel (RTRV-LMP-CTRL) command retrieves the attributes of an LMP control channel.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is only available on platforms that support the LMP protocol.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

LMP

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LMP-CTRL:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LMP-CTRL:PETALUMA:CC-123:704;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

The LMP control channel AID.

  • CTRL-ALL

Specifies all the control channels.

  • CTRL-{1-4}

Specifies an individual control channel.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>,LOCALPORT=<LOCALPORT>,REMOTEIP=<REMOTEIP>,
[HELLO=<HELLO>],[HELLOMIN=<HELLOMIN>],[HELLOMAX=<HELLOMAX>],
[DEAD=<DEAD>],[DEADMIN=<DEADMIN>],[DEADMAX=<DEADMAX>],
[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]]
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:0
M 001 COMPLD
"CTRL-2::REMOTEID=15.15.15.115,LOCALPORT=FAC-1-1-1,REMOTEIP=126.0.0.1,HELLO=50,
HELLOMIN=300,HELLOMAX=5000,DEAD=12000,DEADMIN=2000,DEADMAX=20000,
OPSTATE=UP:OOS,DSBLD"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<REMOTEID>

Distinguishes the LMP control channel messages that are using the same local port to send messages.

<LOCALPORT>

The pathway that the LMP control channel will use to send and receive messages.

<REMOTEIP>

Remote IP address with which the LMP control channel sends and receives messages.

<HELLO>

The time interval within which the LMP protocol sends HELLO messages.

<HELLOMIN>

Minimum hello time the LMP control channels can send out HELLO messages to the remote node.

<HELLOMAX>

The maximum amount of time the LMP control channel can wait between HELLO messages.

<DEAD>

Time interval an LMP control channel will wait for a HELLO message from the remote side before listing the control channel as down.

<DEADMIN>

The minimum amount of time that an LMP control channel can wait before listing the control channel status as down.

<DEADMAX>

The maximum amount of time that an LMP control channel can wait before listing the control channel status as down.

<OPSTATE>

Indicates the operational status of the LMP protocol stack.

  • UP

The control channel is communicating with its counterpart on the remote node.

  • DOWN

The control channel is not communicating with its counterpart on the remote node.

  • GOING DOWN

The LMP stack sets the ControlChannelDown bit in all the messages it sends. This is mainly because of administrative action.

  • GOING UP

The control channel is in the process of transitioning to the UP state.

  • CFG-SND

The control channel is in the parameter negotiation state. In this state, the node periodically sends a Config message, and is expecting the other side to reply with either a ConfigAck or ConfigNack message. The control channel Finite State Machine (FSM) does not transition into the ACTIVE state until the remote side positively acknowledges the parameters.

  • CFG-RCV

The control channel is in the parameter negotiation state. In this state, the node is waiting for acceptable configuration parameters from the remote side. After these parameters are received and acknowledged, the FSM can transition to the ACTIVE state response.

  • ACTIVE

In this state, the node periodically sends a Hello message and is waiting to receive a valid Hello message. After a valid Hello message is received, it can transition to the UP state.

  • ACT-FAILED

Activation of the control channel failed.

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown or unexpected state.

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In Service

  • OOS

Out of Service

<SST>

Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.75 RTRV-LMP-TLINK

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol (RTRV-LMP-TLINK) command retrieves the attributes of an LMP Traffic Engineering (TE) link.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is limited to nodes where the LMP protocol is supported and has been enabled.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

LMP

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LMP-TLINK:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LMP-TLINK:PETALUMA:TLINK-123:704;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

LMP TE link AID values.

  • TLINK-ALL

Specifies all the TE links.

  • TLINK-{1-256}

Specifies an individual TE link.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD "<SRC>::[REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>],[DWDM=<DWDM>],[REMOTETE=<REMOTETE>],
[MUXCAP=<MUXCAP>],[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]]"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:0
M CTAG COMPLD "TLINK-2::REMOTEID=15.15.15.115,DWDM=Y,REMOTETE=3,MUXCAP=LAMBDA,
OPSTATE=UP:IS"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

LMP TE link AID values.

  • TLINK-ALL

Specifies all the TE links.

  • TLINK-{1-256}

Specifies an individual TE link.

<REMOTEID>

Remote node ID associated with the LMP TE link.

<DWDM>

Indicates whether or not the LMP TE link supports DWDM.

  • Y

The LMP TE link supports DWDM.

  • N

The LMP TE link does not support DWDM.

<REMOTETE>

Remote ID used by the far-end LMP TE link.

<MUXCAP>

The muxponder capability of the LMP TE link.

  • PKTSWITCH1

Packet Switching 1

  • PKTSWITCH2

Packet Switching 2

  • PKTSWITCH3

Packet Switching 3

  • PKTSWITCH4

Packet Switching 4

  • LAYER2

Layer 2 switching

  • TDM

Time-division multiplexing (TDM) switching

  • LAMBDA

Lambda switching

  • FIBER

Fiber switching

<OPSTATE>

Indicates the operational status of a TE link.

  • DEGRADED

In this state, all LMP control channels are down, but the TE link still includes some data links that are allocated to user traffic.

  • INIT

Data links have been allocated to the TE link, but the configuration has not yet been synchronized with the LMP neighbor. A LinkSummary message is periodically transmitted to the LMP neighbor.

  • UP

The TE link is communicating with its counterpart on the remote node.

  • DOWN

The TE link is not communicating with its counterpart on the remote node.

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown or unexpected state.

<PST>

Primary state. This parameter indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In service

  • OOS

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. This parameter provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.76 RTRV-LMP-DLINK

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol (RTRV-LMP-DLINK) command retrieves the attributes of an LMP data link.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is only applicable on a node where the LMP protocol is supported and enabled.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

LMP

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRVD-LMP-DLINK:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LMP-DLINK:PETALUMA:FAC-14-1-1:704;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LINKTYPE=<LINKTYPE>],[REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>],[TELINK=<TELINK>],
[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-14-1-1::LINKTYPE=PORT,REMOTEID=45,TELINK=TLINK-4,OPSTATE=UP-ALLOC"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<LINKTYPE>

The type of LMP data link.

  • PORT

Port data link.

  • COMPONENT

Component data link.

<REMOTEID>

The remote LMP data link ID.

<TELINK>

Used to map LMP data links to LMP TE links.

<OPSTATE>

Indicates the operational status of an LMP data link.

  • TESTING

The data link is being tested. An LMP test message is periodically sent through the link.

  • DOWN

The data link is not communicating with its counterpart on the remote node.

  • UP-ALLOC

The link is up and has been allocated for data traffic.

  • UP-FREE

The link has been successfully tested and is now put in the pool of resources (in-service). The link has not yet been allocated to data traffic.

21.77 RTRV-LNK

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Link (RTRV-LNK) command retrieves all the (optical) links created in the NE. The end information is returned along with the type of (optical) link.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LNK:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LNK:PENNGROVE::114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<FROM>,<TO>::[OLNKT=<OLNKT>],[CTYPE=<CTYPE>],[RDIRN=<RDIRN>],
[BAND=<BAND>],[WLEN=<WLEN>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BAND-6-1-TX,BAND-13-1-RX::OLNKT=HITLESS,CTYPE=PROV,
RDIRN=W_E, BAND=1530.32-1532.68,WLEN=1530.32:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<FROM>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. Identifies an entity at one end of the optical link.

<TO>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. Identifies an entity at the other end of the optical link.

<OLNKT>

(Optional) Optical link type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_LINK_TYPE, which is the type of optical link between two optical facilities.

  • ADD-DROP

Link between two points that results in an add/drop connection from a drop point to an add point

  • HITLESS

Link between two OMS points that results in a hitless connection from a drop point to an add point of a consecutive band/channel filter

  • MPO

MPO connector

  • OTS

Link between two OTS points

  • OTS-INTLEAV

Link between two OTS points interrupted by an interleaver card that the system does not monitor.

<CTYPE>

(Optional) The type of cross-connection. Indicates if the optical link is provisioned by the user or automatically created by the NE. The parameter type is CREATION_TYPE, which is the optical link creation type.

  • AUTO

Automatically created by the NE

  • PROV

Provisioned by the user

<RDIRN>

(Optional) Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality.

  • E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise).

  • W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise).

<BAND>

(Optional) The optical band (group of four contiguous wavelengths) for this optical link. BAND is present only when there is a link between two OMS entities. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND.

  • 1530.33 to 1532.68

Band 1

  • 1534.25 to 1536.61

Band 2

  • 1538.19 to 1540.56

Band 3

  • 1542.14 to 1544.53

Band 4

  • 1546.12 to 1548.51

Band 5

  • 1550.12 to 1552.52

Band 6

  • 1554.13 to 1556.55

Band 7

  • 1558.17 to 1560.61

Band 8

  • USE-DEFAULT

This band is not yet configured/retrieved from the unit.

<WLEN>

(Optional) Optical wavelength for this optical link. WLEN is present only when there is a link between two OCH entities. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.72

Wavelength 1530.72

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.11

Wavelength 1548.11

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.91

Wavelength 1548.91

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.72

Wavelength 1549.72

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ.

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.78 RTRV-LNKTERM

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Provisionable Patchcord Termination (RTRV-LNKTERM) command retrieves information about one or more provisionable patchcord (PP) terminations.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • All the terminations can be retrieved using ALL or LNKTERM-ALL as the AID.
  • If the PP termination does not exist, an error message will be returned.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Provisionable Patchcords

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-2:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “LNKTERM” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::PORT=<PORT>,[REMOTENODE=<REMOTENODE>],
[REMOTELNKTERMID=<REMOTELNKTERMID>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LNKTERM-2::PORT=FAC-3-1,REMOTENODE=172.20.221.225,REMOTELNKTERMID=21”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “LNKTERM” section.

<PORT>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section.

<REMOTENODE>

(Optional) Remote node. REMOTENODE is a string.

<REMOTELNKTERMID>

(Optional) Remote link term ID. REMOTELNKTERMID is a string.

21.79 RTRV-LOG

Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Log (RTRV-LOG) command retrieves the alarm log of the NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

The only option reported for LOGNM is ALARM.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Log

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-LOG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::<LOGNM>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-LOG:CERENT::123::ALARM;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<LOGNM>

Log to be retrieved. The log name is ALARM. String.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<ALMNUMBER>:CURRENT=<CURRENT>,[PREVIOUS=<PREVIOUS>],
<CONDITION>,<SRVEFF>,[TIME=<OCRTIME>],[DATE=<OCRDAT>]:<ALMDESCR>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-3-1,18:CURRENT=MJ,PREVIOUS=CL,EOC,NSA,TIME=16-33-04,
DATE=1971-02-03:\“SDCC TERMINATION FAILURE\””
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<ALMNUMBER>

Alarm number of the log. ALMNUMBER is an integer.

<CURRENT>

Current severity. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message.

  • CL

The condition causing the alarm has cleared.

  • CR

A critical alarm.

  • MJ

A major alarm.

  • MN

A minor alarm.

  • NA

The condition is not alarmed.

  • NR

The alarm is not reported.

<PREVIOUS>

(Optional) Previous severity. The parameter type is COND_EFF, which is the state of the condition upon the affected unit.

  • CL

Standing condition cleared

  • SC

Standing condition raised

  • TC

Transient condition

<CONDITION>

Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions.

<OCRTIME>

(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. Time when alarm was triggered.

<OCRDAT>

(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. Date when alarm was triggered.

<ALMDESCR>

Alarm description. ALMDESCR is a string.

21.80 RTRV-MA-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Association Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MA-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance association present on the card.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MA-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MA-CFM::SLOT-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:MANAME=<MANAME>, SVLANID=<SVLANID>,
CCENABLE=<CCENABLE>[:];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-7,MANAME=CISCO,SVLANID=1,CCENABLE=Y”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<MANAME>

Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<CCENABLE>

Enable or disable Continuos Check messaging

  • Y

Enable

  • N

Disable

21.81 RTRV-MACTABLE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The RTRV-MACTABLE command retrieves all the MAC addresses stored in the card, as well as the internal MAC addresses associated with each port of the card.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is supported on GZ 1.0 and GZ 1.5 TXP/MXP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode to retrieve the MAC address.
  • VLANID is applicable to the command only during the retrieval of learned MAC address.
  • During the retrieval of Card MAC address, port 5 of 10GEXP card and port 23 of GEXP card stands for CPU port.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MACTABLE:<TID>:<AID>:<CTAG>:::ADDRTYPE=<addrtype>,[VLANIDFROM=<vlanidfrom>],[VLANIDTO=<vlanidto];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MACTABLE::SLOT-12:1:::ADDRTYPE=LEARNED-MAC, VLANIDFROM=10, VLANIDTO=20;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<ADDRTYPE>,<PORT>,<VLANID>,<MACADDRESS>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"SLOT-1,ADDRTYPE=LEARNED-MAC,PORT=4,VLANID=199,MACADDRESS=10:10:10:10:10:10";

 

Table 21-6 RTRV-MACTABLE command - Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

"ALL" AID is NOT supported for this operation.

<ADDRTYPE>

Indicates whether the address shown is card MAC address OR dynamically learned MAC address.

  • CARD-MAC

Internal MAC Address of the card.

  • LEARNED-MAC

Dynamically learnt MAC Address.

<VLANIDFROM>

VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

<VLANIDTO>

VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

21.82 RTRV-MAP-NETWORK

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Map Network (RTRV-MAP-NETWORK) command retrieves all the NE attributes which are accessible from the GNE (gateway NE). The NE attributes include the node IP address (IPADDR), node name (TID), and the product type of the NE (PRODUCT).

 
Usage Guidelines

The product type field in the response will appear as “unknown” for nodes that are not running the same version of software.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK:CISCO::123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<IPADDR>,<NODENAME>,<PRODUCT>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“172.20.222.225,TID-000,15454”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<IPADDR>

Node IP address. IPADDR is a string.

<NODENAME>

Node name (TID). NODENAME is a string.

<PRODUCT>

Product type of the NE. The parameter type is PRODUCT_TYPE, which is the product (NE) type.

  • ONS15454

ONS 15454

  • ONS15454SDH

ONS 15454 SDH

  • ONS15454-M2

ONS 15454 M2

  • ONS15454-M2SDH

ONS 15454 M2 SDH

  • ONS15454-M6

ONS 15454 M6

  • ONS15454-M6

ONS 15454 M6 SDH

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown product type

21.83 RTRV-MCAST

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve the Multicast attributes command retrieves the Multicast VLAN

Registration attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MCAST:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MCAST:TID:SLOT-1-5:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Equipment aids are used to access specific cards.

ALL

It is only used for RTRV-INV, RTRV-EQPT, RTRV-ALM/COND-EQPT commands.

SLOT-ALL

The NE equipment AIDs.

SLOT[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}

Individual equipment AID of the I/O card units or slots in a 15454.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

“<AID>::[<MVRSTATE>],[<MVRSVLAN>],[<MVRSTARTIP>],[<MVRIPRANGE>],[<IGMPONCVLAN>]:”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-1-12::MVRSTATE=Y,MVRSVLAN=132,MVRSTARTIP=230.64.38.55,
MVRIPRANGE=60:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Equipment aids used to access specific cards.

  • ALL

It is only used for RTRV-INV, RTRV-EQPT, RTRV-ALM/COND-EQPT commands.

  • SLOT-ALL

All the NE equipment AIDs.

  • SLOT[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}

Individual equipment AID of the I/O card units or slots.

<MVRSTATE>

Multicast VLAN Registration status values.

  • Y

Enabled

  • N

Disabled

<MVRSVLAN>

Define the SVLAN used to distribute the Multicast stream inside the Network. It is a value in the range 1-4096.

<MVRSTARTIP>

The first IP Address of the Multicast IP Group.

<MVRIPRANGE>

MVR IP Range. Indicate the number of IP address starting from mvrStartIp used to identified the multicast IP group. It is a number in the range 1..255.

21.84 RTRV-MD-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Domain Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MD-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance domain on the card.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MD-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MD-CFM:454-156:SLOT-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[LEVEL=<LEVEL>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-7,MDNAME=MD1,LEVEL=4”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MDNAME>

Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.

21.85 RTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Domain and Maintenance Association mapping Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance domain and maintenance association mapping.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::MDNAME=<MDNAME>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RRTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM::SLOT-4:A;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[MANAME=<MANAME>],[SVLANID=<SVLANID>],[CCENABLE=<CCENABLE>];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-17,MDNAME=MD1,SVLANID=7,MANAME=MA3:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MANAME>

Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<CCENABLE>

Enable or disable Continuos Check messaging

  • Y

Enable

  • N

Disable

21.86 RTRV-MEP-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance End Point Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MEP-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance end points on the port.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MEP-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MEP-CFM::ETH-1-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[SVLANID=<SVLANID>],[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],
[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[MPID=<MPID>];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-3-4-1,SVLANID=200,MDNAME=D4,LEVEL=4,MPID=314”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<MDNAME>

Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.

<MPID>

Maintenance Point Identifier. It is an integer.

21.87 RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance End Point Continuity Check Message Data Base Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance end point continuity check message data base on a given slot.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[VLANIDFROM=<VLANIDFROM>],[VLANIDTO=<VLANIDTO>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM::SLOT-1:1:::MDNAME=D2,VLANIDFROM=99,VLANIDTO=100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MDNAME>

Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<VLANIDFROM>

VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

<VLANIDTO>

VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[MPID=<MPID>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[MANAME=<MANAME>],[INPORT=<INPORT>],[CCLIFETIME=<CCLIFETIME>],[AGEOFLASTCC=<AGEOFLASTCC>],[RMTPORSTATE=<RMTPORTSTATE>];”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-1,MPID=301,MACADDR=00:19:07:6C:B7:7A,MDNAME=D2,MANAME=M1,SVLANID=100,INPORT=0,CCLIFETIME=0,AGEOFLASTCC=0:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MPID>

Maintenance Point Identifier. It is an integer.

<MACADDR>

(Optional) The MAC address for the 10 Gigabit Ethernet payload. MACADDR is a string.

<MDNAME>

Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.

<MANAME>

Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<INPORT>

Ingress port.

<CCLIFETIME>

Indicates the Continuity Check Message Timer Life Time on the receiving end. It indicates how long the interface has to wait for the CC message expiry. It is 3 times the CCTIMER.

<AGEOFLASTCC>

Age of the last CC timer. This indicates the time interval between the present time and the last time CC message received.

<RMTPORSTATE>

Indicates the state of the remote port.

  • RMTPORT-INVALID

Invalid state.

  • RMTPORT-UP

Up.

  • RMTPORT-DOWN

Down.

  • RMTPORT-TEST

Test.

  • RMTPORT-UNKNOWN

Unknown port.

  • RMTPORT-DORMANT

In active.

  • RMTPORT-NOT-PRESENT

Port does not exist.

  • LOWER-LAYER-DOWN

Lower layer is down.

  • ADMIN-DOWN

Admin is down.

  • REMOTE-EXCESSIVE-ERR

Excessive errors on the remote port.

  • LOCAL-EXCESSIVE-ERR

Excessive errors on the local port.

21.88 RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance End Point Statistics Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance end point statistics.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[VLANIDFROM=<VLANIDFROM>],[VLANIDTO=<VLANIDTO>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM::SLOT-4:a;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM::SLOT-1:1:::MDNAME=D2,VLANIDFROM=99,VLANIDTO=100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MDNAME>

Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<VLANIDFROM>

VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

<VLANIDTO>

VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“M CTAG COMPLD; “<AID>,<MDNAME>,<SVLANID>,<MPID>,<CCMTRANSMITTED>,<CCMRCVD>,
<CCRCVDSEQERROR>,<LTRUNEXPTDRCVD>,<LBRTRANSMITTED>,
<LBRRCVDINORDER>,<LBRRCVDSEQERROR>,<LBRRCVDBADMSDU>”;

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-3,MDNAME=Domain_6,SVLANID=30,MPID=600,CCMTRANSMTD=801,CCMRCVDSEQERR=0,CCRCVDSEQERR=0,LTRUNEXPDRCVD=0,LBRTRANSMTD=0,LBRRCVDINORDER=0,LBRRCVDSEQERR=0,LBRRCVDBADMSDU=0”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MDNAME >

Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<MPID>

Maintenance Point Identifier. It is an integer.

<CCMTRANSMTD>

Indicates the transmission of continuity check messages.

<CCMRCVD>

Continuity check messages received.

<CCRCVDSEQERR>

Continuity check received with sequence errors.

<LTRUNEXPDRCVD>

Link trace reply received unexpectedly.

<LBRTRANSMTD>

Loopback reply transmitted.

<LBRRCVDINORDER>

Loopback reply received in order.

<LBRRCVDSEQERR>

Loopback reply received with sequence error.

<LBRRCVDBADMSDU>

Loopback reply received with bad MSDU.

21.89 RTRV-MIP-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Intermediate Point Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MIP-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance intermediate points on the port.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MIP-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MIP-CFM::ETH-1-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“M CTAG COMPLD; “<<AID>,<VLANID>,<LEVEL>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-17-1-1,VLANID=6,LEVEL=7”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<VLANID >

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.

21.90 RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Intermediate Point Continuity Check Message Data Base Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM) command retrieves the continuity check message database (CCDB) of the maintenance intermediate points.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.
  • The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[VLANIDFROM=<VLANIDFROM>],[VLANIDTO=<VLANIDTO>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM::SLOT-1:1:::MDNAME=D2,VLANIDFROM=10,VLANIDTO=100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.

<VLANIDFROM>

VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

<VLANIDTO>

VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“M CTAG COMPLD; “<<AID>,<MACADDR>,<SVLANID>,<LEVEL>,<INGRESSPORT>,<MPID>,<ARCHIVETIMER”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-4,MACADDR=00:00:00:00:00:00,SVLANID=100,LEVEL=1,INGRESSPORT=0,MPID=300,ARCHIVETIMER=0”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

<MACADDR>

(Optional) The MAC address for the 10 Gigabit Ethernet payload. MACADDR is a string.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.

<INGRESSPORT>

Identifies the ingress port.

<MPID>

Maintenance Point Identifier. It is an integer.

<ARCHIVETIMER>

Archive Timer for CCDB. The default value is 0.

21.91 RTRV-NE-APC

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network Amplification Power Control (RTRV-NE-APC) command retrieves the APC application ports involved in node set-up regulation.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-APC:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-APC:PENNGROVE:CHAN-16-1-RX:114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<MOD>::[MODIFDAT=<MODIFDAT>],[MODIFTM=<MODIFTM>],
[CHECKDAT=<CHECKDAT>],[CHECKTM=<CHECKTM>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-16-1-RX,OCH::MODIFDAT=04-11-02,MODIFTM=12-35-00,
CHECKDAT=04-11-02,CHECKTM=12-55-00”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<MOD>

AID type. The parameter type is MOD2O, which is the facility types for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, MD-4, MUX-32, DMX-32, AD-1C, AD-2C, AD-4C, AD-1B, and AD-4B cards.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical multiplexer section

  • OTS

Optical trace section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

<MODIFDAT>

(Optional) The last date when the APC application modified this port. The format of MODIFDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31.

<MODIFTM>

(Optional) The last time when the APC application modified this port. The format of MODIFTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59.

<CHECKDAT>

(Optional) The last date when the APC application controlled and validated this port. The format of CHECKDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31.

<CHECKTM>

(Optional) The last time when the APC application controlled and validated this port. The format of CHECKTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59.

21.92 RTRV-NE-GEN

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element General (RTRV-NE-GEN) command retrieves the general NE attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are disabled in this command. ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are used to show the Ethernet interface address and mask. Both default to the nodes’ IP address and masks.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-GEN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-GEN:CISCO::123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD “[<IPADDR>],[<IPMASK>],[<DEFRTR>],[<IPV6ADDR>],[<IPV6PREFLEN>],[<IPV6DEFRTR>],[<IPV6ENABLE>],[<IIOPPORT>],[<NTP>],[<NAME>],[<SWVER>],[<LOAD>],[<PROTSWVER>],[<PROTLOAD>],[<DEFDESC>],[<PLATFORM>],[<SECUMODE>],[<SUPPRESSIP>],[<MODE>],[<MSPUBVLANID>],[<MSINTLVLANID>],[<AUTOPM>],[<SERIALPORTECHO>],[<OSIROUTINGMODE>],[<OSIL1BUFSIZE>],[<OSIL2BUFSIZE>],[<NET>],[<BKUPNTP>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
IPADDR=192.168.100.52,IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1, IPV6ADDR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]”,IPV6PREFLEN=64,IPV6DEFRTR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:e000]”,IPV6ENABLE=NO IIOPPORT=57970,NTP=192.168.100.52,NAME="NODENAME",SWVER=2.01.03, LOAD=02.13-E09A-08.15,PROTSWVER=2.01.02,PROTLOAD=02.12-E09A-09.25, DEFDESC=\"NE DEFAULTS FEATURE\",PLATFORM=15454-ANSI,SECUMODE=NORMAL, SUPPRESSIP=YES,PROXYSRV=N,FIREWALL=N,MSPUBVLANID=1,MSINTLVLANID=2,AUTOPM=NO,SERIALPORTECHO=Y,OSIROUTINGMODE=ES,OSIL1BUFSIZE=512,OSIL2BUFSIZE=512”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<IPADDR>

(Optional) Node IP address. IPADDR is a string.

<IPMASK>

(Optional) Node IP mask. IPMASK is a string.

<DEFRTR>

(Optional) Node default router. DEFRTR is a string.

<IPV6ADDR>

Specifies the IPv6 address of the NE. IPV6ADDR is a string.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif IPV6ADDR parameter can be set only if IPV6ENABLE parameter is set to Y


<IPV6PREFLEN>

Specifies the prefix length for the IPv6 address of the NE. IPV6PREFLEN is an integer.

<IPV6DEFRTR>

Specifies the IPv6 default router address for the NE. IPV6DEFRTR is a string.

<IPV6ENABLE>

Specifies if the IPv6 enable mode for the NE is enabled or disabled.

  • Y

Indicates that IPV6 mode is enabled.

  • N

Indicates that IPV6 mode is disabled.

<IIOPPORT>

(Optional) Node IIOP port. IIPOOPRT is an integer.

<NTP>

(Optional) Node Network Timing Protocol (NTP) timing source address. NTP is a string.

<ETHIPADDR>

Not supported in this release.

<ETHIPMASK>

Not supported in this release.

<NAME>

(Optional) Facility name. NAME is a string.

<SWVER>

(Optional) Software version. SWVER is a string.

<LOAD>

(Optional) Load. LOAD is a string.

<PROTSWVER>

(Optional) Protect software version. PROTSWVER is a string.

<PROTLOAD >

(Optional) Protect load. PROTLOAD is a string.

<DEFDESC>

(Optional) Provides a default description for the NE. DEFDESC is a string.

<PLATFORM>

(Optional) Platform. PLATFORM is a string.

<SECUMODE>

(Optional) Security mode of the NE. The parameter type is NE_SECURE_MODE, which is the security mode of the NE.

  • REPEATER

The front port and backplane are sharing the same IP network.

  • SECURE

The front port and backplane are independent and in different IP subnetworks.

<SUPPRESSIP>

(Optional) The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

No

  • YES

Yes

<MODE>

(Optional) Indicates the AID mode to access shelf identifier objects. Defaults to SINGLESHELF. This field is always set to MULTISHELF in the case of DWDM nodes with more than one shelf managed. Parameter type is SHELF_MODE which is the NE mode.

  • SINGLESHELF

The NE contains only one shelf and the AID representation does not consider the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports.

  • MULTISHELF

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style.

  • MULTISHELFETH

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. The shelves are connected by means of an external Ethernet switch.

<PROXYSRV>

(Optional) Indicates if the proxy server is enabled or disabled.

  • Y

Proxy server is enabled.

  • N

Proxy server is disabled.

<FIREWALL>

(Optional) Indicates if the firewall is enabled or disabled.

  • Y

Firewall is enabled.

  • N

Firewall is disabled.

<AUTOPM>

(Optional) AUTOPM is a flag to indicate if autonomous PM reporting to TL1 clients is enabled or disabled.

  • Y

Auto PM reporting is enabled.

  • N

Auto PM reporting is disabled.

<SERIALPORTECHO>

(Optional) Indicates if the echo is turned on for TL1 serial port sessions.

  • Y

Echo is turned on.

  • N

Echo is turned off.

<OSIROUTINGMODE>

Indicates the routing mode of the node.

  • ES

Provisions the node as an OSI ES. The ONS node performs all ES functions and relies upon an IS for communication with other IS nodes inside and outside the ES OSI area.

  • IS1

Provisions the node as an OSI IS. The ONS node performs all IS functions including routing data between ISs and ESs, between networks, and between parts of a network.

  • IS2

The ONS node performs all IS functions. It communicates with other IS and ES nodes within an OSI area. It also broadcasts ISHs to IS nodes in other areas to which it is connected.

<OSIL1BUFSIZE>

Level 1 Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) buffer size. The default is 512.

<OSIL2BUFSIZE>

Level 2 Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) buffer size. The default is 512.

<NET>

Network Entity Title of the node. The NET is used in OSI networks to identify the node to end system (ES) or intermediate system (IS) NEs. NETs are allocated from the same name space as the Network Service Address Point (NSAP) address. Whether an address is an NSAP or NET depends on the NSAP Selector value.

21.93 RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN command does not apply to the Cisco ONS 15454 platform.


(Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Image Signature (RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN) command retrieves the signature details of a given shelf.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN:PENNGROVE:SHELF-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Shelf access identifier. AID can be ignored if the command is executed on a single shelf. For a multi-shelf configuration, AID can take a shelf value from 1 to 50 (SHELF-{1-50}).

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[PKGTYPE=<PKGTYPE>],[IMGTYPE=<IMGTYPE>], [CMNNAME=<CMNNAME>,[ORGUNIT=<ORGUNIT>],[ORGNAME=<ORGNAME>],[CERTSN=<CERTSN>],[HASH=<HASH>],[SIGNALGO=<SIGNALALGO>],[KEYVER=<KEYVER>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“SHELF-1,PKGTYPE=WORKING,IMGTYPE=DEVELOPMENT,CMNNAME=UTS TNC,ORGUNIT=OTBU,ORGNAME=CISCO,CERTSN=10000,HASH=SHA-512,SIGNALGO=RSA-2048,KEYVER=A”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

 

<AID>

Shelf access identifier. AID can be ignored if the command is executed on a single shelf. For a multi-shelf configuration, AID can take a shelf value from 1to 30 (SHELF-{1-50}).

<PKGTYPE>

Indicates the Package Type. The parameter type is PKGTYPE.

  • INVALID

Indicates that the package type is invalid.

  • PROTECT

Indicates that the package type is a protect package.

  • WORKING

Indicates that the package type is a working package.

<IMGTYPE>

Indicates the Image Type. The parameter type is IMGTYPE.

  • DEVELOPMENT

Indicates that the IMGTYPE is a DEVELOPMENT Image.

  • PRODUCTION

Indicates that the IMGTYPE is a PRODUCTION Image.

  • REVOCATION

Indicates that the IMGTYPE is a REVOCATION Image.

  • UNKNOWN

Indicates that the IMGTYPE is an UNKNOWN Image.

<CMNNAME>

Indicates the Common Name.

<ORGUNIT>

Indicates the Organization Unit.

<ORGNAME>

Indicates the Organization Name.

<CERTSN>

Indicates the Certificate Serial Number.

<HASH>

Indicates the hashing Algorithm. The parameter type is HASH_ALGO.

SHA-256

Hashing Algorithm is SHA-256.

SHA-512

Hashing Algorithm is SHA-512.

UNKNOWN

Hashing Algorithm is Unknown.

<SIGNALGO>

Indicates the signature Algorithm. The parameter type is SIGN_ALGO.

  • DSA

Signature Algorithm is DSA.

  • ECDSA

Signature Algorithm is ECDSA.

  • RSA-2048

Signature Algorithm is RSA-2048.

  • UNKNOWN

Signature Algorithm is Unknown.

<KEYVER>

Indicates the key Version.

21.94 RTRV-NE-IPMAP

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Internet Protocol Map (RTRV-NE-IPMAP) command retrieves the IP address and node name of the NEs that have a DCC connection with this NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command only reports the discovered DCC link. If there is no discovered DCC link on the port (or the node), the command will return COMPLD without IPMAP information.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Network

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-IPMAP:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-IPMAP:CISCO:FAC-12-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The port of an NE carrying the DCC connection. A null value defaults to the whole NE. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<IPADDR>,<NODENAME>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-12-1:172.20.208.225,NODENAME2”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Port of an NE carrying the DCC connection.

<IPADDR>

Node IP address. IPADDR is a string.

<NODENAME>

Network element name. NODENAME is a string.

21.95 RTRV-NE-KEYINFO

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The RTRV-NE-KEYINFO command does not apply to the Cisco ONS 15454 platform.


(Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Key Information (RTRV-NE-KEYINFO) command retrieves the details of the keys that are stored in a given shelf.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-KEYINFO:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-KEYINFO:PENNGROVE:SHELF-5:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Shelf access identifier. AID can be ignored if the command is executed on a single shelf. For a multi-shelf configuration, AID can take a shelf value from 1 to 50 (SHELF-{1-50}).

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[KEYTYPE=<KEYTYPE>],[PUBKEY=<PUBKEY>,[EXPN=<EXPN>], [KEYVER=<KEYVER>],[MOD=<MOD>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“SHELF-5,KEYTYPE=DEVELOPMENT,PUBKEY=RSA-2048,EXPN=1000,KEYVER=A,MOD=\"0:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8:9:a:b:c:d:e:f:10:11:12:13:14:15:16:17:18:19:1a:1b:1c:1d:1e:1f:20:21:22:23:24:25:26:27:28:29:2a:2b:2c:2d:2e:2f:30:31:32:33:34:35:36:37:38:39:3a:3b:3c:3d:3e:3f:40:41:42:43:44:45:46:47:48:49:4a:4b:4c:4d:4e:4f:50:51:52:53:54:55:56:57:58:59:5a:5b:5c:5d:5e:5f:60:61:62:63:64:65:66:67:68:69:6a:6b:6c:6d:6e:6f:70:71:72:73:74:75:76:77:78:79:7a:7b:7c:7d:7e:7f:80:81:82:83:84:85:86:87:88:89:8a:8b:8c:8d:8e:8f:90:91:92:93:94:95:96:97:98:99:9a:9b:9c:9d:9e:9f:a0:a1:a2:a3:a4:a5:a6:a7:a8:a9:aa:ab:ac:ad:ae:af:b0:b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6:b7:b8:b9:ba:bb:bc:bd:be:bf:c0:c1:c2:c3:c4:c5:c6:c7:c8:c9:ca:cb:cc:cd:ce:cf:d0:d1:d2:d3:d4:d5:d6:d7:d8:d9:da:db:dc:dd:de:df:e0:e1:e2:e3:e4:e5:e6:e7:e8:e9:ea:eb:ec:ed:ee:ef:f0:f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6:f7:f8:f9:fa:fb:fc:fd:fe:ff”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

 

<AID>

Shelf access identifier. AID can be ignored if the command is executed on a single shelf. For a multi-shelf configuration, AID can take a shelf value from 1to 30 (SHELF-{1-50}).

<KEYTYPE>

Indicates the Key Type. Displays the public key available on the system for verification. The parameter type is KEYTYPE.

  • DEVELOPMENT

Indicates that the key type is DEVELOPMENT.

  • RELEASE

Indicates that the key type is RELEASE.

  • ROLLOVER

Indicates that the key type is ROLLOVER.

  • UNKNOWN

Indicates that the key type is Unknown.

<PUBKEY>

Indicates the Public Key. Displays the name of the algorithm used for public key cryptography.

<EXPN>

Indicates the Exponential. Displays the exponent of the public key algorithm—release or development keys.

<KEYVER>

Indicates the Key version. Indicates the key version used to digitally sign the image. A key version is identified with an alphabetical character that ranges from A to Z.

<MOD>

Indicates the Modulus. Displays the modulus of the public key algorithm with a size of 2048 bits.

21.96 RTRV-NE-PATH

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Path (RTRV-NE-PATH) command retrieves the path-level attributes on an NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-PATH:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-PATH:::CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[PDIP=<PDIP>],[XCMODE=<XCMODE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“PDIP=Y,XCMODE=MIXED”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<PDIP>

(Optional) Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT-structured STSs. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<XCMODE>

(Optional) Cross-connect mode. The parameter type is XCMODE, which is applicable only to a node with cross-connect cards that support cross-connect mode change.

  • MIXED

Both VT1 and VT2 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node.

  • VT1

Only VT1 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node.

  • VT2

Only VT2 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node.

21.97 RTRV-NE-SYNCN

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Synchronization (RTRV-NE-SYNCN) command retrieves the synchronization attributes of the NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for more information.
  • The timing modes are:

blank.gif External mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.

blank.gif Line mode: The node derives its timing from the SONET line(s).

blank.gif Mixed mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS input or SONET lines.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-SYNCN:CISCO:SHELF-2:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>]::[TMMD=<TMMD>],[SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>],[QRES=<QRES>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SYSTMN=<SYSTMN>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SHELF-2::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,QRES=ABOVE-G811,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0,
SYSTMN=SONET”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node. Must not be null

<TMMD>

(Optional) Timing mode. The parameter type is TIMING_MODE, which is the timing mode for the current node.

  • EXTERNAL

The node derives its clock from the BITS input.

  • LINE

The node derives its clock from the SONET lines.

  • MIXED

The node derives its clock from the mixed timing mode.

<SSMGEN>

(Optional) Synchronization status message generator. The parameter type is SYNC_GENERATION, which is the synchronization status message set generation.

  • GEN1

First generation SSM set

  • GEN2

Second generation SSM set

<QRES>

(Optional) Quality of the RES. The parameter type is SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the network synchronization quality level.

  • ABOVE-G811

Better than G811

  • ABOVE-STU

Between STU and G811 (default setting)

  • ABOVE-G812T

Between G812T and STU

  • ABOVE-G812L

Between G812L and G812T

  • ABOVE-SETS

Between SETS and G812L

  • BELOW-SETS

Below SETS but still usable

  • SAME-AS-DUS

Disable the RES message by equating to DUS

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SYSTMN>

(ONS 15454 only) Identifies the system timing standard used by the node.

  • SONET

SONET timing standard

  • SDH

SDH timing standard

21.98 RTRV-NE-WDMANS

( Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network Element Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup (RTRV-NE-WDMANS) command retrieves the optical node setup (WDMANS) application ports involved in node setup regulation.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NE-WDMANS:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NE-WDMANS:PENNGROVE:ALL:114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The access identifier from the “ALL” section. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[REGULATED=<REGULATED>],[PARAM=<PARAM>],[<VALUE>],[<ACTOR>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>]:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-16-1-RX,OCH::REGULATED=OUT-OF-RANGE,PARAM=VOAATTN”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. AID is port regulated.

<AIDTYPE>

Specifies the type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. A type of access identifier. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFICON

10-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GISC3

2-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • D1VIDEO

D1 video

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC-3 facility

  • OC12

OC-12 facility

  • OC48

OC-48 facility

  • OC192

OC-192 facility

  • OCH

Optical Channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<REGULATED>

(Optional) The status of the port after a node setup regulation. The parameter type is REGULATED_PORT_TYPE, which is the optical configuration types for NEs.

  • FAILED

WDM-ANS encountered a failure while regulating this port.

  • MISSING-INPUT-PWR-PARAM

Missing input power parameter

  • MISSING-OUTPUT-PWR-PARAM

Missing output power parameter

  • NOT-APPLICABLE

WDM-ANS does not foresee any algorithm or does not have any value to set for the parameter.

  • OUT-OF-RANGE

WDM-ANS cannot modify the set point because the calculated value is out of the allowed range.

  • PORT-IN-SERVICE

WDM-ANS cannot modify the set point because the ports are in IS state.

  • REGULATED

WDM-ANS has successfully regulated this port.

  • UNCHANGED

WDM-ANS has not changed this port.

<ACTOR>

Regulator Actor is the name of the Network Element application that regulates the WDM-ANS parameter. The parameter type is REGULATED_ACTOR.

  • ANS

Parameter regulated by the ANS application.

  • APC

Parameter regulated by the APC application.

  • OCHNC

Parameter regulated by the OCHNC application.

  • RAMAN-WIZARD

Parameter regulated by the RAMAN Wizard application.

  • UNKNOWN

The parameter that has been regulated by an unknown application.

<PARAM>

(Optional) The regulated parameter inside of the specified port. The parameter type is REGULATED_PARAM_NAME, which is the name of the parameter regulated by the WDMANS application.

  • AMPLMODE

WDM-ANS has regulated the amplifier control mode parameter.

  • CHPOWER

WDM-ANS has regulated the amplifier per the channel power parameter.

  • GAIN

WDM-ANS has regulated the amplifier gain parameter.

  • OPWR-LFAIL

WDM-ANS has regulated the OPWR-LFAIL threshold parameter.

  • REFTILT

WDM-ANS has regulated the amplifier tilt reference parameter.

  • VOAREFATTN

WDM-ANS has regulated the variable optical attenuator (VOA) attenuation reference parameter.

  • VOAREFPWR

WDM-ANS has regulated the VOA power reference parameter.

  • DARK-POWER

WDM-ANS has regulated the port P-Dark power.

  • VOA-STARTUP

WDM-ANS regulated the port VOA startup.

<DATE>

Identifies the date. Date is a string. Default value is - current date.

<TIME>

Identifies the time. Time is a string. Default value is - current time.

21.99 RTRV-NETYPE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Type (RTRV-NETYPE) command retrieves the NE’s equipment-related information.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NETYPE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NETYPE:GAUR1::1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<VENDOR>,<MODEL>,<NETYPE>,<SW_ISSUE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CISCO,ONS15454,ADM&MSPP&MSTP,5.00.00”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<VENDOR>

NE equipment vendor name. VENDOR is a string.

<MODEL>

NE equipment model. The parameter type is PRODUCT_TYPE, which is the product (NE) type.

  • ONS15454

ONS 15454

  • UNKNOWN

Unknown product type

<NETYPE>

NE equipment type. Abbreviation of NE type can be used. The grouping sign “&” can be used to indicate multifunction NE type, for example, ADM&MSPP means Add-Drop Multiplexers and Multiservice Provisioning Platform. Listable. The parameter type is NETYPE, which is the NE equipment type.

  • ADM

Add-Drop Multiplexers

  • DCS

Digital Cross-Connect System

  • MSPP

Multiservice Provisioning Platform

  • MSSP

Multiservice Switching Platform

  • MSTP

Multiservice Transport Platform

<SW_ISSUE>

The software release issue of the NE. SW_ISSUE is a string.

21.100 RTRV-NNI-CHGRP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network-to-Network Interface Channel Group (RTRV-NNI-CHGRP) command retrieves the NNI selective S-VLAN-ID table associated to a channel group.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command accepts the ALL AID.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Channel Group

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NNI-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<SVLANID>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NNI-CHGRP:TID:CHGRP-1-1:1::110;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<SVLANID>[::]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-1-1-1:110::”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

21.101 RTRV-NNI-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network-to-Network Interface Ethernet (RTRV-NNI-ETH) command retrieves the NNI selective S-VLAN-ID table associated to an L2 Ethernet port.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command accepts the ALL AID.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-NNI-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<SVLANID>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-NNI-ETH:TID:ETH-1-1-1:CTAG::110;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<S_VLAN_ID>[::]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-1-1-1:110::”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

21.102 RTRV-OCM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel Monitoring (RTRV-OCM) command retrieves the optical channel monitoring parameters present at OCH layer in a ROADM node.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • Primary=Locked and secondary=AutomaticInService states do not apply to Ethernet mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OCM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OCM::OCM-1-16-1-RX-1530.33:12;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD

“[<AID>]::[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>]:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00M 001 COMPLD "OCM-1-16-1-RX-1530.33::CHPOWER=9.0”;

 

Table 21-7 Output Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<CHPOWER>

(Optional) The per channel optical power. Applicable only to amplified OTS ports.

21.103 RTRV-OCH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel (RTRV-OCH) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OCH facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for specific card provisioning rules. SQUELCHMODE, FREQ, LOSSB and PORTMODE are the parameters supported on RTRV-OCH command while retrieving the attributes and state of an OCH facility on 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC Cards.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Primary=OOS and secondary=AINS states do not apply to Ethernet mode.


454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OCH:PENNGROVE:CHAN-6-2:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<OPTICALPORTTYPE>],[<POWER>],[<EXPWLEN>],[<ACTWLEN>],[<ILOSS>],[<VOAMODE>],[<VOAATTN>],[<VOAPWR>],[<VOAREFATTN>],[<VOAREFPWR>],[<REFOPWR>],[<CALOPWR>],[<CHPOWER>],[<CHPOWERFLG>],[<ADDOPWR>],[<PORTNAME>],[<GCC>],[<GCCRATE>],[<DWRAP>],[<FEC>],[<PAYLOADMAP>],[<LBCLCURR>],[<OPTCURR>],[<OPRCURR>],[<OSFBER>],[<OSDBER>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<LOSSB>],[<PEERID>],[<REGENNAME>],[<PORTMODE>],[<ODUTRANSMODE>],[<ERRORDECORRELATOR>],[<FCS>],[<PROACTPROTECTION>],[<TRIGGERTH>],[<REVERTTH>],[<TRIGWINDOW>],[<RVRTWINDOW>],[<OVRCLK>],[<MDLTFMT>],[<RXWLEN>],[<OSNR>],[<PMD>],[<CHROMDISP>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>]:<SQUELCHMODE>,[<FECALARMSUPRESS>],[<CDLOW>],[<CDHIGH>],[<SOPMDCURR>],[<PCRCURR>],[<PDLCURR>]:<VOATXPOWER>,[<TXLASERSHUTDN>]:[<PST>][<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

100g 2012-05-22 12:31:55

M 1 COMPLD
“CHAN-3-2:,,WORK,STBY:EXPWLEN=USE-TWL1,GCC=N,DWRAP=Y,FEC=STD,OSFBER=1E-5,OSDBER=1E-7,SOAK=32,PORTMODE=DWDM-TRANS-AIS,RXWLEN=USE-TWL1,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,SQUELCHMODE=ODU-AIS,,CDLOW=-70000.0,CDHIGH=70000.0,VOATXPOWER=0.25,TXLASERSHUTDN=N:OOS-MA,DSBLD”

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<ROLE>

(Optional) Identifies an OCH port role. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

(Optional) The port status. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<OPTICALPORTTYPE>

The optical port type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_PORT_TYPE, which qualifies the optical port of a card.

  • ADD

The signal is added to the port.

  • COM

Common Port

  • DROP

The signal is dropped from the port.

  • EAD

Express/Add/Drop port

  • IN-ASE

Logical port on Raman CTP card.

  • IN-COM

COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal from the previous card

  • IN-DC

Input DCU port

  • IN-DFB

Rx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check.

  • IN-EXP

The express channel that continues the signal from the previous card

  • IN-LINE

All the channels that continue the signal from the previous card

  • IN-OSC

OSC channel that continues the signal from the previous card

  • OUT-COM

COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal to the next card

  • OUT-DC

Output DCU port

  • OUT-DFB

Tx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check.

  • OUT-EXP

Express channel that continues the signal to the next card

  • OUT-LINE

All the channels that continue the signal to the next card

<ACTWLEN>

(Optional) The manufacturing optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength.

<EXPWLEN>

(Optional) Optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following types of cards: optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) cards. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength.

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.72

Wavelength 1530.72

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.11

Wavelength 1548.11

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.91

Wavelength 1548.91

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.72

Wavelength 1549.72

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values.

  • 100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

  • 100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

  • 40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

  • 40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • 4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

  • C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

  • FE-BX

FE-BX

  • FX

FX

  • GE-BX

GE-BX

  • GE-EX

GE-EX

  • LX-10

LX-10

  • TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

  • TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

  • VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • CWDM-40KM

CWDM 40 kilometers.

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

  • SC

Reach SC

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

  • TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

  • TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

  • ULH

Reach ULH

  • VSR

Reach VSR

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<ILOSS>

(Optional) Insertion loss expressed in dBm. ILOSS applies to output ports only on the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. ILOSS is a string.

<VOAATTN>

(Optional) The transit power attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is –24.0 to +2.0 dBm for the MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards. VOAATTN is a string.

<VOAPWR>

(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. VOAPWR is a float and a string.

<VOAREFATTN>

(Optional) The value of reference attenuation for the VOA. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. VOAREFATTN is a float and a string.

<VOAREFPWR>

(Optional) The value of reference output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. VOAREFPWR is a float and a string.

<REFOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calculated optical power expected for the output line added to the calibration value which equals the total expected output power. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. REFOPWR is a float and a string.

<PORTNAME>

(Optional) Port name. PORTNAME is a string.

<FCS>

(Optional) First Circuit Startup. An automatic channel startup that operates the VOA when the light is detected on the ingress port.

  • Y

Automatic Channel startup enabled.

  • N

Automatic Channel startup disabled.

<PROACTPROTECTION>

To enable or disable the protective protection on the card.

<TRIGGERTH>

Specifies the trigger threshold value for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is TRIGGER_THRESHOLD.

  • 1E-2

Trigger threshold is 1E-2.

  • 1E-3

Trigger threshold is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

Trigger threshold is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

Trigger threshold is 1E-5

  • 1E-6

Trigger threshold is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

Trigger threshold is 1E-7.

  • 2E-2

Trigger threshold is 2E-2.

  • 2E-3

Trigger threshold is 2E-3.

  • 2E-4

Trigger threshold is 2E-4

  • 2E-5

Trigger threshold is 2E-5

  • 2E-6

Trigger threshold is 2E-6.

  • 2E-7

Trigger threshold is 2E-7.

  • 3E-2

Trigger threshold is 3E-2.

  • 3E-3

Trigger threshold is 3E-3.

  • 3E-4

Trigger threshold is 3E-4.

  • 3E-5

Trigger threshold is 3E-5.

  • 3E-6

Trigger threshold is 3E-6.

  • 3E-7

Trigger threshold is 4E-7.

  • 4E-2

Trigger threshold is 4E-2.

  • 4E-3

Trigger threshold is 4E-3.

  • 4E-4

Trigger threshold is 4E-4.

  • 4E-5

Trigger threshold is 4E-5.

  • 4E-6

Trigger threshold is 4E-6.

  • 4E-7

Trigger threshold is 4E-7.

  • 5E-2

Trigger threshold is 5E-2.

  • 5E-3

Trigger threshold is 5E-3.

  • 5E-4

Trigger threshold is 5E-4.

  • 5E-5

Trigger threshold is 5E-5.

  • 5E-6

Trigger threshold is 5E-6.

  • 5E-7

Trigger threshold is 5E-7.

  • 6E-2

Trigger threshold is 6E-2.

  • 6E-3

Trigger threshold is 6E-3.

  • 6E-4

Trigger threshold is 6E-4.

  • 6E-5

Trigger threshold is 6E-5

  • 6E-6

Trigger threshold is 6E-6.

  • 6E-7

Trigger threshold is 6E-7.

  • 7E-2

Trigger threshold is 7E-2.

  • 7E-3

Trigger threshold is 7E-3.

  • 7E-4

Trigger threshold is 7E-4.

  • 7E-5

Trigger threshold is 7E-5

  • 7E-6

Trigger threshold is 7E-6.

  • 7E-7

Trigger threshold is 7E-7.

  • 8E-2

Trigger threshold is 8E-2.

  • 8E-3

Trigger threshold is 8E-3.

  • 8E-4

Trigger threshold is 8E-4.

  • 8E-5

Trigger threshold is 8E-5

  • 8E-6

Trigger threshold is 8E-6.

  • 8E-7

Trigger threshold is 8E-7.

  • 9E-2

Trigger threshold is 9E-2.

  • 9E-3

Trigger threshold is 9E-3.

  • 9E-4

Trigger threshold is 9E-4.

  • 9E-5

Trigger threshold is 9E-5

  • 9E-6

Trigger threshold is 9E-6.

  • 9E-7

Trigger threshold is 9E-7.

<REVERTTH>

Specifies the revert threshold for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is RVRTTH.

  • 1E-3

Revert threshold is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

Revert threshold is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

Revert threshold is 1E-5

  • 1E-6

Revert threshold is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

Revert threshold is 1E-7.

  • 2E-3

Revert threshold is 2E-3.

  • 2E-4

Revert threshold is 2E-4.

  • 2E-5

Revert threshold is 2E-5

  • 2E-6

Revert threshold is 2E-6.

  • 2E-7

Revert threshold is 2E-7.

  • 3E-3

Revert threshold is 3E-3.

  • 3E-4

Revert threshold is 3E-4.

  • 3E-6

Revert threshold is 3E-6

  • 3E-7

Revert threshold is 4E-7.

  • 4E-3

Revert threshold is 4E-4.

  • 4E-4

Revert threshold is 4E-4.

  • 4E-5

Revert threshold is 4E-5

  • 4E-6

Revert threshold is 4E-6.

  • 4E-7

Revert threshold is 4E-7.

  • 5E-3

Revert threshold is 5E-3.

  • 5E-4

Revert threshold is 5E-4.

  • 5E-5

Revert threshold is 5E-5

  • 5E-6

Revert threshold is 5E-6.

  • 5E-7

Revert threshold is 5E-7.

  • 5E-8

Revert threshold is 5E-8.

  • 6E-3

Revert threshold is 6E-3.

  • 6E-4

Revert threshold is 6E-4.

  • 6E-5

Revert threshold is 6E-5

  • 6E-6

Revert threshold is 6E-6.

  • 6E-7

Revert threshold is 6E-7.

  • 6E-8

Revert threshold is 6E-8.

  • 7E-3

Revert threshold is 7E-3.

  • 7E-4

Revert threshold is 7E-4.

  • 7E-5

Revert threshold is 7E-5

  • 7E-6

Revert threshold is 7E-6.

  • 7E-7

Revert threshold is 7E-7.

  • 7E-8

Revert threshold is 7E-8.

  • 8E-3

Revert threshold is 8E-3.

  • 8E-4

Revert threshold is 8E-4.

  • 8E-5

Revert threshold is 8E-5

  • 8E-6

Revert threshold is 8E-6.

  • 8E-7

Revert threshold is 8E-7.

  • 8E-8

Revert threshold is 8E-8.

  • 9E-3

Revert threshold is 9E-3.

  • 9E-4

Revert threshold is 9E-4.

  • 9E-5

Revert threshold is 9E-5

  • 9E-6

Revert threshold is 9E-6.

  • 9E-7

Revert threshold is 9E-7.

  • 9E-8

Revert threshold is 9E-8.

<CALOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float.

<CHPOWERFLG>

(Optional) Parameter status flag indicating the state of the channel power.

<ADDOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the ADD optical power to an ADD port of the WSS card. The ADDOPWR is a float.

<GCC>

Identifies the generic communication channel (GCC) connection of the port.

  • Y

GCC can be utilized.

  • N

GCC cannot be utilized.

<GCCRATE>

(Optional) The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192 Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is GCCRATE, which is the data rate of the GCC traffic.

  • 192K

192 Kbps

  • 400K

400 Kbps

  • 576K

576 Kbps

<DWRAP>

(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<PAYLOADMAP>

(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode.

  • ASYNCH

Asynchronous mapping mode

  • ODU

ODU multiplex structure mode

  • SYNCH

Synchronous mapping mode

  • NOOPU2FIXEDSTUFF

Mapping with no FIXEDSTUFF

<FEC>

(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction.

  • ENH

Enhanced FEC is enabled.

  • ENH-I4

Enhanced FEC 1.4 is enabled.

  • ENH-I7

Enhanced FEC 1.7 is enabled.

  • ENH-20

20 % Enhanced FEC supported on fixed trunk port of 100G-LC-C card.

  • HG-7

High Gain 7% FEC.

  • OFF

FEC is disabled.

  • STD

Standard FEC is enabled.

<PEERID>

Indicates the peer trunk facility of the regeneration group on the OTU2-XP card. Accessed using the CHAN AID.

<REGENNAME>

Indicates the name of a regeneration group. Applicable only to DWDM flavored cards, which support regeneration group. Regenname is a string. The default value is "NULL".

<PORTMODE>

Describes the termination mode of each interface on the OTU2-XP card.

  • DWDM-LINE

Line terminating mode.

  • DWDM-SECTION

Section terminating mode.

  • DWDM-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS.

  • DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode squelch.

  • 10GLANWAN-SQUELCH

10G LAN to WAN Squelch.

<ODUTRANSMODE>

To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card.

  • CISCO-EXT

Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transponder/Muxponder cards.

  • TRANS-STD

Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated.

<ERRORDECORRELATOR>

Indicates the presence of the MLSE modules on the card. This applies only to TXP_MR_10EX_C, MXP_2.5G_10EX_C, and MXP_MR_10DMEX_C cards

  • Y

Indicates that the MLSE module is enabled on the card.

  • N

Indicates that the MLSE module is disabled on the card.

<OVRCLK>

Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N.

  • DQPSK

Indicates the D-QPSK modulation format.

  • QPSK

Indicates the QPSK modulation format.

<RXWLEN>

The RX wavelength. It is applicable in unidirectional regeneration mode of a muxponder card. In this case the RX wavelength can be different from the nominal TX wavelength (EXPWLEN). It can be any valid DWDM wavelength value. The default value is USE-TWL1.

<OSNR>

Measure of the optical signal to noise ration

<PMD>

Measure of the polarization mode value, an average of the 2 polarization modes.

<CHROMDISP>

Alarm raised when receiver fails in compensating the excessive PMD.

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

  • DISABLE

Squelch is disabled.

  • AIS

AIS

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled.

  • NONE

No Squelch.

  • ODU-AIS

ODU AIS.

  • G-AIS

G-AIS

  • NOS

NOS

<FECALARMSUPRESS>

FECALARMSUPRESS

<CDLOW>

(Optional) Lower limit of CD working range.

<CDHIGH>

(Optional) Upper limit of CD working range.

<SOPMDCURR>

(Optional) Indicates the current value of second order polarization dispersion mode on the fixed trunk of 10x10G-LC card.

<PCRCURR>

(Optional) Indicates the current value of polarization change rate on fixed trunk of 10x10G-LC card.

<PDLCURR>

(Optional) Indicates the current value of polarization dependent loss on the fixed trunk of 10x10G-LC card.

<VOATXPOWER>

(Optional) VOA Transmit Power. The parameter type is VOATXPOWER, indicates the VOA transmit power on the fixed trunk.

<TXLASERSHUTDN>

(Optional) Transmit Laser Shut down. The parameter type is TXLASERSHUTDN indicates the transmit laser shut down status as Y or N.

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.104 RTRV-OCHCC

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel Client Connection (RTRV-OCHCC) command retrieves the OCH client connection provisioning information.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OCHCC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OCHCC:VA454-22:FAC-2-1-1:116;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<PAYLOAD>],[<CKTID>],[<ODU1START>],[<ODU1END>],[<TSSTART>],[<TSEND>],[<ODU0START>],[<ODU0END>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VFAC-3-1-1::PAYLOAD=GIGE,ODU1START=1,ODU1END=1,ODU0START=1,ODU0END=1:IS-NR,”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<PAYLOAD>

Indicates the payload of the connection which is equivalent to the type of the payload configured on the facility port where the connection is originated or terminated. Parameter type is MOD1PAYLOAD.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFICON

10-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GISC3

2-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI Video payload

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • D1VIDEO

D1Video payload

  • DV6000

DV6000 payload

  • EC1

EC1 payload

  • ESCON

ESCON payload

  • ETRCLO

ETRCLO payload

  • GIGE

1G Ethernet payload

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • HDTV

HDTV payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC12

OC12 payload

  • OC192

OC192 payload

  • OC3

OC3 payload

  • OC48

OC48 payload

  • OC768

OC768 payload

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • T3

DS3 payload

<CKTID>

Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null the CKTID field will not be displayed.

<ODU1START>

ODU1 Start

<ODU1END>

ODU1 End

<TSSTART>

Time Slot Start

<TSEND>

Time Slot End

<ODU0START>

(Optional) ODU0 Start

<ODU0END>

(Optional) ODU0 End

<PSTPSTQ>

Service state. The parameter is PST_PSTQ, which provides the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • Unlocked-Enabled

In service and normal

  • Unlocked-Disabled

Out of service and autonomous

  • Locked-Disabled

Out of service, autonomous and management

  • Locked-Enabled

Out of service and management

21.105 RTRV-OCHNC

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel Network Connection (RTRV-OCHNC) command retrieves the OCH wavelength connection provisioning information.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OCHNC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OCHNC:VA454-22:CHANWL-1-3-TX-1530.33:116;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<DST>:<WCT>:[CKTID=<CKTID>]::<PSTPSTQ>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHANWL-1-3-TX-1530.33,LINEWL-4-1-RX-1530.33:1WAY:CKTID=\"OCHNC-1\":IS-NR”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. In 2-way wavelength connection sources both directions need to be indicated.

<DST>

Destination access identifier from the “LINEWL” section. In 2-way wavelength connection sources both directions need to be indicated.

<WCT>

Wavelength connection type. The parameter type is WCT. The default is 1WAY.

  • 1WAY

A unidirectional wavelength connection for one specified ring direction.

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional wavelength connection for both the ring directions.

<CKTID>

Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null the CKTID field will not be displayed.

<PSTPSTQ>

Service state. The parameter is PST_PSTQ, which provides the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • Unlocked-Enabled

In service and normal

  • Unlocked-Disabled

Out of service and autonomous

  • Locked-Disabled

Out of service, autonomous and management

  • Locked-Enabled

Out of service and management

21.106 RTRV-ODU0

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Data Unit Level 0 (RTRV-ODU0) command retrieves the list of ODU0 entities on the AR-XPE card.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is applicable only for AR-XPE card.
  • When a static operational mode is created on the AR-XPE card, and if the port is provisioned with GIGE or 1GFC facility, ODU0's will be retrieved by RTRV-ODU0 command even when the OCHCC circuit is not created.
  • When a dynamic operational mode is created on the AR-XPE card, the ODU0's are retrieved only when the OCHCC circuits are created on GIGE or 1GFC facility.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ODU0:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ODU0::ODU0-2-2-1-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

ODU0 from the “ALL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ODU0-2-2-1-1-1”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

ODU0 from the “ALL” section.

21.107 RTRV-OMS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Multiplex Section (RTRV-OMS) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OMS facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OMS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-RX:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “BAND” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::RDIRN=<RDIRN>,OPTYPE=<OPTICALPORTTYPE>,[OPWR=<POWER>],
EXPBAND=<EXPBAND>,[ACTBAND=<ACTBAND>],[ILOSS=<ILOSS>],
[VOAMODE=<VOAMODE>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],
[VOAREFATTN=<VOAREFATTN>],[VOAREFPWR=<VOAREFPWR>],
[REFOPWR=<REFOPWR>],[CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>],[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>],
[NAME=<NAME>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BAND-6-1-RX::RDIRN=W-E,OPTYPE=ADD,OPWR=10.0,EXPBAND=UNKNOWN,
ACTBAND=1530.33_1531.12,ILOSS=1.0,VOAMODE=ATTN,VOAATTN=0.5,
VOAPWR=0.0,VOAREFATTN=3.5,VOAREFPWR=5.0,REFOPWR=10.5,CALOPWR=0.5,
CHPOWER=2.0,NAME=\“OMS PORT\”:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<RDIRN>

Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality.

  • E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise).

  • W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise).

<OPTICALPORTTYPE>

The optical port type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_PORT_TYPE, which qualifies the optical port of a card.

  • ADD

The signal is added to the port.

  • COM

Common Port

  • DROP

The signal is dropped from the port.

  • EAD

Express/Add/Drop port

  • IN-ASE

Logical port on Raman CTP card.

  • IN-COM

COM channels (without an OSC) that continue the signal from the previous card.

  • IN-DC

Input dispersion compensation unit (DCU) port.

  • IN-DFB

Rx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check.

  • IN-EXP

Express channel that continues the signal from the previous card.

  • IN-LINE

All the channels that continue the signal from the previous card.

  • IN-OSC

OSC channel that continues the signal from the previous card.

  • OUT-COM

COM channels (without an OSC) that continue the signal to the next card.

  • OUT-DC

Output DCU port.

  • OUT-DFB

Tx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check.

  • OUT-EXP

Express channel that continues the signal to the next card.

  • OUT-LINE

All the channels that continue the signal to the next card.

  • OUT-OSC

OSC channel that continue the signal to the next card.

<POWER>

(Optional) The optical power measured at this port. It can be the input or output power according to port type. POWER is a string.

<EXPBAND>

The expected value of the band for this port. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND (optical band).

  • 1530.33 to 1532.68

Band 1

  • 1534.25 to 1536.61

Band 2

  • 1538.19 to 1540.56

Band 3

  • 1542.14 to 1544.53

Band 4

  • 1546.12 to 1548.51

Band 5

  • 1550.12 to 1552.52

Band 6

  • 1554.13 to 1556.55

Band 7

  • 1558.17 to 1560.61

Band 8

  • USE-DEFAULT

This band is not yet configured/retrieved from unit.

<ACTBAND>

(Optional) Identifies the manufacturing optical band (group of four contiguous wavelengths) for this port. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND (optical band).

  • 1530.33 to 1532.68

Band 1

  • 1534.25 to 1536.61

Band 2

  • 1538.19 to 1540.56

Band 3

  • 1542.14 to 1544.53

Band 4

  • 1546.12 to 1548.51

Band 5

  • 1550.12 to 1552.52

Band 6

  • 1554.13 to 1556.55

Band 7

  • 1558.17 to 1560.61

Band 8

  • USE-DEFAULT

This band is not yet configured/retrieved from unit.

<ILOSS>

(Optional) Insertion loss expressed in dBm. ILOSS applies to output ports only.

<VOAMODE>

(Optional) The working control mode of the VOA. The parameter type is VOA_CNTR_MODE, which defines the VOA control mode.

  • ATTN

VOA has a fixed attenuation.

  • POWER

VOA controls the attenuation to obtain a fixed output power.

<VOAATTN>

(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA. VOAATTN is a float and a string.

<VOAPWR>

(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float and a string.

<VOAREFATTN>

(Optional) The value of reference attenuation for the VOA. VOAREFATTN is a float and a string.

<VOAREFPWR>

(Optional) The value of reference output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAREFPWR is a float and a string.

<REFOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calculated optical power expected for the output line added to the calibration value which equals the total expected output power. REFOPWR is a float and a string.

<CALOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the output added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float and a string.

<CHPOWER>

(Optional) The per-channel optical power. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<NAME>

(Optional) Facility name. NAME is a string.

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the primary state (PST) and a primary state qualifier (PSTQ).

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.108 RTRV-OPM

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Monitoring Parameter (RTRV-OPM) command retrieves the optical power monitoring parameters present at the OCH layer in a reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexing (ROADM) node.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OPM:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OPM:VA454-22:OPM-5-1530.33:116;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “OPM” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[POWEROUT=<POWEROUT>],[POWERADD=<POWERADD>],
[POWERPT=<POWERPT>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“OPM-5-1530.33::POWEROUT=9.0,POWERADD=10.0,POWERPT=11.0:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “OPM” section.

<POWEROUT>

(Optional) The value of the output power associated to the add or pass-through channel port of a 32WSS card. POWEROUT is a float.

<POWERADD>

(Optional) The value of the input power associated to the add channel port of a 32WSS card. POWERADD is mutually exclusive with the POWERPT parameter. POWERADD is a float.

<POWERRPT>

(Optional) The value of the input power associated to the pass-through channel port of a 32WSS card. POWERPT is mutually exclusive with the POWERADD parameter. POWERPT is a float.

21.109 RTRV-OPMODE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Operation Mode (RTRV-OPMODE) command retrieves the operation modes created on that node. In Trunkport list, the first port number indicates the working port and second port number indicates the protect port number.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • In Low-latency and RGN-10G modes, one of the port is represented as Client and the other as Trunk while both are represented as trunks on CTC.
  • OPMODE parameter will be retrieved in the command response for all the opmodes on AR-MXP, AR-XP, AR-XPE, 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC Cards.
  • PEERSLOTS parameter will be retrieved in the command response for dual card operating modes on only 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C, and CFP-LC cards. PEERSLOTS parameter is of syntax SLOT-<SLOTNO>.
  • Following are the mandatory parameters for the operating modes on the 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC cards:

blank.gif OPMODE and TRUNKPORT parameters for TXP-10G, RGN-10G, and LOW-LATENCY operating modes on the 10x10G-LC card.

blank.gif OPMODE parameter for TXP-100G and RGN-100G operating modes on the 100G-LC-C card; CFP-MXP and CFP-TXP operating modes on the CFP-LC; MXP-10X10G card mode on the 10x10G-LC card.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OPMODE:[<TID>]:<aid>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OPMODE::SLOT-2:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

<AID>,[<OPMODE>],[<PEERSLOTS>],[<TRUNKPORTS>],[<CLIENTPORTS>],[<RATE>],[<CTMAP>]

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

100g 2012-05-22 12:39:49

M 1 COMPLD

"SLOT-2,OPMODE=CFP-TXP,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-3,"

"SLOT-3,OPMODE=CFP-TXP,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-5&SLOT-2,CLIENTPORTS=1&2,"

"SLOT-5,OPMODE=CFP-TXP,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-3,"

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

SLOT Access Identifier

<OPMODE>

Specifies the oprating mode that exists on CLIENTPORTS and TRUNKPORTS on that RATE and CTMAP

  • MXP-10x10G

Muxponder mode between 10X10G-LC and 100G-LC-C card.

  • RGN-100G

Regenator mode between two 100G-LC-C cards.

  • RGN-10G

Ginsu regerator mode among SFP+ ports on 10X10G-LC card.

  • CFP-MXP

Muxponder mode between one CFP-LC and one 100G-LC-C cards.

  • CFP-TXP

Transponder mode among SFP+ ports on 10X10G-LC card.

  • TXP-10G

Transponder mode among SFP+ ports on 10X10G-LC card.

  • TXP-MR

Unprotected Multi-rate transponder

  • TXPP-MR

Protected Muti-rate Transponder

  • MXP-DME

Unprotected Data Muxponder

  • MXPP-DME

Protected Data Muxponder

  • MXP-MR-2.5G

Unprotected Multi-Rate Muxponder

  • MXPP-MR-2.5G

Protected Multi-Rate Muxponder

  • MXP-4x2.5-10G

OC48/OTU1 Unprotected Muxponder

  • MXPP-4x2.5-10G

OC48/OTU1 Protected Muxponder

  • MXP-VDC-10G

Video Muxponder (without Drop & Continue)

  • LOW-LATENCY

Low latency opmode is supported only on 10x10G-LC card.

<PEERSLOTS>

The slot number of the peer card (100G-LC-C) of the CFP-LC card, which is part of the CFP-TXP and CFP-MXP modes, specified by the SLOT<SLOTNO>.

<TRUNKPORTS>

Specifies the trunk port(s) which are part of that operating mode

<CLIENTPORTS>

Specifies the client port(s) which are part of that operating mode

<CTMAP>

The client to trunk mapping that exists on the ports in that operating mode.

<RATE>

The rate on which the operating mode is created

  • HIGH

High rate (>5G)

  • LOW

Low rate (<5G)

21.110 RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Operation Mode Packet Transport System (RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS) command retrieves the operation mode of the CPT 50 panel.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is valid for PTSYS. Retrieves the operation mode of the PTSYS.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS::ALL:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

PTSYS AID. Access identifier from the “EQPT” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<PTSYS AID>:<MODE>”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“PTSYS-1:NMS”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

AID of the CPT 50 panel for which the operation mode is to be retrieved.

<OPMODE>

Operation mode of the PTSYSTEM.

  • NMS

TCP IPC mode.

  • IOS

IPC mode.

21.111 RTRV-OTS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Transport System (RTRV-OTS) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTS facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OTS:PENNGROVE:LINE-6-1-RX:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “LINE” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:<OPTICALPORTTYPE>,[<POWER>],[<OSCPWR>],[<ILOSS>],[<VOAMODE>],[<VOAATTN>],[<VOAPWR>],[<VOAREFATTN>],[<VOAREFPWR>],[<OSRI>],[<AMPLMODE>],[<AMPLMODEFLG>],[<CHPOWER>],[<CHPOWERFLG>],[<GAIN>],[<EXPGAIN>],[<EXPGAINFLG>],[<REFOPWR>],[<OFFSET>],[<REFTILT>],[<REFTILTFLG>],[<CALTILT>],[<ASEOPWR>],[<DCULOSS>],[<AWGST>],[<HEATST>],[<NAME>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<WRKCHANNELS>],[<RATIO>],[<RAMAN_STATUS>],[<RAMAN_QUALITY>],[<TIME>],[<DATE>],[<RAMAN_RESTORE_FC>],[<TIME_FC>],[<DATE_FC>],[<FG>],[<CG>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LINE-6-1-RX:RDIRN=W-E,OPTYPE=IN,OPWR=10.0,ILOSS=1.0,VOAMODE=ATTN,
VOAATTN=0.5,VOAPWR=0.0,VOAREFATTN=3.5,VOAREFPWR=5.0,OSRI=Y,
AMPLMODE=GAIN,CHPOWER=-10.0,GAIN=3.0,EXPGAIN=3.0,REFOPWR=10.0,
OFFSET=0.0,REFTILT=3.0,CALTILT=0.0,ASEOPWR=5.0,DCULOSS=1.2,
AWGST=WARM-UP,HEATST=ON,NAME=\“OTS PORT\”:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “LINE” section.

<RDIRN>

Ring direction of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring direction.

  • E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise).

  • W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise).

<ROLE>

The role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is the protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is the working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

The status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit on the shelf

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit on the shelf

<OPTICALPORTTYPE>

The optical port type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_PORT_TYPE, which qualifies the optical port of a card.

  • ADD

The signal is added to the port.

  • COM

Common port

  • DROP

The signal is dropped from the port.

  • EAD

Express/Add/Drop port

  • IN-ASE

Logical port on Raman CTP card.

  • IN-COM

COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal from the previous card

  • IN-DC

Input DCU port

  • IN-DFB

Rx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check.

  • IN-EXP

The express channel that continues the signal from the previous card

  • IN-LINE

All the channels that continue the signal from the previous card

  • IN-OSC

OSC channel that continues the signal from the previous card

  • IN-RAMAN

Input RAMAN line facility

  • OUT-COM

COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal to the next card

  • OUT-DC

Output DCU port.

  • OUT-DFB

Tx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check.

  • OUT-EXP

Express channel that continues the signal to the next card

  • OUT-LINE

All the channels that continue the signal to the next card

  • OUT-OSC

OSC channel that continue the signal to the next card

  • OUT-RAMAN

Output RAMAN line facility

<POWER>

(Optional) The optical power measured at this port. It can be the input or output power according to port type. POWER is a float.

<OSCPWR>

(Optional) The optical power of the OSC channel inside the OTS port.

<ILOSS>

(Optional) Insertion loss.

<VOAMODE>

(Optional) The working control mode of the VOA. The parameter type is VOA_CNTR_MODE, which defines the VOA control mode.

  • ATTN

VOA has a fixed attenuation.

  • POWER

VOA controls the attenuation to obtain a fixed output power.

<VOAATTN>

(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA. VOAATTN is a float.

<VOAPWR>

(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float.

<VOAREFATTN>

(Optional) The value of reference attenuation for the VOA. VOAREFATTN is a float.

<VOAREFPWR>

(Optional) The value of reference output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAREFPWR is a float.

<OSRI>

(Optional) OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. Defaults to off. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<AMPLMODE>

(Optional) The optical amplification control mode. The parameter type is AMPL_MODE, which defines amplifier control mode.

  • GAIN

The amplifier always maintains a fixed gain.

  • POWER

The amplifier maintains the output power to a fixed value.

<AMPLMODEFLG>

(Optional) Parameter status flag indicating the state of the amplifier control mode.

<CHPOWER>

(Optional) The per channel optical power. Applicable only to amplified OTS ports.

<CHPOWERFLG>

(Optional) Parameter status flag indicating the state of the channel power.

<GAIN>

(Optional) The value of the gain of the amplifier. Defaults to 21 dB for a preamplifier and 20 dB for a booster amplifier.

<EXPGAIN>

(Optional) The expected gain value to be reached from an amplifier when the node is in a DWDM access network. EXPGAIN is a float.

<EXPGAINFLG>

Parameter status flag indicating the state of the expected gain.

<REFOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calculated optical power expected for the output line added to the calibration value, which equals the total expected output power. REFOPWR is a float.

<OFFSET>

(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the output line, which is added to the calculated value to have the total expected output power. OFFSET is a float.

<REFTILT>

(Optional) The calculated tilt value to be added to the user provided calibration value. REFTILT is a float.

<REFTILTFLG>

Parameter status flag indicating the state of the calculated tilt.

<CALTILT>

(Optional) The amplifier calibration tilt offset to be added to the calculated reference value. CALTILT is a float.

<ASEOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the output line which is provided by the user, added to the calculated value to have the total expected output power. ASEOPWR is a float.

<DCULOSS>

(Optional) The value of insertion loss associated to DCU in between the two stages of a preamplifier unit. DCULOSS is a float.

<AWGST>

(Optional) The status assumed by arrayed waveguide grating (AWG). The parameter value is AWG_STATUS, which is the AWG status list.

  • ON

The AWG is on.

  • WARM-UP

The AWG is warming up.

<HEATST>

(Optional) The status assumed by the heater. The parameter type is HEATER_STATUS, which is the heater status list.

  • OFF

The heater is off.

  • ON

The heater is on.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-Automatic In Service to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in Locked;Locked,Maintenance; or Unlocked state, the parameter is not displayed.
  • When the port is in Locked,AutomaticInService state but the countdown has not started due to a fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in Locked,AutomaticInService state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<WRKCHANNELS>

Number of working OCHNC channels carried by the facility.

<RATIO>

Indicates the Raman Pump Power ratio.

<RAMAN_STATUS>

Indicates the Raman setup state.

  • NOT-TUNED

Raman is not tuned. Default values are set.

  • TUNING

Raman is tuning.

  • TUNED

Raman is tuned but not verified.

  • FORCE-TUNED

Raman is tuned with values not measured but calculated.

  • ACCEPTED-TUNED

Raman setup has been accepted by the user.

  • TUNED-VERIFIED

Raman is tuned and verified.

<RAMAN_QUALITY>

Indicates the Raman quality setup results.

  • SETUP-GOOD

Setup good

  • SETUP-NEED-ACCEPT

Setup needs acceptance

  • SETUP-UNACCEPT

Setup unaccepted

  • SETUP-FORCED

Setup forced

<TIME>

Identifies the time. Time is a string. Default value is - current time.

<DATE>

Identifies the date. Date is a string. Default value is - current date.

<RAMAN_RESTORE_FC>

Restores Raman after fiber cut.

  • FAILED

Restores Raman after fiber cut fails.

  • NOTEXEC

Restores Raman after fiber cut is not executed.

  • OK

Restores Raman after fiber cut is OK.

  • PENDING

Restores Raman after fiber cut is PENDING.

<CG>

TDCU coarse grain value

  • 0

TDCU coarse grain value

  • 110

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -1100

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -1210

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -1320

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -1430

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -1540

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -1650

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -220

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -330

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -440

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -550

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -660

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -770

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -880

TDCU coarse grain value

  • -990

TDCU coarse grain value

<FG>

TDCU fine grain value

  • 0

TDCU fine grain value

  • -45

TDCU fine grain value

  • -450

TDCU fine grain value

  • -495

TDCU fine grain value

  • -540

TDCU fine grain value

  • -585

TDCU fine grain value

  • -630

TDCU fine grain value

  • -675

TDCU fine grain value

  • -90

TDCU fine grain value

  • -135

TDCU fine grain value

  • -180

TDCU fine grain value

  • -225

TDCU fine grain value

  • -270

TDCU fine grain value

  • -315

TDCU fine grain value

  • -360

TDCU fine grain value

  • -405

TDCU fine grain value

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • Unlocked-Enabled

In service and normal

  • Unlocked-Disabled

Out of service and autonomous

  • Locked-Disabled

Out of service, autonomous and management

  • Locked-Enabled

Out of service and management

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

  • Disabled

Disabled

  • Loopback

Loopback

  • MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • Maintenance

Maintenance mode

  • OutOfGroup

Out of group

  • SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

  • Unassigned

Unassigned

  • NotInstalled

Unequipped

21.112 RTRV-OTU

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Transport Unit Level (RTRV-OTU) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTU2 facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

The OVRCLK is the new parameter added and applicable for RTRV-OTU command on 10x10G-LC SFP+ ports only.

The RTRV-OTU4 is modified by adding a new parameter NUMOFLANES, which describes the number of sublanes provisioned on Aggregate ports of CFP-LC cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-<OTU>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-OTU2:PENNGROVE:FAN-6-1-1:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “LINE” section and “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[NAME=<PORTNAME>],GCC=<GCC>],[DWRAP=<DWRAP>],[FEC=<FEC>],[PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>],[OSDBER=<OSDBER>],[PMMODE=<PMMODE>],[NUMOFLANES=<NUMOFLANES>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

100g 2012-05-22 13:52:07

M 1 COMPLD

"VFAC-3-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:GCC=N,FREQ=USE-TWL1,LOSSB=AUTOPROV,SOAK=32,,SQUELCHMODE=ODU-AIS,ADMSSM=STU,NUMOFLANES=10:OOS-MA,DSBLD

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “LINE” section.

<ROLE>

The role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is the protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is the working unit in the protection group.

<STATUS>

The status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit on the shelf.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit on the shelf.

<OSDBER>

OTN SDBER. Can only be provisioned on the working port. Defaults to 1E-7.

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

<GCC>

Identifies the generic communication channel (GCC) connection of the port.

  • Y

GCC can be utilized.

  • N

GCC cannot be utilized.

<DWRAP>

(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<FEC>

(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction.

  • ENH

Enhanced FEC is enabled.

  • HG-7

High Gain 7% FEC.

  • ENH-20

20 % Enhanced FEC supported on fixed trunk port of 100G-LC-C card.

  • OFF

FEC is disabled.

  • STD

Standard FEC is enabled.

<PAYLOADMAP>

(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode.

  • ASYNCH

Asynchronous mapping mode

  • ODU

ODU multiplex structure mode

  • SYNCH

Synchronous mapping mode

  • NOOPU2FIXEDSTUFF

Mapping with no FIXEDSTUFF

<FREQ>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength.

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

  • USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values.

  • 100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

  • 100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

  • 40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

  • 40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

  • 40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

  • 4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

  • C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

  • FE-BX

FE-BX

  • FX

FX

  • GE-BX

GE-BX

  • GE-EX

GE-EX

  • LX-10

LX-10

  • TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

  • TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

  • VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

  • AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

  • CX

Reach CX

  • CX1

Reach CX1

  • DX

Reach DX

  • HX

Reach HX

  • I1

Reach I1

  • IR-1

Reach IR-1

  • IR-2

Reach IR-2

  • L1

Reach L1

  • L2

Reach L2

  • L3

Reach L3

  • LR-1

Reach LR-1

  • LR-2

Reach LR-2

  • LR-3

Reach LR-3

  • LX

Reach LX

  • P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

  • P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

  • SC

Reach SC

  • S1

Reach S1

  • S2

Reach S2

  • SR

Reach SR

  • SR-1

Reach SR-1

  • SX

Reach SX

  • T

Reach T

  • VX

Reach VX

  • ZX

Reach ZX

<OVRCLK>

Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

  • SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

  • NONE

No Squelch

  • NOS

Squelch is disabled

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled.

The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<PORTNAME>

(Optional) Port name. PORTNAME is a string.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

<NUMOFLANES>

Indentifies the Number of sublanes on the Aggregate port with values 1 or 4.

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ.

  • Unlocked-Enabled

In service and normal

  • Unlocked-Disabled

Out of service and autonomous

  • Locked-Disabled

Out of service, autonomous and management

  • Locked-Enabled

Out of service and management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

  • Disabled

Disabled

  • Loopback

Loopback

  • MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

  • Maintenance

Maintenance mode

  • OutOfGroup

Out of group

  • SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

  • Unassigned

Unassigned

  • NotInstalled

Unequipped

21.113 RTRV-PATH-OCH

(ONS 15454) The Retrieve Path Optical Channel (RTRV-PATH-OCH) command retrieves the OCH path inside a node. An OCH path is a list of access identifiers that addresses all the possible facility and internal optical channels that are all associated to the same wavelength.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PATH-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PATH-OCH:PENNGROVE:CHAN-6-2:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section, “LINEWL” section, and “BANDWL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[WLEN=<WLEN>],[PATH=<PATH>]:"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"CHAN-6-2::WLEN=1530.33,PATH=LINEWL-1-3-RX-1530.33&LINEWL-1-1-TX-1530.33&
LINEWL-3-1-RX-1530.33&CHAN-3-1-TX&CHAN-6-2:"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section, “LINEWL” section, and “BANDWL” section.

<WLEN>

Defines the optical wavelength. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1530.33

Wavelength C Band - 1/40

  • 1530.72

Wavelength 1530.72

  • 1531.12

Wavelength C Band - 2/40

  • 1531.90

Wavelength C Band - 3/40

  • 1532.68

Wavelength C Band - 4/40

  • 1534.25

Wavelength C Band - 6/40

  • 1535.04

Wavelength C Band - 7/40

  • 1535.82

Wavelength C Band - 8/40

  • 1536.61

Wavelength C Band - 9/40

  • 1538.19

Wavelength C Band - 11/40

  • 1538.98

Wavelength C Band - 12/40

  • 1539.77

Wavelength C Band - 13/40

  • 1540.56

Wavelength C Band - 14/40

  • 1542.14

Wavelength C Band - 16/40

  • 1542.94

Wavelength C Band - 17/40

  • 1543.73

Wavelength C Band - 18/40

  • 1544.53

Wavelength C Band - 19/40

  • 1546.12

Wavelength C Band - 21/40

  • 1546.92

Wavelength C Band - 22/40

  • 1547.72

Wavelength C Band - 23/40

  • 1548.11

Wavelength 1548.11

  • 1548.51

Wavelength C Band - 24/40

  • 1548.91

Wavelength 1548.91

  • 1549.72

Wavelength 1549.72

  • 1550.12

Wavelength C Band - 26/40

  • 1550.92

Wavelength C Band - 27/40

  • 1551.72

Wavelength C Band - 28/40

  • 1552.52

Wavelength C Band - 29/40

  • 1554.13

Wavelength C Band - 31/40

  • 1554.94

Wavelength C Band - 32/40

  • 1555.75

Wavelength C Band - 33/40

  • 1556.55

Wavelength C Band - 34/40

  • 1558.17

Wavelength C Band - 36/40

  • 1558.98

Wavelength C Band - 37/40

  • 1559.79

Wavelength C Band - 38/40

  • 1560.61

Wavelength C Band - 39/40

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1577.44

L-Band Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

L-Band Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

L-Band Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

L-Band Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

L-Band Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

L-Band Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

L-Band Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

L-Band Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

L-Band Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

L-Band Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

L-Band Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

L-Band Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

L-Band Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

L-Band Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

L-Band Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

L-Band Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

L-Band Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

L-Band Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

L-Band Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

L-Band Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

L-Band Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

L-Band Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

L-Band Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

L-Band Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

L-Band Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

L-Band Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

L-Band Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

L-Band Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

L-Band Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

L-Band Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

L-Band Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590.41

L-Band Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

L-Band Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

L-Band Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

L-Band Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

L-Band Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

L-Band Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

L-Band Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

L-Band Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

L-Band Wavelength 1593.79

<PATH>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section or the “LINEWL” section.

21.114 RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, CLNT, AUTO, 3GVIDEO, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETH, ETRCLO, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, HDSDI, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3STP1G, ISC3PEER2G, ISC3STP2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, SDSDI, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VC12, VC3, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-PM-<MOD2>) command retrieves the values of PM parameters for a specified card type.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The RTRV-PM-<MOD2> command does not retrieve SEFS/RS-OFS PM counter for OC192/STM64 payloads on ADM-10G, 40G/40E (TXP/MXP), and OTU2-XP cards.


 
Usage Guidelines

  • See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
  • MONLEV is in the format of LEV-DIRN.
  • The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of the year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of the month) ranges from 1 to 31.
  • The format for MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of the day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of the hour) ranges from 0 to 59.
  • If there are no errors to report, the response will be COMPLD (completed).
  • If the TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null if MONTM is not null.
  • A null value for MONLEV defaults to 1-UP.
  • A null value for MONDAT defaults to the current date (MM-DD).
  • A null value for MONTM defaults to the current time (HH-MM).
  • Unless otherwise stated, DS-1 cards are the only cards that support both the RCV and TRMT directions. All other cards only support the RCV direction.
  • After BLSR switching, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the IPPM can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
  • If there is a STS PCA on the protection path, during the BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs from the protection path, not from the PCA path.
  • Some MOD2 entities; for example, OCH, CLNT, and Optical (OCn), support negative MONTYPE values. By default, this command defaults to 0–UP (return MONTYPEs where the MONVAL is 0 or higher). To retrieve the negative values, you must issue 0–DN in the MONLEV field. The rules are as follows:

blank.gif Client port only–Laser and SONET PMs are applicable and will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear, provided the MONLEV criteria is met.

blank.gif Trunk port Laser PMs are always available. Laser PMs are only for near end. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled, then the OTN PMs will appear. If ITU-T G.709 and FEC are enabled, then the FEC PMs will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear. All PM MONVALUEs should pass the MONLEV filter criteria.

  • For DWDM cards, the MONLEV filter criteria will not support a floating point. It will be returned and interpreted as an integer.
  • If the DS-1 mode of the DS3XM-12 card is FDL, the DS-1 path can retrieve FDL/T.403 FEND PM counts up to 32 15-minute intervals in the RTRV-PM-DS1 command.
  • This command can also be used to retrieve the RMON-managed PM data.
  • RTRV-PM-OTL retrieves Optical Thresholds only. This command is denied on sublanes of CFP-LC as optical thresholds are retrieved on CFP-LC's aggregate port.
  • This command retrieves only OTN/FEC stats on Virtual ports of 100G-LC-C. This command does not retrieve any Optical statistics as they are retrieved on Aggregate ports on CFP-LC.
  • This command retrieves optical stats on sublanes on 100G-LC-C only. The command is denied for Aggregate port on CFP-LC.
  • RTRV-PM-OCH on Fixed Trunk on 100G-LC-C also retrieves OSNR and PM stats.
  • With TMPER=1-MIN and TMPER=1-HR, the command is denied when DATE and TIME are not specified.
  • With TMPER=1-MIN and TMPER=1-HR, RMON PMs are retrieved when DATE and TIME are specified.
  • With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs except RMON PMs are retrieved without DATE and TIME specified.
  • With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs are retrieved with DATE and TIME specified.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<MONLEV>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRECTION>],[<TMPER>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PM-T1:TID:FAC-2-1:123::CVL,10-UP,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. All of the STS, VT1, Facility, and DS1 AIDs are supported.

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. A null value defaults to all montypes applicable to the modifier. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • dot3StatsFCSErrors

A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.

  • dot3StatsFrameTooLong

A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<MONLEV>

The discriminating level of the requested monitored parameter in the format of LEVEL-DIRN, where LEVEL is the measured value of the monitored parameter (MONVAL) and DIRN is the type of direction. A null value defaults to 1-UP. MONLEV is a string.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility

<DIRECTION>

Type of direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION (transmit and receive directions).

  • RCV

Receive direction only.

  • TRMT

Transmit direction only.

<TMPER>

Accumulation time period for performance counters. If TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null. A null value defaults to 15-MIN. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

<DATE>

The beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of DATE is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. A null value defaults to current date.

<TIME>

The beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of TIME is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. A null value defaults to current time.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,[<VLDTY>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRECTION>],[<TMPER>],[<MONDAT>],[<MONTM>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,DS1-14:CVL,21,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45”
;

ABC 2012-05-15 02:59:20

M 1 RTRV

"CHAN-1-7-2,OCH:,93899775.1,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,05-15,02-45"

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • Auto

Auto

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40-GIGE

40-Gigabit ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDLC

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • dot3StatsFCSErrors

A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.

  • dot3StatsFrameTooLong

A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<MONVAL>

The value to which the register identified by MONTYPE is to be initialized to or the measured value of a monitored parameter. The value is in the form of numeric counts or rates. MOVAL is a string.

<VLDTY>

(Optional) Indicates whether the information for the specified time period was accumulated over the entire time period or some portion thereof. Validity indicator for the reported PM data. The parameter type is VALIDITY, which is the response validity.

  • COMPL

Complete response

  • PRTL

Partial response

<LOCN>

(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRECTION>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

  • TRMT

Transmit direction only

<TMPER>

(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

<MONDAT>

(Optional) The beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. MONDAT is a string.

<MONTM>

(Optional) The beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. MONTM is a string.

21.115 RTRV-PM-ALL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Monitoring All (RTRV-PM-ALL) command retrieves the values of all the performance monitoring parameters for the specified AID. When the ALL AID is used, the response will include the PM parameters for all cards and ports in the chassis.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • The format of MONLEV is LEV-DIRN.
  • The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of the year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of the month) ranges from 1 to 31.
  • The format for MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of the day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of the hour) ranges from 0 to 59.
  • If the TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null if MONTM is not null.
  • A null value for MONLEV defaults to 1-UP.
  • A null value for MONDAT defaults to the current date (MM-DD).
  • A null value for MONTM defaults to the current time (HH-MM).
  • Unless otherwise stated, DS-1 cards are the only cards that support both the RCV and TRMT directions. All other cards only support the RCV direction.
  • After BLSR switching, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the IPPM can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
  • If there is a STS PCA on the protection path, during the BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs from the protection path, not from the PCA path.
  • Some MOD2 entities; for example, OCH, CLNT, and Optical (OCn), support negative MONTYPE values. By default, this command defaults to 0–UP (return MONTYPEs where the MONVAL is 0 or higher). To retrieve the negative values, you must issue 0–DN in the MONLEV field. The rules are as follows:

blank.gif Client port only–Laser and SONET PMs are applicable and will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear, provided the MONLEV criteria is met.

blank.gif Trunk port Laser PMs are always available. Laser PMs are only for near end. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled, then the OTN PMs will appear. If ITU-T G.709 and FEC are enabled, then the FEC PMs will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear. All PM MONVALUEs should pass the MONLEV filter criteria.

  • For DWDM cards, the MONLEV filter criteria will not support a floating point. It will be returned and interpreted as an integer.
  • If the DS-1 mode of the DS3XM-12 card is FDL, the DS-1 path can retrieve FDL/T.403 FEND PM counts up to 32 15-minute intervals in the RTRV-PM-DS1 command.
  • BTH is not supported for the direction. A null value for direction should take care of TRMT and RCV.
  • RTRV-PM-ALL command can also be used to retrieve the RMON managed PM data.
  • With TMPER=1-MIN and TMPER=1-HR, RMON PMs are retrieved when DATE and TIME are specified.
  • With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs except RMON PMs are retrieved without DATE and TIME specified.
  • With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs are retrieved with DATE and TIME specified.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PM-ALL:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<MONLEV>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRECTION>],[<TMPER>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PM-ALL:TID:FAC-2-1:123::CVL,10-UP,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The DS1 AID is used access DS1 frame layer of the DS3XM. Format is DS1-[SLOT]-[DS3PORT]-[DS1PORT].

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • CLNT

Client facility

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC3 facility

  • OC12

OC12 facility

  • OC48

OC48 facility

  • OC192

OC192 facility

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • POS

POS port

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T3/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<MONTYPE>

Monitoring type. A null value defaults to all montypes applicable to the modifier. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

High-Order Path, Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<MONLEV>

The discriminating level of the requested monitored parameter in the format of LEVEL-DIRN, where LEVEL is the measured value of the monitored parameter (MONVAL) and DIRN is the type of direction. A null value defaults to 1-UP. MONLEV is a string.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility

<DIRECTION>

Type of direction. Must not be null. The parameter type is DIRECTION (transmit and receive directions).

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions.

  • RCV

Receive direction only.

  • TRMT

Transmit direction only.

<TMPER>

Accumulation time period for performance counters. If TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null. A null value defaults to 15-MIN. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

<DATE>

The beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of DATE is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. A null value defaults to current date.

<TIME>

The beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of TIME is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. A null value defaults to current time.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,[<VLDTY>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRECTION>],
[<TMPER>],[<MONDAT>],[<MONTM>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,DS1-14:CVL,21,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The DS1 AID is used access DS1 frame layer of the DS3XM. Format is DS1-[SLOT]-[DS3PORT]-[DS1PORT].

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 40GIGE

40 Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1-Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transports Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transports Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transports Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transports Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<MONVAL>

The value to which the register identified by MONTYPE is to be initialized to or the measured value of a monitored parameter. The value is in the form of numeric counts or rates. MONVAL is a string.

<VLDTY>

(Optional) Indicates whether the information for the specified time period was accumulated over the entire time period or some portion thereof. Validity indicator for the reported PM data. The parameter type is VALIDITY, which is the response validity.

  • COMPL

Complete response

  • PRTL

Partial response

<LOCN>

(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<DIRECTION>

The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions.

  • BTH

Both transmit and receive directions

  • RCV

Receive direction only

  • TRMT

Transmit direction only

<TMPER>

(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

<MONDAT>

(Optional) The beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. MONDAT is a string.

<MONTM>

(Optional) The beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. MONTM is a string.

21.116 RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Mode of PM Data Collection for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, or STS9C (RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>) command retrieves the type of PM mode that has been previously set in the NE. This command can be used to identify whether the PM parameters are Section, Line or Path type, and to identify whether or not the PMs are being collected by the NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
  • The PM mode and state of an entity is set by using the SET-PMMODE command.
  • This command returns the categories that are enabled only.
  • This near-end monitoring of the intermediate-path performance monitoring (IPPM) only supports OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, and EC1 on the STS Path.
  • The far-end IPPM data collection is supported by MRC-12 and ADM-10G cards only.
  • This release of software will support only the Path (P) mode type PM parameters with this command, that is, this command will not be applicable for Line (L) and Section (S) mosde types. Note that the PM monitoring for Line (L) and Section (S) are supported by the ONS 15454, and the storing PM data is always performed.
  • This command only returns the categories that are enabled (pmstate is ON), and does not return the categories that are disabled (pmstate is OFF).

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::<LOCN>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PMMODE-STS1:CISCO:STS-4-1-2:123::NEND;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. Must not be null. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CROSSCONNECTID>:[<LOCN>],<MODETYPE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-4-1-2:NEND,P”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<CROSSCONNECTID>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section.

<LOCN>

(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<MODETYPE>

The type of PM parameters that the entity or the subentity is to store as a result of an attribute change. The parameter type is PM_MODE, which is the type of PM parameters.

  • P

Transport Path PM parameters.

21.117 RTRV-PMMODE-<VT_PATH>

The Retrieve Performance Mode of PM Data Collection for VT1 and VT2 (RTRV-PMMODE-<VT_PATH>) command retrieves the type of PM mode that has been previously set in the NE. This command can be used to identify whether the PM parameters are Section, Line, or Path type, and to identify whether or not the PMs are being collected by the NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • The PM mode and state of an entity is set by using the SET-PMMODE command.
  • This command returns the categories that are enabled (pmstate is ON) only. It does not return the categories that are disabled (pmstate is OFF).
  • This release of software will support only the Path (P) mode type PM parameters with this command, that is, this command will not be applicable for Line (L) and Section (S) mode types.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PMMODE-<VT_PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::<LOCN>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PMMODE-VT1:CISCO:VT-1-1-2-2:1::NEND;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. Must not be null. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. Must not be null.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CROSSCONNECTID>:<LOCN>,<MODETYPE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VT1-1-1-2-2:NEND,P”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<CROSSCONNECTID>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<MODETYPE>

The type of PM parameters that the entity or the subentity is to store as a result of an attribute change. The parameter type is PM_MODE, which is the type of PM parameters.

  • P

Transport Path PM parameters.

21.118 RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Monitoring Schedule for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, CLNT, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VC12, VC3, VT1, VT2, 3GVIDEO, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, OTU1, or SDSDI (RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>) command retrieves the PM reporting schedule that was set for the NE by the SCHED-PMREPT command.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PMSCHED-ISC3STP2G::VFAC-13-5-7-1:777;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<REPTINVL>,<REPTDAT>,<REPTTM>,[<NUMINVL>],, [<MONLEV>],<LOCN>,,[<TMPER>],[<TMOFST>],[<INHMODE>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"VFAC-3-1-1,ISC3STP2G:30-MIN,5-25,14-46,100,,1-UP,NEND,,15-MIN,0-0-15,ALW"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GIGE

10-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • D1VIDEO

D1 Video

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC3 facility

  • OC12

OC12 facility

  • OC48

OC48 facility

  • OC192

OC192 facility

  • OC768

OC768 facility

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<REPTINVL>

Reporting interval. How often a report is to be generated and sent to the appropriate NE. REPTINVL is a string.

<REPTDAT>

Report date. Date for the next report. REPTDAT is a string.

<REPTTM>

Report time. The time of day for the next PM report. REPTTM is a string.

Note PM schedule processing is performed every 5 minutes. Therefore, specifying a REPTINVL of 5-MIN or less would be processed at the earliest every 5 minutes.

<NUMINVL>

(Optional) The remaining number of intervals over which the PM will be reported. NUMINVL is an integer.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode will be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<TMPER>

(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24 hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

<TMOFST>

(Optional) Time offset between reporting/diagnostics/exercises; from the end of the last complete accumulation time period to the beginning of the accumulation time period specified by TMPER. TMOFST is a string.

<INHMODE>

(Optional) Indicates whether a function is inhibited by an INH command. Indicates whether the reporting of PM data is inhibited (by the INH-PMREPT-ALL command) or is allowed (by the ALW-PMREPT-ALL command). The parameter type is INH_MODE, which indicates whether the function is inhibited.

  • ALW

Function is allowed.

  • INH

Function is inhibited.

21.119 RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Schedule All (RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL) command retrieves all the PM reporting schedules that were set for the NE by the SCHED-PMREPT command.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL:CISCO-NODE::123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<REPTINVL>,<REPTDAT>,<REPTTM>,[<NUMINVL>],,
[<MONLEV>],<LOCN>,,[<TMPER>],<TMOFST>,[<INHMODE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-3-1,OC3:30-MIN,5-25,14-46,100,,1-UP,NEND,,15-MIN,0-0-15,ALW”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GIGE

10-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • D1VIDEO

D1 Video

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • DS1

DS-1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETR_CLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC-3 facility

  • OC12

OC-12 facility

  • OC48

OC-48 facility

  • OC192

OC-192 facility

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<REPTINVL>

Reporting interval. How often a report is to be generated and sent to the appropriate NE. REPTINVL is a string.

<REPTDAT>

Report date. Date for the next report. REPTDAT is a string.

<REPTTM>

Report time. The time of day for the next PM report. REPTTM is a string.

<NUMINVL>

(Optional) The remaining number of intervals over which PM is to be reported. NUMINVL is an integer.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<TMPER>

(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24 hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

<TMOFST>

(Optional) Time offset between reporting/diagnostics/exercises; from the end of the last complete accumulation time period to the beginning of the accumulation time period specified by TMPER. TMOFST is a string.

<INHMODE>

(Optional) Indicates whether a function is inhibited by an INH command. Indicates whether the reporting of PM data is inhibited (by the INH-PMREPT-ALL command) or is allowed (by the ALW-PMREPT-ALL command). The parameter type is INH_MODE, which indicates whether the function is inhibited.

  • ALW

Function is allowed.

  • INH

Function is inhibited.

21.120 RTRV-POS

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Packet Over SONET (RTRV-POS) command retrieves the back-end port information for the Ethernet card when the back-end port is working in POS mode.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command is supported for the ML-Series cards.
  • For the ML-Series card, the EDGE, RPRSPAN, JUMBO, ADMINSTATE, ENCAP, and NAME parameters are valid when the card mode is ML-IEEE-RPR. Other parameters, including PST and SST, are not valid in this mode.
  • This command is supported for the ASAP card, but ADMINSTATE information will not appear.
  • Because the back-end port is virtual, the Virtual Facility (VFAC) AID should be used when issuing the command.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-POS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-POS:TID:VFAC-1-1:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[ADMINSTATE=<ADMINSTATE>],[JUMBO=<MTU>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],
[RPRSPAN=<RPRSPAN>],[EDGE=<EDGE>],[NAME=<NAME>]:”;
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VFAC-1-1::ADMINSTATE=DOWN,JUMBO=N,ENCAP=RPR-GFP-F,RPRSPAN=EAST,
EDGE=Y,NAME=\"RPR\":"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<ADMINSTATE>

(Optional) Administration type. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down).

  • DOWN

Down

  • UP

Up

<ENCAP>

Frame encapsulation

  • RPR-GFP-F

RPR-over-GFP frame mode

  • CBR

CBR mapping mode.

  • GFP

GFP mapping mode.

  • GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

  • TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

<JUMBO>

Jumbo frame values

  • Y

Yes

  • N

No

<RPRSPAN>

RPR span values

  • EAST

East direction

  • WEST

West direction

<EDGE>

RPR edge values

  • Y

Yes

  • N

No

<NAME>

Port name, facility name, or VCAT group name

21.121 RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Protection Switch for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, FSTE, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, OTU3, OTU4, PASSTHRU, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the protection switch status of client facilities.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-ISC3STP1G:CISCO:VFAC-13-5-7-1:007;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AIDUNIONID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1-1:FRCD,MANWKSWBK”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AIDUNIONID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<SC>

Switch command to be initiated on the paths. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated.

  • APS-CLEAR

APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • CLEAR

CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • EXERCISE

EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • FRCD

Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect.

  • LOCKOUT

Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service.

  • MAN

Requests a manual switch of the facility.

<SWITCHTYPE>

(Optional) Switch type. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection.

  • FRCDWKSWBK

Working unit is forced to switch back to working.

  • FRCDWKSWPR

Working unit is forced to switch to the protection unit.

  • LOCKOUTOFPR

Lockout of protection.

  • LOCKOUTOFWK

Lockout of working.

  • MANWKSWBK

Manual switch of working unit back to working.

  • MANWKSWPR

Manual switch of working unit back to the protection unit.

  • RING

BLSR ring switch type.

  • SPAN

BLSR span switch type.

21.122 RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Protection Switch for OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, OC768 (RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>) command retrieves the switching state of a SONET line specified in the AID.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Protection

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-OC48:CISCO:FAC-5-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-5-1:MAN,MANWKSWBK”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<SC>

Switch command to be initiated on the paths. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated.

  • APS-CLEAR

APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • CLEAR

CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • EXERCISE

EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • FRCD

Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect.

  • LOCKOUT

Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service.

  • MAN

Requests a manual switch of the facility.

<SWITCHTYPE>

(Optional) Switch type. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection.

  • FRCDWKSWBK

Working unit is forced to switch back to working.

  • FRCDWKSWPR

Working unit is forced to switch to the protection unit.

  • LOCKOUTOFPR

Lockout of protection.

  • LOCKOUTOFWK

Lockout of working.

  • MANWKSWBK

Manual switch of working unit back to working.

  • MANWKSWPR

Manual switch of working unit back to the protection unit.

  • RING

BLSR ring switch type.

  • SPAN

BLSR span switch type.

21.123 RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Protection Switch for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>) command retrieves the switching state of a SONET path protection STS path specified in the AID. Because Telcordia GR-1400 does not allow LOCKOUT_OF_WORKING on the path protection WORKING path/AID, the “AID:LOCKOUT,LOCKOUTOFWK” does not appear in this protection switch retrieval result.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1 accepts STS-1 AID when STS-1 cross connection is made using the DS1 card. This will allow the user to retrieve all the VT1 conditions/alarms that are raised by DS-1 card when STS-1 cross connect is created.


454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Protection

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-STS1:CISCO:STS-5-1-1:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CROSSCONNECTID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-5-1-1:MAN,MANWKSWBK”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<CROSSCONNECTID>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section.

<SC>

Switch command that is to be initiated on the paths. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated.

  • APS-CLEAR

APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • CLEAR

CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • EXERCISE

EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • FRCD

Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect.

  • LOCKOUT

Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service.

  • MAN

Requests a manual switch of the facility.

<SWITCHTYPE>

(Optional) Switch type. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection.

  • FRCDWKSWBK

Working unit is forced to switch back to working.

  • FRCDWKSWPR

Working unit is forced to switch to the protection unit.

  • LOCKOUTOFPR

Lockout of protection.

  • LOCKOUTOFWK

Lockout of working.

  • MANWKSWBK

Manual switch of working unit back to working.

  • MANWKSWPR

Manual switch of working unit back to the protection unit.

  • RING

BLSR ring switch type.

  • SPAN

BLSR span switch type.

21.124 RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Protection Switch Optical Channel (RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH) command retrieves the protection switch status of the TXPP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G card’s splitter protection group (of its working and protected trunk ports).

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<SW>,<SWTYPE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2:FRCD,FRCDWKSWBK”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<SW>

Indicates the switch operation. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated.

  • APS-CLEAR

APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • CLEAR

CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • EXERCISE

EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • FRCD

Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect.

  • LOCKOUT

Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service.

  • MAN

Requests a manual switch of the facility.

<SWITCHTYPE>

Indicates the switch type operation. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection.

  • FRCDWKSWBK

Working unit is forced to switch back to working.

  • FRCDWKSWPR

Working unit is forced to switch to the protection unit.

  • LOCKOUTOFPR

Lockout of protection.

  • LOCKOUTOFWK

Lockout of working.

  • MANWKSWBK

Manual switch of working unit back to working.

  • MANWKSWPR

Manual switch of working unit back to the protection unit.

  • RING

BLSR ring switch type.

  • SPAN

BLSR span switch type.

21.125 RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Protection Switch OTS (RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS) command retrieves the protection switch status of the PSM splitter protection group (of its working and protected OTS RX ports).

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<SW>,<SWTYPE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2:FRCD,FRCDWKSWBK”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<SW>

Indicates the switch operation. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated.

  • APS-CLEAR

APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • CLEAR

CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • EXERCISE

EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands.

  • FRCD

Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect.

  • LOCKOUT

Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service.

  • MAN

Requests a manual switch of the facility.

<SWITCHTYPE>

Indicates the switch type operation. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection.

  • FRCDWKSWBK

Working unit is forced to switch back to working.

  • FRCDWKSWPR

Working unit is forced to switch to the protection unit.

  • LOCKOUTOFPR

Lockout of protection.

  • LOCKOUTOFWK

Lockout of working.

  • MANWKSWBK

Manual switch of working unit back to working.

  • MANWKSWPR

Manual switch of working unit back to the protection unit.

  • RING

BLSR ring switch type.

  • SPAN

BLSR span switch type.

21.126 RTRV-PROTOCOL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Protocol (RTRV-PROTOCOL) command retrieves the status of a protocol or service supported in the NE. Valid protocols include SHELL, EMS, TL1, and SNMP. If the AID is not specified, the status of all the protocols is retrieved.

 
Usage Guidelines

If the AID is TL1, the status can be retrieved to show if the protocol is in SECURE or UNSECURE mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Security

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PROTOCOL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PROTOCOL::EMS:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

(Optional) Identifies the protocol or service to which the command pertains. Defaults to ALL. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is PROTOCOLAID, which is the AID for the protocol/service.

  • EMS

CTC/CTM protocol/service

  • SHELL

Shell/file system access protocol

  • SNMP

SNMP protocol/service

  • TL1

TL1 protocol service

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<PROTOCOLAID>:<PROTOCOLSTAT>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“EMS:UNSECURE”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

PROTOCOLAID

Identifies the protocol or service to which the command pertains. The parameter type is PROTOCOLAID, which is the AID for the protocol/service.

  • EMS

CTC/CTM protocol/service

  • SHELL

Shell/file system access protocol

  • SNMP

SNMP protocol/service

  • TL1

TL1 protocol/service

PROTOCOLSTAT

Identifies the status of the protocol or service. The parameter type is PROTOCOLSTAT, which is the status of the protocol.

  • DISABLED

The protocol cannot be used.

  • SECURE

The protocol is enabled and communications using the protocol are sure, for example, through SSH. Not applicable for SNMP protocols.

  • UNSECURE

The protocol is enabled but communication is not secure, for example, through Telnet.

21.127 RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Path Trace for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATJ>) command retrieves the contents of the SONET path trace message.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

The path trace message is a 64-character string with the last two characters reserved for the terminating CR (carriage return) and the LF (line feed). The message can be an incoming path trace message, an expected incoming path trace message, or an outgoing path trace message, which is inserted into the path overhead of the outgoing signal.

The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF mode. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user-entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.

When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.

When the transmitted string is queried under the OFF, MANUAL, or AUTO path trace mode, the transmitted string is the provisioned transmit string.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif A null value for the MSGTYPE defaults to INCTRC.

  • Only the NEND location value is supported. A null value of the location defaults to NEND.
  • Sending a FEND of the location with this command will return an “unsupported locn value” error message.
  • J1 (EXPTRC/INCTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48A, OC192, OC192-XFP, and MRC-12 cards.
  • TRC is supported only on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, and DS3XM cards.
  • The VCAF AID is only valid on slots holding ML-Series cards.
  • After the BLSR switch, the working path is switched out and the traffic goes through the protection path. The J1 trace message can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
  • If there is an STS PCA on the protection path during the BLSR switch, the PCA path is preemptive. If this command is sent on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command will return the trace message off of the protection path and not from the PCA path.
  • The J2 path trace on the VT1.5 is supported on the VT1.5 cross-connection of the DS3XM-12 card in Software R5.0 and later.
  • The VT2 modifier is not supported in this release.
  • According to Telcordia GR-833, RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH> can only have a single output row, therefore you cannot specify multiple AIDs using '&' with this command because each AID would require it's own output row. You also cannot use the AIDs that end in ALL because this might also result in multiple output rows.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Troubleshooting and Test Access

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MSGTYPE>][:<LOCN>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-PTHTRC-STS1:CISCO:STS-2-1-1:123::EXPTRC:NEND;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section.

<MSGTYPE>

Type of autonomous message to be retrieved. A null value defaults to INCTRC. The parameter type is MSGTYPE, which is the type of trace message.

  • EXPTRC

Expected incoming path trace message

  • INCTRC

Incoming path trace message

  • TRC

Outgoing path trace message

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<TRACMSG>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“TRACMSG”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<TRACMSG>

The path trace message returned to the requester. The message can be up to 64 characters in length with the last two characters reserved for the CR (carriage return) and the LF (line feed). TRACMSG is a string.

21.128 RTRV-PTSYS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Packet Transport System (RTRV-PTSYS) command retrieves the provisioned information of the CPT 50 panel.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command is valid for CPT 50 panel. Retrieves the PTSYS information provisioned on the Node.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-PTSYS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

PTSYS-1:PTSYSID=1,OPMODE=NMS,MEMLIST=\"SLOT-3-36&SLOT-2&PTSA;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

AID of the PTSYS.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<PTSYS AID>:<MODE>,<MEMLIST>,<FOGLIST>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“PTSYS-1:PTSYSID=1,OPMODE=NMS,MEMLIST=\”SLOT-3&PTSA-37\”,FOGLIST=\”FOG-1-36”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Parameter
Description

<AID>

AID of the CPT 50 panel to be retrieved.

<PTSYSID>

PTSYS number or ID.

<OPMODE>

Operation mode of the PTSYSTEM.

  • NMS

TCP IPC mode.

  • IOS

IPC mode.

<MEMLIST>

Defines the slot of the PT systme.

<FOGLIST>

Defines the FOG members.

21.129 RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve QinQ Channel Group (RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP) command retrieves the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the CE-VLAN and the S-VLAN for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to a channel group.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Channel Group

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,
<SVLANID>[:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP::CHGRP-1-1:1::110,110,1208;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section.

<FIRSTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LASTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

  • 0 to 7

Set a Cos value

  • DSCP

The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

  • TRUST

Use the Customer COS

  • VLAN

The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD “<AID>:<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,<SVLANID>:RULE=<RULE>,[INTERNALVLAN=<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>[:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHGRP-1-1:110,111,1208:RULE=DOUBLE-ADD,INTERNALVLAN=18,INGRASSCOS=”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the CHGRP.

<FIRSTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LASTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<RULE>

Used to represent the Rules allowed for VLAN tagging operations. Default is ADD.

  • ADD

The S-VLAN tag is added to the CE-VLAN tag.

  • XLTE

The S-VLAN tag substitutes the CE-VLAN tag (single Q).

  • XLTE-ADD

XLTE and ADD rule applied together. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN substitutes the Customer VLAN, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added

  • DOUBLE-ADD

ADD rule applied two times. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN is added, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added to have a double tag

<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>

Internal VLAN ID

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

  • 0 to 7

Set a Cos value

  • DSCP

The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

  • TRUST

Use the Customer COS.

  • VLAN

The COS provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

21.130 RTRV-QNQ-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve QinQ Ethernet (RTRV-QNQ-ETH) command retrieves the
IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the CE-VLAN and the S-VLAN for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to an L2 Ethernet port.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-QNQ-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,
<SVLANID>[:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-QNQ-ETH:PETALUMA:ETH-1-1-1:236::110,110,1208;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<FIRSTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LASTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,<SVLANID>:RULE=<RULE>[:]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-1-1-1:110,111,1208:RULE=XLTE:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<FIRSTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LASTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<RULE>

Used to represent the Rules allowed for VLAN tagging operations. Default is ADD.

  • ADD

The S-VLAN tag is added to the CE-VLAN tag.

  • XLTE

The S-VLAN tag substitutes the CE-VLAN tag (single Q).

21.131 RTRV-RAMAN

(Cisco ONS 15454)

Retrieve RAMAN retrieves the attributes of a RAMAN measure.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-RAMAN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-RAMAN:PENNGROVE:LINE-6-1-TX:236;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameter

<AID>

The LINE AID is used to access Optical Transport Section (OTS) layer of Optical Network units.

  • LINE[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-5}-{RX,TX}

The receive/transmit Lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3, DC=4, RAMAN=5) in a OPT-RAMP-C card.

  • LINE[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-5}-ALL

All the Lines (COM=1,OSC=2,LINE=3, DC=4, RAMAN=5) in a OPT-RAMP-C card.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<MEAS_INDEX>:<MINRAMANLEV>,<MAXRAMANLEV>,<TIME>,<DATE>,<DELTAPWR>”;
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LINE-1-2-5-TX:: MINRAMANLEV=1.0,MAXRAMANLEV=2.0,TIME=00-00-00,DATE=02-02-07,DELTAPWR=0.0;”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The LINE aid is used to access Optical Transport Section (OTS) layer of Optical Network units.

  • LINE[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-5}-{RX,TX}

The receive/transmit Lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3, DC=4, RAMAN=5) in a OPT-RAMP-C card.

  • LINE[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-5}-ALL

All the Lines (COM=1,OSC=2,LINE=3, DC=4, RAMAN=5) in a OPT-RAMP-C card.

<MEAS_INDEX >

Raman measure Index.

<MINRAMANLEV>

Power measured with MIN raman power level.

<MAXRAMANLEV >

Power measured with MAX raman power level.

<DATE>

Identifies the date. Date is a string. Default value is - “current date”.

<TIME>

Identifies the time. Time is a string. Default value is - “current time.”

<DELTAPWR>

DELTA RAMAN Power Value.

21.132 RTRV-REP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Resilient Ethernet Protocol (RTRV-REP) command retrieves the Resilient Ethernet Protocol (REP) configuration on the ethernet port of GE_XP or 10GE_XP card.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • This command accept the ALL AID.
  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-REP:PENNGROVE:CHAN-16-1-RX:114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[SEGMENTID=<SEGMENTID>],[EDGE=<EDGE>],[PORTROLE=<PORTROLE>],[PREFERRED=<PREFERRED>],[PREEMPTDELAY=<PREEMPTDELAY>][:]”

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
ETH-16-1-1::SEGMENTID=1,EDGE=Y,PORTROLE=NO_NEIGHBOR,PREFERRED=N,
REEMPTDELAY=0”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

 

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section.

<SEGMENTID>

Indicates the segment ID for REP segment. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<EDGE>

Configures the port as an edge port.

  • Y

To configure the port as an edge port.

  • N

Not to configure the port as an edge port.

<PORTROLE>

The parameter type is REP_PORT_ROLE, which indicates the port’s role in a REP Segment for the ethernet ports.

  • PRIMARY

Indicates that the port is a primary port.

  • NO_NEIGHBOR

Indicates that the port has no neighbor port in the segment.

  • NO_NEIGHBOR_PRIMARY

Indicates that the port is a primary port and has no neighbor port in the segment.

  • REGULAR

Indicates that the port is a regular port.

  • None

Indicates that the port is an edge port.

<PREFERRED>

Indicates that the port is the preferred alternate port. Or the preferred port for VLAN load balancing.

  • Y

Yes

  • N

No

21.133 RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Remote Monitoring Threshold for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 8GFC, CHGRP, FSTE, G1000, ETH, GFP, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OCH, POS, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>) command retrieves an entry in the remote monitoring (RMON) alarm table for the threshold of data statistics managed by the RMON engine.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, and OTU2.

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],,,,[<INTVL>]:[RISE=<RISE>],[FALL=<FALL>],[SAMPLE=<SAMPLE>],[STARTUP=<STARTUP>][:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-RMONTH-ISC3STP1G::VFAC-4-1-1:1::MEDIAINDSTATSRXLCVERRORS,,,,10:RISE=10,FALL=1,SAMPLE=ABSOLUTE;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. AID for the facility that the data statistic is managed by.

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. Type of RMON monitored data statistic. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage.

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage.

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • dot3StatsFCSErrors

A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.

  • dot3StatsFrameTooLong

A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

<INTVL>

The interval in seconds during which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling threshold. A valid value is any integer larger than or equal to 10 (seconds). A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<RISE>

The rising threshold for the sampled statistic. A valid value is any integer. A null value is equivalent to ALL

<FALL>

The falling threshold. A valid value is any integer smaller than the rising threshold. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<SAMPLE>

The method of calculating the value to be compared to the thresholds. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is SAMPLE_TYPE, which describes how the data will be calculated during the sampling period.

  • ABSOLUTE

Comparing directly

  • DELTA

Comparing with the current value of the selected variable subtracted by the last sample

<STARTUP>

Dictates whether an event will generate if the first valid sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, less than or equal to the falling threshold, or both. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is STARTUP_TYPE, which indicates whether an event will be generated when the first valid sample is crossing the rising or falling threshold.

  • FALLING

Generates the event when the sample is smaller than or equal to the falling threshold.

  • RISING

Generates the event when the sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold.

  • RISING-OR-FALLING

Generates the event when the sample is crossing the rising threshold, or the falling threshold.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

RTRV-RMONTH-SDSDI:CISCO:VFAC-2-5-1:1234::MEDIAINDSTATSRXLCVERRORS,,,,100:RISE=1000, FALL=100,SAMPLE=DELTA,STARTUP=RISING;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"VFAC-2-5-1,SDSDI: MEDIAINDSTATSRXLCVERRORS,,,,100:INDEX=2,RISE=1000,FALL=100, SAMPLE=DELTA,STARTUP=RISING"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AIDUNIONID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<AIDTYPE>

The type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2_RMON, which is the line modifiers.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GIGE

10-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet (10/100 Megabits per second)

  • G1000

Gigabit Ethernet (used for G1000 ports)

  • GFPOS

Generic framing protocol over SONET

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet (used for Non-G1000 ports)

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

Packet over SONET

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. Type of RMON monitored data statistic. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • dot3StatsFCSErrors

A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.

  • dot3StatsFrameTooLong

A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

<INTVL>

The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling threshold. A valid value is any integer larger than or equal to 10 (seconds).

<INDEX>

The index for the threshold created by the system in the RMON threshold table. INDEX is an integer.

<RISE>

The rising threshold for the sampled statistic. A valid value is any integer.

<FALL>

The falling threshold. A valid value is any integer smaller than the rising threshold. AID is an integer

<SAMPLE>

The method of calculating the value to be compared to the thresholds. The parameter type is SAMPLE_TYPE, which describes how the data will be calculated during the sampling period

  • ABSOLUTE

Comparing directly

  • DELTA

Comparing with the current value of the selected variable subtracted from the last sample

<STARTUP>

Dictates whether an event will generate if the first valid sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, less than or equal to the falling threshold, or both. The parameter type is STARTUP_TYPE, which indicates whether an event will be generated when the first valid sample is crossing the rising or falling threshold.

  • FALLING

Generates the event when the sample is smaller than or equal to the falling threshold.

  • RISING

Generates the event when the sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold.

  • RISING-OR-FALLING

Generates the event when the sample is crossing the rising threshold or the falling threshold.

21.134 RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Roll for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VC11, VC12, VC3, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>) command retrieves roll data parameters.

 
Usage Guidelines

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Bridge and Roll

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ROLL-STS1:CISCO:STS-1-1-1:6;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). Roll path (STS or VT).

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<FROM>,<TO>:RFROM=<RFROM>,RTO=<RTO>,[RMODE=<RMODE>],
VLDSIG=<VLDSIG>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-1-1-1,STS-2-1-1:RFROM=STS-2-1-1,RTO=STS-3-1-1,RMODE=AUTO,VLDSIG=N”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<FROM>

One of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY).

<TO>

One of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY).

<RFROM>

The termination point of the existing cross-connect that is to be rolled. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY).

<RTO>

The termination point that will become a leg of the new cross-connection. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY).

<RMODE>

(Optional) The rolling mode of operation. The parameter type is RMODE, which specifies the roll mode.

  • AUTO

Automatic. When a valid signal is available, the roll under AUTO mode will automatically delete the previous end-point.

  • MAN

Manual. Enter the corresponding delete roll/bulkroll command to delete the previous end-point.

<VLDSIG>

Shows whether or not the roll has received a valid signal. VLDSIG is Y if the signal is valid and N if it is not. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

21.135 RTRV-ROUTE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Route (RTRV-ROUTE) command retrieves static routes.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • There is no DNS service available on the node. Only numeric IP addresses will be accepted.
  • The optional parameters DESTIP, IPMASK, NXTHOP, and COST are used to filter the retrieved static routes. In the absence of any optional parameter, all the static routes on the node will be retrieved.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ROUTE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DESTIP>],[<IPMASK>],[<NXTHOP>],[<COST>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ROUTE:CISCO::123::10.64.72.57,255.255.255.0,10.64.10.1,200;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<DESTIP>

Destination tip. DESTIP is a string. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<IPMASK>

IP mask. IPMASK is a string. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<NXTHOP>

Next hop. NXTHOP is a string. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<COST>

Unsigned integer. Valid range is from 1 to 32,797. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“,:<DESTIP>,<IPMASK>,<NXTHOP>,<COST>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“,:\“10.64.72.57\”,\“255.255.255.0\”,\“10.64.10.1\”,200”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<DESTIP>

Destination tip. DESTIP is a string.

<IPMASK>

IP mask. IPMASK is a string.

<NXTHOP>

Next hop. NXTHOP is a string.

<COST>

Cost. COST is a string.

21.136 RTRV-ROUTE-GRE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Route Generic Routing Encapsulation (RTRV-ROUTE-GRE) command displays the existing GRE tunnels.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-ROUTE-GRE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-ROUTE-GRE:CISCO::123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“,:IPADDR=<IPADDR>,IPMASK=<IPMASK>,NSAP=<NSAP>,COST=<COST>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“,:IPADDR=10.64.72.57,IPMASK=255.255.255.0,
NSAP=39840F80FFFFFF0000DDDDAA000010CFB4910200,COST=110”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<IPADDR>

IP address of the tunnel endpoint. IPADDR is a string.

<IPMASK>

Subnet mask for the tunnel endpoint. IPMASK is a string.

<NSAP>

NSAP address for the tunnel endpoint. NSAP is a string.

<COST>

Routing cost associated with the tunnel. COST is an integer.

21.137 RTRV-SHELFSTAT

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The RTRV-SHELFSTAT command retrieves and reports the temperature and voltage of the shelf.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Equipment

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-SHELFSTAT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-SHELFSTAT:CISCO454::1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"AID:AIDTYPE,TEMPERATURE= <TEMPERATURE>,VOLTAGEA= <VOLTAGEA>,VOLTAGEB= <VOLTAGEB>[,VOLTAGEC= <VOLTAGEC>,VOLTAGED= <VOLTAGED>]"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 2008-07-19 18:57:00
M 001 COMPLD
":SHELF,TEMPERATURE=22C,VOLTAGEA=51760,VOLTAGEB=51783,VOLTAGEC=51760,VOLTAGED=51783"
;

 

Table 21-8 Output Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<Temperature>

Temperature of the shelf (in degrees Celsius).

<VOLTAGEA>

Voltage of the shelf that corresponds to power supply A (in millivolts).

<VOLTAGEB>

Voltage of the shelf that corresponds to power supply B (in millivolts).

<VOLTAGEC>

Voltage of the shelf that corresponds to power supply C (in millivolts).

<VOLTAGED>

Voltage of the shelf that corresponds to power supply D (in millivolts).

21.138 RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Span Loss Verification Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup (RTRV-SLV-WDMANS) command retrieves the expected span loss verification provisioned by the ED-SLV-WDMANS command.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS:VA454-22:WDMANS-E:116;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “WDMANS” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>],
[SLVACT=<SLVACT>],[RESOLUTION=<RESOLUTION>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“WDMANS-E::HIGHSLVEXP=10.0,LOWSLVEXP=5.0,SLVACT=10.0,RESOLUTION=1.0:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “WDMANS” section.

<HIGHSLVEXP>

(Optional) The high range value of the expected span loss verification. HIGHSLVEXP is a float.

<LOWSLVEXP>

(Optional) The low range value of the expected span loss verification. LOWSLVEXP is a float.

<SLVACT>

(Optional) The value of the calculated span loss verification. SLVACT is a float.

<RESOLUTION>

(Optional) The value of the resolution applied to the calculated span loss verification. RESOLUTION is a float.

21.139 RTRV-STCN-REP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The RTRV Segment Topology Change Notification Resilient Ethernet Protocol (RTRV-STCN-REP) command retrieves the Segment Topology Change Notification (STCN) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • REP must be configured on the ethernet port.
  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-STCN-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-STCN-REP:CISCO:ETH-16-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

 

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[STCNENABLED=<STCNENABLED>],[SEGRANGE=<SEGRANGE>],[STCNPORT=<STCNPORT>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“ETH-16-1-1::STCNENABLED=Y,SEGRANGE=\"1000-1020"\&1020-1021,
STCNPORT=ETH-16-2-1”

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<STCNENABLED>

To enable or disable the Segment Topology Notification on ethernet entity for REP.

  • Y

Enables STCN on the ethernet port.

  • N

Disables STCN on the ethernet port.

<SEGRANGESTART>

Indicates the segment range start value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<SEGRANGEEND>

Indicates the segment range end value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<STCNPORT>

Determines on which ethernet port the STCN should be sent. STCNPORT is an AID, it takes ETH AID value. The default is NULL.

21.140 RTRV-STS

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Synchronous Transport Signal (RTRV-STS) command retrieves the attributes associated with an STS path based on the granularity level of NE/SLOT-specific STSs.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • Supported AIDs are ALL, SLOT-N (N=1,2,...,ALL), STS-<SLOT>[-<PORT>]-<STS NUMBER>.
  • The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, RVTM, SWPDIP, HOLDOFFTIMER, and UPSRPTHSTATE parameters only apply to path protection.
  • The path trace message is a 64-character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead.
  • The EXPTRC indicates that the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user in the ED-STS_PATH command. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.
  • The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode compares the received string with the user entered expected string. The AUTO mode compares the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.
  • When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.
  • When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.
  • J1 (EXPTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, DS3-EC1-48 OC3, OC12-4, OC48AS, OC192, OC192-XFP, and MRC-12 cards.
  • TRC and INCTRC are supported on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, DS3-EC1-48, DS3XM, OC192-XFP and MRC-12 cards.
  • In Software R5.0 and later, the ED-VT1 command is only supported to edit the J2 path trace on the VT1.5 cross-connection of the DS3XM-12 card.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Paths

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-STS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-STS:TID:STS-2-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[UPSRPTHSTATE=<UPSRPTHSTATE>],
[C2=<C>],[BLSRPTHSTATE=<BLSRPTHSTATE>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-2-1-4::LEVEL=STS3C,SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,SWPDIP=Y,
HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC=“EXPTRCSTRING”,TRC=“TRCSTRING”,
INCTRC=“INCTRCSTRING”,TRCMODE=AUTO,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,
UPSRPTHSTATE=ACT,C2=0X04,BLSRPTHSTATE=PROTPTHACT:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section.

<LEVEL>

(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. Applicable only to STS paths in SONET. The parameter type is STS_PATH, which is the modifier for some STS commands.

  • STS1

Synchronous Transport Signal level 1 (51 Mbps)

  • STS12C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 12 Concatenated (622 Mbps)

  • STS18C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 18 Concatenated (933 Mbps)

  • STS192C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 192 (9952 Mbps)

  • STS24C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 24 Concatenated (1240 Mbps)

  • STS36C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 36 Concatenated (1866 Mbps)

  • STS3C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (155 Mbps)

  • STS48C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 48 Concatenated (2488 Mbps)

  • STS6C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (310 Mbps)

  • STS9C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 9 Concatenated (465 Mbps)

<SFBER>

(Optional) An STS path SFBER that applies only to path protection and only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

  • 1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) An STS path SDBER that applies only to path protection and only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to 1E-6. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SWPDIP>

(Optional) Switch on PDI-P. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<HOLDOFFTIMER>

(Optional) Hold off timer. HOLDOFFTIMER is an integer.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. A 64-character ASCII string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. Applicable only to STS-Level Paths in SONET. Defaults to null when path protection path is created.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). TRC is a string.

<INCTRC>

(Optional) Identifies the incoming path trace message contents. Can be any combination of 64-characters. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to null when a path protection path is created. INCTRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level Paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TACC>

(Optional) Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Default is N. TACC is an integer.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

  • DUAL

Dual FAD

  • SINGLE

Single FAD

<UPSRPTHSTATE>

(Optional) Indicates whether a given AID is the working or standby path of a path protection cross-connect. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<C>

(Optional) The C2 byte hex code. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is C2_BYTE, which is the C2 byte hex code.

  • 0X00

Unequipped

  • 0X01

Equipped-Non-Specific payload

  • 0X02

VT-Structured STS-1 SPE

  • 0X03

Locked VT Mode

  • 0X04

Asynchronous Mapping for DS3

  • 0X12

Asynchronous Mapping for DS4NA

  • 0X13

Mapping for ATM

  • 0X14

Mapping for DQDB

  • 0X15

Asynchronous Mapping for FDDI

  • 0X16

HDLC-Over-SONET Mapping

  • 0XE1

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 1VTx payload defect

  • 0XE2

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 2VTx payload defects

  • 0XE3

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 3VTx payload defects

  • 0XE4

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 4VTx payload defects

  • 0XE5

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 5VTx payload defects

  • 0XE6

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 6VTx payload defects

  • 0XE7

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 7VTx payload defects

  • 0XE8

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 8VTx payload defects

  • 0XE9

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 9VTx payload defects

  • 0XEA

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 10VTx payload defects

  • 0XEB

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 11VTx payload defects

  • 0XEC

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 12VTx payload defects

  • 0XED

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 13VTx payload defects

  • 0XEE

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 14VTx payload defects

  • 0XEF

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 15VTx payload defects

  • 0XF0

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 16VTx payload defects

  • 0XF1

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 17VTx payload defects

  • 0XF2

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 18VTx payload defects

  • 0XF3

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 19VTx payload defects

  • 0XF4

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 20VTx payload defects

  • 0XF5

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 21VTx payload defects

  • 0XF6

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 22VTx payload defects

  • 0XF7

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 23VTx payload defects

  • 0XF8

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 24VTx payload defects

  • 0XF9

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 25VTx payload defects

  • 0XFA

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 26VTx payload defects

  • 0XFB

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 27VTx payload defects

  • 0XFC

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 28VTx payload defects

  • 0XFE

O.181 Test Signal (TSS1 to TSS3) Mapping

  • 0XFF

Reserved, however, C2 is 0XFF if AIS-L is being generated by an optical card or cross-connect downstream.

<BLSRPTHSTATE>

(Optional) The BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is BLSR_PTH_STATE, which is the BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR.

  • PCAPTHACT

Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its PCA path is in the active state.

  • PCAPTHSTB

Indicates the BLSR is switched and its PCA path is in the standby state.

  • PROTPTHACT

Indicates the BLSR is switched and its protection path is in the active state.

  • WKGPTHACT

Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its working path is in the active state.

  • WKGPTHSTB

Indicates the BLSR is switched and its working path is in the standby state.

<PST_PSTQ>

Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ.

  • IS-NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.141 RTRV-SRVTYPE

(Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Service Type (RTRV-SRVTYPE) command retrieves the service type on the ports of the TNC card.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-SRVTYPE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-SRVTYPE::ALL:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Supports only “ALL” AID.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<SRVTYPE>;”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1-1:UDC”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Supports only “ALL” AID.

<SRVTYPE>

Indicates the service type set on the TNC port.

  • UDC

To set the service type to UDC.

  • VOIP

To set the service type to VOIP

  • NONE

To set the service type to NONE.

21.142 RTRV-SYNCN

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Synchronization command retrieves the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources can be specified (for example, PRIMARY, SECOND, THIRD).

 
Usage Guidelines

  • To retrieve/set the timing mode, SSM message Set or Quality of RES information, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN and ED-NE-SYNCN commands.
  • The output example shown here is under line timing mode.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Synchronization

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-SYNCN:BOYES:SYNC-NE:234;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<REF>,<REFVAL>,[<QREF>],[<STATUS>],[<PROTECTSTATUS>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SYNC-NE:PRI,FAC-1-2,WORK,ACT,PRS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section.

<REF>

Rank of synchronization reference. Access identifier from the “SYNCSW” section.

<REFVAL>

Value of a synchronization reference. “SYN_SRC” section.

<QREF>

(Optional) Indicates whether the working or protect card (in a protection group) provides timing. This parameter has no significance if the reference source is BITS or INTERNAL and is left blank. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • SSM-FAILED

Incoming timing signal cannot be used for synchronization as it has an alarm like LOS, LOF, AIS-L.

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<STATUS>

(Optional) Status. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<PROTECTSTATUS>

(Optional) Applicable to 1+1. Designates the role of the entity in the protection group. Either it is the working or the protect entity. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group.

  • PROT

The entity is a protection unit in the protection group.

  • WORK

The entity is a working unit in the protection group.

21.143 RTRV-T1

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve T1 Facility (RTRV-T1) command retrieves the DS-1 facilities configuration.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • The parameters SYNCMAP, ADMSSM, VTMAP, INHFELPBK, AND PROVIDESYNC are only displayed on the DS1/E1-56 card (ONS 15454).
  • The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, BERTERRCOUNT, BERTERRRATE, and BERTSYNCSTATUS apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards.
  • BERT is implemented on a single port.
  • SENDDUS and RETIME are not supported on the ONS 15454.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-T1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-T1:TID:FAC-2-1:1223;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<CLKSRC>],[<FMT>],[<LINECDE>],[<LBO>],[<TACC>],[<TAPTYPE>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<SFBER>],[<SDBER>],[<NAME>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<RETIME>],[<AISONLPBK>],[<AISVONAIS>],[<AISONLOF>],[<MODE>],[<SYNCMAP>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>],[<VTMAP>],[<INHFELPBK>],[<INHFEBPLPBK>],[<BERTMODE>],[<BERTPATTERN>],[<BERTERRCOUNT>],[<BERTERRRATE>]:<BERTSYNCSTATUS>,[<PST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-131,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=DUAL,SOAK=52,
SOAKLEFT=12-25,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-7,NAME=\"T1 PORT",SYNCMSG=Y,
SENDDUS=Y,RETIME=Y,AISONLPBK=ALL,AISVONAIS=Y,AISONLOF=Y,
MODE=FDL,SYNCMAP=ASYNC,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,VTMAP=GR253,
INHFELPBK=N,BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE,
BERTERRCOUNT=,BERTERRRATE=NONE,BERTSYNCSTATUS=N:OOS-AU,AINS";

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<CLKSRC>

<CLKSRC>

  • INTERNAL

INTERNAL

  • LOOPBACK TIMING

LOOPBACK TIMING

  • SYNCE

SYNCE

  • ADAPTIVE

ADAPTIVE

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. The parameter type is LINE_CODE.

  • AMI

Line code value is AMI.

  • B3ZS

Bipolar with three-zero substitution

  • B6ZS

Line code value is B6ZS.

  • B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS.

  • JBZS

JBZS

  • ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port.

  • AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

  • CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • D4

Frame format is D4.

  • DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

  • E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

  • E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

  • E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

  • ESF

Frame format is ESF.

  • FRAMENA

FRAMENA

  • G-751

G-751

  • G-832

G-832

  • M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • M23

M23

  • SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

  • UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed.

<LBO>

(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBP is an integer. The parameter type is LINE_BUILDOUT.

  • 0-133

Line buildout range is 0-133

  • 133-266

Line buildout range is 133-266

  • 266-399

Line buildout range is 266-399

  • 399-533

Line buildout range is 399-533

  • 533-655

Line buildout range is 533-655

<TAP>

(Optional) Defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number is within a range of 0, 1 to 999. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

  • DUAL

Dual FAD

  • SINGLE

Single FAD

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. SOAKLEFT is a string. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT, or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS but the countdown has not started due to fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<SFBER>

(Optional) The port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

  • 1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Port signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string.

<SYNCMSG>

Synchronization status messaging is enabled or disabled on the T1 facility.

Note SYNCMSG is not supported on the ONS 15454.

The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

No

  • YES

Yes

<SENDDUS>

The facility will send the DUS value as the sync status message for that facility.

The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

<RETIME>

(Optional) Indicates if retiming is needed.

The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

No

  • YES

Yes

  • FDL

Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode.

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) Defaults to AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback

  • AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AIS is not sent on loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks.

<AISVONAIS>

(Optional) Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<AISVONLOF>

(Optional) The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<MODE>

(Optional) Mode. Default value is FDL. The parameter type is DS1MODE, which is the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card

  • ATT

Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in AT&T 54016 mode.

  • FDL

Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode.

<SYNCMAP>

(Optional) The synchronous mapping for the DS1 facility. Defaults to ASYNC. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is SYNCMAP, which is the synchronous mapping type.

  • ASYNC

Asynchronous

  • BYTE

Byte

  • JBYTE

Jbyte

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) The administrative synchronization status message. Only supported on the ONS 15454. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level.

  • DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

  • PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

  • RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

  • SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

  • ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

  • ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

  • ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

  • ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

  • STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

  • TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<PROVIDESYNC>

(Optional) Indicates whether the facility provides synchronization. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<VTMAP>

(Optional) The port to VT mapping type for that particular STS. Only supported on ONS 15454. Defaults to GR253. The parameter type is VTMAP, which is the VT mapping.

  • GR253

Mapping based on Telcordia GR-253.

  • INDUSTRY

Mapping based on industry standard.

<INHFELPBK>

(Optional) Indicates whether far end loopbacks are inhibited on the facility. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<BERTMODE>

Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) or Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT.

  • NONE

BERT mode not enabled.

  • TPGM-L

Test pattern generator and monitor on line side.

  • TPGM-B

Test pattern generator and monitor on backplane.

  • TPG-L

Test pattern generator on line side.

  • TPM-L

Test pattern monitor on line side.

  • TPG-B

Test pattern generator on backplane.

  • TPM-B

Test pattern monitor on backplane.

<BERTPATTERN>

Specifies the error pattern to be injected for BERT.

  • NONE

BERT pattern not enabled.

  • PRBS15

PRBS15 test pattern.

  • PRBS20

PRBS20 test pattern.

  • PRBS23

PRBS23 test pattern.

  • QRSS

QRSS test pattern.

  • ALT-ONE-ALT-ZERO

Alternate one and zero pattern.

<BERTERRCOUNT>

Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported.

<BERTERRRATE>

Specifies the BERT error rate received.

  • NONE

No bit errors.

  • SINGLE

Single bit error.

  • 1E-3

Bit errors in 1E-3 rate.

  • 1E-4

Bit errors in 1E-4 rate.

  • 1E-5

Bit errors in 1E-5 rate.

  • 1E-6

Bit errors in 1E-6 rate.

<BERTSYNCSTATUS>

Synchronization status of BERT values. The parameter type is Y_N, which specifies if synchronization status is up or down.

Y

BERT synchronization status is up.

N

BERT synchronization status is down.

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In Service

  • OOS

Out of Service

<SST>

Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.144 RTRV-T3

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve T3 (RTRV-T3) command retrieves the facility properties of a DS3 or a DS3XM card.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • CTC can set the FMT attribute of a DS3NE line to AUTOPROVISION, to set the framing based on the incoming framing. This would result in the FMT field being blanked out for a few seconds or blanked out forever for a preprovisioned DS3NE card on CTC.
  • The autoprovision is not considered a valid DS3 framing type. It is used only to trigger an autosense and subsequent autoprovisioning of a valid DS3 framing type (unframed, M23, C-BIT).
  • TL1 does not have the autoprovision mode according to Telcordia GR-199. TL1 maps/returns the autoprovision to be unframed.
  • For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS3/T3 configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply on the ported ports (1 to 12) and the DS3-mapped (even) portless ports in xxx-xxx-T3 commands. If you attempt to provision or retrieve DS3/T3 attributes on the VT-mapped (odd) portless port in xxx-xxx-T3 commands, an error message will be returned.
  • For the DS3XM-12 card, if the administrative state is already set for a portless port the state setting operation over its associated ported port is an invalid operation.
  • The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, BERTERRCOUNT, BERTERRRATE, and BERTSYNCSTATUS apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards.
  • BERT is implemented on a single port.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ports

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-T3:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-T3:CERENT:FAC-1-2:123;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<CLKSRC>],[<FMT>],[<LINECDE>],[<LBO>],[<INHFELPBK>],[<TACC>],[<TAPTYPE>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<SFBER>],[<SDBER>],[<NAME>],[<AISONLPBK>],[<BERTMODE>],[<BERTPATTERN>],[<BERTERRCOUNT>],[<BERTERRRATE>],[<BERTSYNCSTATUS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-2::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-225,INHFELPBK=N,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SOAK=52,SOAKLEFT=12-25,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-7,
NAME=\"T3 PORT\",AISONLPBK=ALL, BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE,
BERTERRCOUNT=0,BERTERRRATE=NONE,BERTSYNCSTATUS=N:OOS-AU,AINS"
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<CLKSRC>

<CLKSRC>

  • INTERNAL

INTERNAL

  • LOOPBACK TIMING

LOOPBACK TIMING

  • SYNCE

SYNCE

  • ADAPTIVE

ADAPTIVE

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal format. The parameter type is DS_LINE_TYPE, which is the DS123 line type.

  • AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

  • CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

  • E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

  • E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

  • E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

  • FRAMENA

FRAMENA

  • G-751

G-751

  • G-832

G-832

  • M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

  • M23

M23

  • SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

  • UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed.

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. The parameter type is DS_LINE_CODE, which is the DS123 line code.

  • B3ZS

Bipolar with three-zero substitution

  • B6ZS

B6ZS

  • JBZS

JBZS

  • ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<LBO>

(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line buildout.

  • 0–225

Electrical signal line buildout range is 0–225.

  • 226–450

Electrical signal line buildout range is 226–450.

<INHFELPBK>

(Optional) Far-end loopback inhibition attribute of the port. If it is Y, the automatic far-end loopbacks are inhibited. It is either on or off. The system default is N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Disable an attribute.

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

<TAP>

(Optional) Defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number is within a range of 0, 1 to 999. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

  • DUAL

Dual FAD

  • SINGLE

Single FAD

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. SOAKLEFT is a string. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:

  • When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT, or IS state, the parameter will not appear.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS but the countdown has not started due to fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.
  • When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<SFBER>

(Optional) The port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

  • 1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

  • 1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

  • 1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Port signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

  • 1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

  • 1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

  • 1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

  • 1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

  • 1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string.

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback.

  • AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AIS is not sent on loopbacks.

  • AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks.

<BERTMODE>

Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) and Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT.

  • NONE

BERT mode not enabled.

  • TPGM-L

Test pattern generator and monitor on line-side.

  • TPGM-B

Test pattern generator and monitor on backplane.

  • TPG-L

Test pattern generator on line-side.

  • TPM-L

Test pattern monitor on line-side.

  • TPG-B

Test pattern generator on backplane.

  • TPM-B

Test pattern monitor on backplane.

<BERTPATTERN>

Specifies the error pattern to be injected for BERT.

  • NONE

BERT pattern not enabled.

  • PRBS15

PRBS15 test pattern.

  • PRBS20

PRBS20 test pattern.

  • PRBS23

PRBS23 test pattern.

  • QRSS

QRSS test pattern.

  • ALT-ONE-ALT-ZERO

Alternate one and zero pattern.

<BERTERRCOUNT>

Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported.

<BERTERRRATE>

Specifies the BERT error rate received.

  • NONE

No bit errors.

  • SINGLE

Single bit error.

  • 1E-3

Bit errors in 1E-3 rate.

  • 1E-4

Bit errors in 1E-4 rate.

  • 1E-5

Bit errors in 1E-5 rate.

  • 1E-6

Bit errors in 1E-6 rate.

<BERTSYNCSTATUS>

Synchronization status of BERT values. The parameter type is Y_N, which specifies if synchronization status is up or down.

Y

BERT synchronization status is up.

N

BERT synchronization status is down.

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In Service

  • OOS

Out of Service

<SST>

Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.145 RTRV-TACC

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Test Access (RTRV-TACC) command retrieves details associated with a TAP. The TAP is identified by the TAP number. The ALL input TAP value means that the command will return all the configured TACCs in the NE.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The RTRV-TACC command displays the working path AID irrespective of whether TACC is connected to the working or protect path of the path protected circuit.


 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Troubleshooting and Test Access

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TACC:[<TID>]:<TAP>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TACC:CISCO:241:CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<TAP>

The assigned number for AID being used as a test access point. TAP must be an integer within a range of 1 to 999. The ALL TAP value returns all the configured TACCs in this NE. TAP is a string.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<TAP>:<TACC_AIDA>,<TACC_AIDB>,[<MD>],[<CROSSCONNECTID1>],
<AIDUNIONID>,<PATHWIDTH>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“241:STS-2-1-1,STS-2-1-2,MONE,STS-12-1-1,STS-13-1-1,STS1”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<TAP>

The assigned number for the AID being used as a test access point. TAP is an integer.

<TACC_AIDA>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The A path of the test access point. The first STS/VT path of the TAP.

<TACC_AIDB>

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The B path of the test access point. The second STS/VT path of the TAP. For single FAD TAP this path will be empty.

<MD>

(Optional) Test access mode. It identifies the mode of access between the TAP and the circuit connected to the TAP. The parameter type is TACC_MODE, which is the test access mode.

  • LOOPE

Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from E direction to the line outgoing in the E direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction will have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode.

  • LOOPF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from F direction to the line outgoing in the F direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode.

  • MONE

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the A transmission path of the accessed circuit.

  • MONEF

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD1 to a DFAD, or from the odd pair of a FAP to the A transmission path and from FAD2 of the same DFAD, or from the even pair of a FAP to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.

  • MONF

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.

  • SPLTA

Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the A transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the A transmission path. Intrusive test access mode.

  • SPLTB

Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the B transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the B transmission path. Intrusive test access mode.

  • SPLTE

Indicates to split both the A and B paths and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode.

  • SPLTEF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to FAD1 and the F side to FAD2. Intrusive test access mode.

  • SPLTF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the F side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode.

<CROSSCONNECTID1>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The E path of the cross-connect.

<PATHWIDTH>

The cross-connection width. The parameter type is CRS_TYPE, which is the cross-connection type.

  • STS

Indicates all the STS cross-connections.

  • STS1

STS1 cross-connect

  • STS3C

STS3C cross-connect

  • STS6C

STS6C cross-connect

  • STS9C

STS9C cross-connect

  • STS12C

STS12C cross-connect

  • STS18C

STS18C cross-connect

  • STS24C

STS24C cross-connect

  • STS36C

STS36C cross-connect

  • STS48C

STS48C cross-connect

  • STS192C

STS192C cross-connect

  • VT

Indicates all the VT1 cross-connections.

  • VT1

VT1 cross-connect

  • VT2

VT2 cross-connect

<CROSSCONNECTID2>

(Optional) Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The F path of the cross-connect.

21.146 RTRV-TADRMAP

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Target Identifier Address Mapping (RTRV-TADRMAP) command retrieves the contents of the TADRMAP table.

 
Usage Guidelines

When MODE is NSAP, TID name of the NODE can be specified to trigger TARP.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TADRMAP:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[:::MODE=<MODE>];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TADRMAP:CISCO:AIP:100:::MODE=PROV;

Additional input examples:

1.blank.gif To retrieve another node’s NSAP (TID=NODE-1) while using a TL1 session on the local node (TID=NODE-2), follow this input example:

RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2:NODE-1:1:::MODE=NSAP;

Output example:

NODE-2 2006-01-26 14:47:30

M 1 COMPLD

"TIDNAME=NODE-1,NSAP=TARP request has been initiated. Check again later."

;

RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2::123;

NODE-2 2006-01-26 14:47:38

M 123 COMPLD

"TIDNAME=NODE-2,IPADDR=10.92.24.146,"

"TIDNAME=NODE-1,NSAP=39840F800000000000000000010010CFCE5A0200"

;

2.blank.gif To retrieve the NSAP address of a node (TID=NODE-2) itself, follow this input example:

RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2:NODE-2:1:::MODE=NSAP;

Output example:

NODE-2 2006-01-26 14:48:07

M 1 COMPLD

"TIDNAME=NODE-2,NSAP=39840F80000000000000000001000BFCF8A88500"

;

3.blank.gif To retrieve the local TARP data cache (TDC) of a node (no AID required) follow this input example:

RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2::123:::MODE=NSAP;

Output example:

NODE-2 2006-01-26 13:47:38

M 123 COMPLD

"TIDNAME=FOREIGN-NODE-1,NSAP=39840F80000000000000000001000075DE520800"

"TIDNAME=FOREIGN-NODE-2,NSAP=39840F80000000000000000001000075D07A4A00"

"TIDNAME=NODE-1,NSAP=39840F800000000000000000010010CFCE5A0200"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

AID is a target identifier from the “ALL” section. AID is a string. If AID is not null, MODE must be NSAP.

<MODE>

Must not be null. The parameter type is MODE, which determines the category of addresses to return.

  • ALL

Discovered and provisioned addresses

  • DISC

Discovered addresses

  • IP

IP addresses

  • NSAP

NSAP addresses

  • PROV

Provisioned

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[TID=<TID>],[IP ADDRESS =<IPADDRESS>],[NSAP=<NSAP>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“TID=RANGERS1,IP ADDRESS = 64.101.245.5,
NSAP=39840FFFFFFFOOOODDDDAA01D00F0400000700”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<TID>

(Optional) Target identifier. TID is a string.

<IPADDRESS>

(Optional) IP address. IPADDRESS is a string.

<NSAP>

(Optional) NSAP address. NSAP is a string.

21.147 RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Threshold for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 4GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CLNT, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VT1, VT2, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-TH-<MOD2>) command retrieves the threshold level of one or more monitored parameters.

 
Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.

See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif After the BLSR switch, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the threshold can be retrieved from the protection path.

  • If there is an STS PCA on the protection path during BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after the BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs off the protection path, not from the PCA path.
  • The message is issued to retrieve the thresholds for PM and alarm thresholds. If it is used to retrieve the alarm thresholds, the time-period is not applicable.
  • The presentation rules are as follows:

blank.gif Client port only–Laser, Alarm and SONET Thresholds are applicable and will appear. Laser and alarm thresholds are only for near end. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET thresholds will appear. The Receiver Temperature Montypes (RXT) are only applicable to the Trunk Port. The Transceiver Voltage Montypes (XCVR) are not applicable, though it might be displayed or handled.

blank.gif Laser and Alarm thresholds are always available. Laser and alarm thresholds are only for near end. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled, then the OTN thresholds will appear. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled and FEC is enabled, then the FEC thresholds will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET thresholds will appear. The Transceiver Voltage Montypes (XCVR) are not applicable, though it is displayed or handled.

  • Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for specific card provisioning rules.
  • The RTRV-TH-OTL retrieves Optical Thresholds. This command is denied on sublanes of CFP-LC card, as optical thresholds are retrieved on aggregate port. The command retrieves optical thresholds on sublanes of 100G-LC-C card.
  • The RTRV-TH-<MOD2> is denied when retrieving optical thresholds on Aggregate port of 100G-LC-C card.
  • The RTRV-TH-<MOD2> is denied on virtual ports of 100G-LC-C as they are retrieved on Aggregate port of CFP-LC card.
  • RTRV-TH-OCH on fixed trunk of the 100G-LC-C card also retrieves OSNR and PMD TCA thresholds.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<LOCN>],[<TMPER>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TH-OCH:100G-LC-C:CHAN-7-2:1::OSNR-MIN,NEND,15-MIN;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type.

Note MONTYPE defaults to CVL for OCN/EC1/DSN, to ESP for STSp, to UASV for VT1, and to AISSP for the DS1 layer of the DS3XM card.

A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage.

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage.

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High Order Path Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B- Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<LOCN>

Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. LOCN defaults to NEND (near end). A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<TMPER>

Accumulation time period for performance counters. Defaults to 15-MIN. Must not be null. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,[<LOCN>],,<THLEV>,[<TMPER>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

100g 2012-05-15 14:28:19

M 1 COMPLD

"CHAN-2-2,OCH:OSNR-MAX,NEND,,40.0,15-MIN"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “ALL” section.

<AIDTYPE>

(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FSTE

Fast Ethernet Port alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet port alarm

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS port alarm

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS36C

STS36c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage.

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage.

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B- Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<LOCN>

(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<THELV>

Threshold level. THLEV is a float.

<TMPER>

(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs.

21.148 RTRV-TH-ALL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Threshold All (RTRV-TH-ALL) command retrieves the threshold level of all monitored parameters on the NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • After a BLSR switch, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the threshold can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
  • If there is an STS PCA on the protection path during BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs from the protection path, not from the PCA path.
  • Multiple RTRV completion codes will appear after the execution of this command according to Telcordia GR-1831-CORE for bulk retrievals. The final completion code after the multiple RTRV codes is COMPLD.
  • Some monitored types are not available for some cards or cross-connect types. In that case, a 0 value will appear for the monitored type. This will happen only when a user requests the thresholds of a specific monitored parameter on the NE, and the monitored type does not apply to that card or cross-connect type. When the user does not filter by monitored type, the applicable thresholds will be retrieved.
  • If the user requests the thresholds of a particular monitored type and if the monitored type is not applicable to some of the entities, DENY will not be returned.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Performance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TH-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<LOCATION>],[<TMPER>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TH-ALL:CHARGERS6::123::CVL,NEND,15-MIN;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. A null value defaults to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<LOCATION>

The location. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<TMPER>

The accumulation time period for performance counters. A null value defaults to 15-MIN. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management counter.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 24 hours.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 1 hour.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 1 minute.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 15 minutes.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length starts from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON-managed PMs.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<AIDTYPE>:<MONTYPE>,<LOCATION>,,<THLEV>,<TMPER>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1,DS3:CVL,NEND,,1,15-MIN”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section.

<AIDTYPE>

Specifies the type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type for certain generic TL1 commands.

  • 10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 100GIGE

100 Gigabit Ethernet.

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • BITS

BITS alarm

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • CLNT

Client facility for MXP/TXP cards

  • COM

Common alarm

  • DS1

DS1 alarm

  • DS3I

DS3I alarm

  • DVBASI

Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload

  • E100

E100 alarm

  • E1000

E1000 alarm

  • EC1

EC1 alarm

  • ENV

ENV alarm

  • EQPT

EQPT alarm

  • FC

Fibre Channel alarm

  • FSTE

FSTE alarm

  • G1000

G1000 alarm

  • GIGE

GIGE alarm

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload

  • ISC1

InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC3 alarm

  • OC12

OC12 alarm

  • OC48

OC48 alarm

  • OC192

OC192 alarm

  • OC768

OC768 alarm

  • OCH

Optical channel

  • ODU0

Optical Data Unit Level 0

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTL

Optical Channel Transport Lane.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • POS

POS alarm

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

  • STS1

STS1 alarm

  • STS3C

STS3c alarm

  • STS6C

STS6c alarm

  • STS9C

STS9c alarm

  • STS12C

STS12c alarm

  • STS18C

STS18c alarm

  • STS24C

STS24c alarm

  • STS48C

STS48c alarm

  • STS192C

STS192c alarm

  • SYNCN

SYNCN alarm

  • T1

T1 alarm

  • T3

T3 alarm

  • TCC

TCC alarm

  • VT1

VT1 alarm

  • VT2

VT2 alarm

<MONTYPE>

Monitored type. A null value defaults to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list.

  • AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal Seconds Path

  • ALL

All possible values

  • BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

  • BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

  • BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

  • BIT-EC

The number of bit errors corrected by the FEC algorithm

  • CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

  • CSSP

Controlled Slip Seconds—Path (DSXM-12 FDL/T1.403 PM count)

  • CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

  • CVL

Coding Violations—Line

  • CVP

Coding Violations—Path

  • CVS

Coding Violations—Section

  • CVV

Coding Violations—Section

  • DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

  • ESAP

Errored Second Type A-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESBP

Errored Second Type B-Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CP Bit Path

  • ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

  • ESNPFE

Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

  • ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

  • ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

  • ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

  • ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

  • ESV

Errored Seconds—VT Path

  • etherStatsBroadcastPkts

The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address

  • etherStatsCollisions

Number of transmit packets that are collisions

  • etherStatsCRCAlignErrors

The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets

  • etherStatsDropEvents

Number of received frames dropped at the port level

  • etherStatsFragments

The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets

  • etherStatsJabbers

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsOctets

The total number of octets of data

  • etherStatsOversizePkts

The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets

  • etherStatsPkts

The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received

  • etherStatsUndersizePkts

The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets

  • FCP

Failure Count—Line

  • FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

  • FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

  • HP-AR

Availability Ratio

  • HP-BBE

High-Order Path Background Block Error

  • HP-BBER

High-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • HP-EB

High-Order Path Errored Block

  • HP-ES

High-Order Path Errored Second

  • HP-ESA

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—A

  • HP-ESB

High-Order Path Errored Seconds—B

  • HP-ESR

High-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-FC

High-Order Path Failure Count

  • HP-NPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-NPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-OI

Outage Intensity

  • HP-PJCDIFF

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Difference

  • HP-PJCS-PDET

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected

  • HP-PJCS-PGEN

High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated

  • HP-PPJC-PDET

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • HP-PPJC-PGEN

High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • HP-SEPI

The number of SEP events in available time

  • HP-SES

High-Order Path Severely Errored Seconds

  • HP-SESR

High-Order Path Severely Errored Second Ratio

  • HP-UAS

High-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • ifInBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInDiscards

The number of inbound packets

  • ifInErrorBytePktss

Receive Error Byte

  • ifInErrors

The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors

  • ifInFramingErrorPkts

Receive Framing Error

  • ifInJunkInterPkts

Receive Interpacket Junk

  • ifInMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifInOctets

Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset

  • ifInUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset

  • ifOutBroadcastPkts

Number of broadcast packets transmitted

  • ifOutDiscards

The number of outbound packets

  • ifOutErrors

The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors

  • ifOutMulticastPkts

Number of multicast packets transmitted

  • ifOutPayloadCrcErrors

Received payload CRC errors

  • ifOutUcastPkts

Number of unicast packets transmitted

  • IOS

8B10B—Idle Ordered Sets

  • IPC

Invalid Packet Count

  • LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias Current in microA

  • LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for OC3-8

  • LBCN-HWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Higher Threshold

  • LBCN-LWT

Normalized Laser Bias Current —Lower Threshold

  • LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

  • LP-BBE

Low-Order Path Background Block Error

  • LP-BBER

Low-Order Path Background Block Error Ratio

  • LP-EB

Low-Order Path Errored Block

  • LP-ES

Low-Order Path Errored Second

  • LP-ESA

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-A

  • LP-ESB

Low-Order Path Errored Seconds-B

  • LP-ESR

Low-Order Path Errored Second Ratio

  • LP-FC

Low-Order Path Failure Count

  • LP-NPJC-DET

Low-Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-NPJC-GEN

Low Order Negative Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-PPJC-DET

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Detected

  • LP-PPJC-GEN

Low-Order Positive Pointer Justification Count, Generated

  • LP-SEP

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period

  • LP-SEPI

Low-Order Path Severely Errored Period Intensity

  • LP-SES

Low-Order Path Severely Errored

  • LP-UAS

Low-Order Path Unavailable Seconds

  • MS-PSC

Protection switch count

  • MS-PSD

Protection switch duration

  • NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

  • NPJC-PDET

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • NPJC-PGEN

Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for OC3-8

  • OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

  • OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

  • OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in one tenth of a microwatt

  • OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card

  • OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

  • OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

  • OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in one tenth of a dBm

  • PPJC-PDET

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected

  • PPJC-PGEN

Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated

  • PSC

Protection Switching Count

  • PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

  • PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

  • PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

  • PSD

Protection Switching Duration

  • PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

  • PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

  • PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

  • SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

  • SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

  • SEFSP

Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

  • SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

  • SESNPFE

Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

  • SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage

  • SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

  • SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

  • SESV

Severely Errored Second—VT Path

  • UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

  • UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

  • UASNPFE

Unavailable Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count)

  • UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

  • UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

  • UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

  • UASV

Unavailable Second—VT Path

  • UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

  • VPC

Valid Packet Count

  • OSNR-MIN

Minimum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-MAX

Maximum Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • OSNR-AVG

Average Optical Signal To Noise Ratio.

  • PMD-MIN

Minimum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-MAX

Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion.

  • PMD-AVG

Average Polarization Mode Dispersion.

<LOCATION>

The location. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place.

  • FEND

Action occurs on the far end of the facility.

  • NEND

Action occurs on the near end of the facility.

<THLEV>

Threshold level. Indicates the threshold value. THLEV is a float.

<TMPER>

The accumulation time period for performance counters. A null value defaults to 15-MIN. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management counter.

  • 1-DAY

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 24 hours.

  • 1-HR

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 1 hour.

  • 1-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 1 minute.

  • 15-MIN

Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 15 minutes.

  • RAW-DATA

Performance parameter accumulation interval length starts from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON-managed PMs.

21.149 RTRV-TOD

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Time of Day (RTRV-TOD) command retrieves the system date and time at the instant when the command was executed. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TOD:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TOD:CAZADERO::230;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<YEAR>,<MONTH>,<DAY>,<HOUR>,<MINUTE>,<SECOND>,<DIFFERENCE>:<TMTYPE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“2002,05,08,17,01,33,840:LINT”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<YEAR>

The current calendar year. YEAR is a string.

<MONTH>

The month of the year. Ranges from 01 to 12. MONTH is a string.

<DAY>

The day of the month. Ranges from 01 to 31. DAY is a string.

<HOUR>

The hour of the day. Ranges from 00 to 23. HOUR is a string.

<MINUTE>

The minute of the hour. Ranges from 00 to 59. MINUTE is a string.

<SECOND>

The second of the minute. Ranges from 00 to 59. SECOND is a string.

<DIFFERENCE>

The number of minutes off UTC. The parameter type is DIFFERENCE, which is the number of minutes off UTC.

  • -120

2 hours before UTC

  • -180

3 hours before UTC

  • -210

3.5 hours before UTC

  • -240

4 hours before UTC

  • -300

5 hours before UTC

  • -360

6 hours before UTC

  • -420

7 hours before UTC

  • -480

8 hours before UTC

  • -540

9 hours before UTC

  • -60

1 hour before UTC

  • -600

10 hours before UTC

  • -660

11 hours before UTC

  • 0

UTC

  • 120

2 hours after UTC

  • 180

3 hours after UTC

  • 210

3.5 hours after UTC

  • 240

4 hours after UTC

  • 270

4.5 hours after UTC

  • 300

5 hours after UTC

  • 330

5.5 hours after UTC

  • 345

5.75 hours after UTC

  • 360

6 hours after UTC

  • 390

6.5 hours after UTC

  • 420

7 hours after UTC

  • 480

8 hours after UTC

  • 540

9 hours after UTC

  • 570

9.5 hours after UTC

  • 60

1 hour after UTC

  • 600

10 hours after UTC

  • 630

10.5 hours after UTC

  • 660

11 hours after UTC

  • 690

11.5 hours after UTC

  • 720

12 hours after UTC

  • 765

12.75 hours after UTC

  • 780

13 hours after UTC

  • 840

14 hours after UTC

<TMTYPE>

Identifies the time zone. TMTYPE is a String

21.150 RTRV-TRAPTABLE

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Trap Table (RTRV-TRAPTABLE) command retrieves a trap destination entry identified by a specific trap destination address.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TRAPTABLE:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TRAPTABLE::1.2.3.4:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “IPADDR” section. IP address identifying the trap destination. Only a numeric IP address is allowed. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<DEST>,<TRAPPORT>,<COMMUNITY>,<SNMPVERSION>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“1.2.3.4,162,\“PRIVATE\”,SNMPV1”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<DEST>

Access identifier from the “IPADDR” section.

<TRAPPORT>

UDP port number associated with the trap destination. Defaults to 162. Integer

<COMMUNITY>

Community name associated to the trap destination. Maximum of 32 characters. COMMUNITY is a string.

<SNMPVERSION>

SNMP version number. Defaults to SNMPv1. The parameter type is SNMP_VERSION, which is the SNMP version.

  • SNMPV1

SNMP version 1 (default)

  • SNMPV2

SNMP version 2

21.151 RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Trace Client for OC12, OC192, OC48, or OC768 (RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>) command retrieves the valid J1 expected trace string, retrieved trace string, trace mode, C2 byte, and STS bandwidth of the OC-N port only if the port has a BLSR.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
  • This command only applies to OC48AS and OC192 cards.
  • Sending this command over unsupported BLSR path trace cards, or unequipped cards will result in a J1 Trace Not Supported On This Card (IIAC) error.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

BLSR

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TRC-OC48:CISCO:FAC-6-1:238;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[C2=<C2>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-6-1-25::LEVEL=STS1,EXPTRC=“EXPTRCSTRING”,INCTRC=“INCTRCSTRING”,
TRCMODE=AUTO,C2=0X04”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “STS” section.

<LEVEL>

(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. The parameter type is STS_PATH, which is the modifier for some STS commands.

  • STS1

Synchronous Transport Signal level 1 (51 Mbps)

  • STS12C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 12 Concatenated (622 Mbps)

  • STS18C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 18 Concatenated (933 Mbps)

  • STS192C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 192 (9952 Mbps)

  • STS24C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 24 Concatenated (1240 Mbps)

  • STS36C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 36 Concatenated (1866 Mbps)

  • STS3C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (155 Mbps)

  • STS48C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 48 Concatenated (2488 Mbps)

  • STS6C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (310 Mbps)

  • STS9C

Synchronous Transport Signal level 9 Concatenated (465 Mbps)

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). EXPTRC is a string.

<INCTRC>

(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is any combination of 64 characters including CR and LF. INCTRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported

<C2>

(Optional) The C2 byte hex code. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is C2_BYTE, which is the C2 byte hex code.

  • 0X00

Unequipped

  • 0X01

Equipped-Non Specific payload

  • 0X02

VT-Structured STS-1 SPE

  • 0X03

Locked VT Mode

  • 0X04

Asynchronous Mapping for DS3

  • 0X12

Asynchronous Mapping for DS4NA

  • 0X13

Mapping for ATM

  • 0X14

Mapping for DQDB

  • 0X15

Asynchronous Mapping for FDDI

  • 0X16

HDLC-Over-SONET Mapping

  • 0XE1

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 1VTx payload defect

  • 0XE2

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 2VTx payload defects

  • 0XE3

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 3VTx payload defects

  • 0XE4

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 4VTx payload defects

  • 0XE5

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 5VTx payload defects

  • 0XE6

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 6VTx payload defects

  • 0XE7

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 7VTx payload defects

  • 0XE8

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 8VTx payload defects

  • 0XE9

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 9VTx payload defects

  • 0XEA

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 10VTx payload defects

  • 0XEB

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 11VTx payload defects

  • 0XEC

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 12VTx payload defects

  • 0XED

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 13VTx payload defects

  • 0XEE

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 14VTx payload defects

  • 0XEF

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 15VTx payload defects

  • 0XF0

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 16VTx payload defects

  • 0XF1

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 17VTx payload defects

  • 0XF2

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 18VTx payload defects

  • 0XF3

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 19VTx payload defects

  • 0XF4

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 20VTx payload defects

  • 0XF5

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 21VTx payload defects

  • 0XF6

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 22VTx payload defects

  • 0XF7

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 23VTx payload defects

  • 0XF8

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 24VTx payload defects

  • 0XF9

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 25VTx payload defects

  • 0XFA

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 26VTx payload defects

  • 0XFB

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 27VTx payload defects

  • 0XFC

VT-structured STS-1 SPE with 28VTx payload defects

  • 0XFE

O.181 Test Signal (TSS1 to TSS3) Mapping

  • 0XFF

Reserved, however, C2 is 0XFF if AIS-L is being generated by an optical card or cross-connect downstream.

21.152 RTRV-TRC-OCH

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Trace Optical Channel (RTRV-TRC-OCH) command retrieves the sent trace string, expected trace string, received trace string, trace mode, and the trace level for the SONET J0 Section, the TTI PATH and SECTION monitoring levels of the DWDM facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

The following rules apply:

  • Client port–only the J0 Section trace applies.
  • The J0 Section trace applies only if the card termination mode is not transparent and the payload is SONET.
  • On the DWDM port, the J0 Section trace, the TTI Path, Section trace monitoring point traces are allowed.
  • The J0 Section trace is allowed only if the payload for the card is set to SONET.
  • The J0 Section trace is allowed only if the card termination mode is not transparent.
  • The TTI Path, Section trace is allowed only if the ITU-T G.709 (DWRAP) is enabled.

Depending on the settings, the following filtering applies:

  • If no TRCLEVEL is provided, all TRCLEVELs are reported as applicable.
  • If TRCLEVEL is provided and no MSGTYPE is provided, all applicable MSGTYPEs for the given level are displayed.
  • If no MSGTYPE is provided, all MSGTYPEs are reported as applicable.
  • If a MSGTYPE is provided with out a TRCLEVEL, then the given MSGTYPE for all TRCLEVELs are displayed.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TRC-OCH:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MSGTYPE>],[<TRCLEVEL>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TRC-OCH:CISCO:CHAN-2-2:100::EXPTRC,TTI-PM;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<MSGTYPE>

Type of autonomous message to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is MSGTYPE, which is the type of trace message.

  • EXPTRC

Expected incoming path trace message

  • INCTRC

Incoming path trace message

  • TRC

Outgoing path trace message

<TRCLEVEL>

The trace level to be managed. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options.

  • J0

Identifies the SONET J0 Section trace level

  • TTI-PM

Identifies the TTI Path monitoring point

  • TTI-SM

Identifies the TTI Section monitoring point

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CHANNEL>,<MOD>::[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],
[TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2,OCH::TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,EXPTRC=\“AAA\”,TRC=\“AAA\”,
INCTRC=\“AAA\”,TRCMODE=MAN,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<CHANNEL>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<MOD>

Indicates an OCH AID type. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • 10GFC

10-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 10GFICON

10-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GFC

1-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 1GFICON

1-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 1GISC3

1-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 2GFC

2-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 2GFICON

2-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 2GISC3

2-Gigabit ISC3 compatible

  • 3GVIDEO

3G-SDI video payload.

  • 4GFC

4-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 4GFICON

4-Gigabit fiber connectivity payload

  • 5GIB

5Gbps InfiniBand (IB_5G) payload

  • 8GFC

8-Gigabit Fibre Channel payload

  • 40GIGE

40-Gigabit Ethernet

  • CHGRP

Channel group

  • D1VIDEO

D1 video

  • DS1

DS1 line of a DS3XM card

  • DS3I

DS3I line

  • DV6000

DV6000

  • EC1

EC1 facility

  • ESCON

ESCON

  • ETRCLO

ETRCLO

  • FSTE

FSTE facility

  • G1000

G1000 facility

  • GFPOS

GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability.

  • GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet

  • HDLC

High-level data link control (HDLC) frame mode.

  • HDSDI

1.5G HD-SDI video payload.

  • HDTV

HDTV

  • ISC3PEER1G

1 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2G

2 Gbps ISC3 Peer

  • ISC3PEER2R

1 Gbps or 2 Gbps ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode

  • ISC3STP1G

ISC-3 STP 1G video payload.

  • ISC3STP2G

ISC-3 STP 2G video payload.

  • ISCCOMPAT

1 Gbps ISC1, ISC2, and ISC3 compatibility

  • MSISC

MSISC

  • OC3

OC-3 facility

  • OC12

OC-12 facility

  • OC48

OC-48 facility

  • OC192

OC-192 facility

  • OC768

OC-768 facility

  • OCH

Optical Channel

  • OCHCC

OCH client connection

  • OCHNC

OCH network connection

  • OCHTERM

OCH termination

  • OMS

Optical Multiplex Section

  • OTS

Optical Transport Section

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • POS

POS port

  • REP

Resilient Ethernet Protocol

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload.

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS192C

STS192c path

  • T1

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • T3

T1/DS1 facility/line

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<TRCLEVEL>

(Optional) The trace level to be managed. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options.

  • J0

Identifies the SONET J0 Section trace level.

  • TTI-PM

Identifies the TTI Path monitoring point.

  • TTI-SM

Identifies the TTI Section monitoring point.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. A 64 character ASCII string.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. TRC is a string.

<INCTRC>

(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) The size of the trace message. If in SONET mode, only 1 or 16 bytes is applicable for the J0 section trace. The TTI level trace is only 64 bytes. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

  • 1-BYTE

1 byte trace message

  • 16-BYTE

16 byte trace message

  • 64-BYTE

64 byte trace message

  • Y

Enable an attribute.

21.153 RTRV-TRC-OTU

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Trace Optical Transport Unit Level (RTRV-TRC-OTU) command retrieves the sent trace string, expected trace string, received trace string, trace mode, and the trace level for the SDH J0 section and the TTI PATH and SECTION monitoring levels of the DWDM facility.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • On the client port:

blank.gif Only the J0 section trace applies.

blank.gif The J0 section trace applies only if the card termination mode is not transparent and the payload is SDH.

  • On the DWDM port:

blank.gif The J0 section trace and the TTI path and section trace monitoring point traces are allowed.

blank.gif The J0 section trace is allowed only if the payload for the card is set to SDH.

blank.gif The J0 section trace is allowed only if the card termination mode is not transparent. The TTI path and section trace is allowed only if ITU-T G.709 (DWRAP) is enabled.

  • Depending on the settings, the following filtering applies:

blank.gif If no TRCLEVEL is provided, all TRCLEVELs are reported as applicable.

blank.gif If TRCLEVEL is provided and no MSGTYPE is provided, all applicable MSGTYPEs for the given level are displayed.

blank.gif If no MSGTYPE is provided, all MSGTYPEs are reported as applicable.

blank.gif If an MSGTYPE is provided with out a TRCLEVEL, then the given MSGTYPE for all TRCLEVELs are displayed.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TRC-OTU:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MSGTYPE>],[<TRCLEVEL>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TRC-OTU1:CISCO:VFAC-2-2-1:100::EXPTRC,TTI-PM;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

Parameter

Description

<SRC>

The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<MSGTYPE>

Type of autonomous message to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is MSGTYPE, which is the type of trace message.

  • EXPTRC

Expected incoming path trace message

  • INCTRC

Incoming path trace message

  • TRC

Outgoing path trace message

<TRCLEVEL>

The trace level to be managed. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options.

  • J0

Identifies the SDH J0 section trace level.

  • TTI-PM

Identifies the TTI path monitoring point.

  • TTI-SM

Identifies the TTI section monitoring point.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<CHANNEL>,<MOD>::[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>], [TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>], [TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>]"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"VFAC-2-2-1,OTU1::TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,EXPTRC=\"AAA\",TRC=\"AAA\", INCTRC=\"AAA\",TRCMODE=MAN,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE"

;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Table 21-9 Output Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<CHANNEL>

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section.

<MOD>

Indicates an OTU AID type. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier.

  • OTU1

Optical Transport Unit Level 1

  • OTU2

Optical Transport Unit Level 2

  • OTU3

Optical Transport Unit Level 3

  • OTU4

Optical Transport Unit Level 4

  • SDSDI

270M SDI video payload

<TRCLEVEL>

(Optional) The trace level to be managed. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options.

  • J0

Identifies the SDH J0 section trace level.

  • TTI-PM

Identifies the TTI path monitoring point.

  • TTI-SM

Identifies the TTI section monitoring point.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. A 64 character ASCII string.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00), CR, and LF. TRC is a string.

<INCTRC>

(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

  • AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

  • AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected.

  • MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

  • MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected.

  • OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) The size of the trace message. If in SDH mode, only 1 or 16 bytes is applicable for the J0 section trace. The TTI level trace is only 64 bytes. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT, which is the trace format.

  • 1-BYTE

1-byte trace message

  • 16-BYTE

16-byte trace message

  • 64-BYTE

64-byte trace message

21.154 RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Tunnel Firewall (RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL) command retrieves the contents of the firewall tunnel table.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL:TID::CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require description

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[SRC ADDR=<SRCADDR>],[SRC MASK=<SRCMASK>],[DEST ADDR=<DESTADDR>],
[DEST MASK=<DESTMASK>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SRC ADDR=64.101.150.10,SRC MASK=255.255.255.0,DEST ADDR=64.101.144.7,
DEST MASK=255.255.255.0”
;

Table 21-10 Output Parameter Support

<SRCADDR>

(Optional) Source IP address. SRCADDR is a string.

<SRCMASK>

(Optional) Source mask. SRCMASK is a string.

<DESTADDR>

(Optional) Destination IP address. DESTADDR is a string.

<DESTMASK>

(Optional) Destination mask. DESTMASK is a string.

21.155 RTRV-TUNNEL-PROXY

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Tunnel Proxy command retrieves the contents of the proxy tunnel table.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

System

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-TUNNEL-PROXY:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-TUNNEL-PROXY:TID::CTAG;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

None that require descriptions

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[SRC ADDR=<SRCADDR>],[SRC MASK=<SRCMASK>],[DEST ADDR=<DESTADDR>],
[DEST MASK=<DESTMASK>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SRC ADDR=64.101.150.10,SRC MASK=255.255.255.0,DEST ADDR=64.101.144.7,
DEST MASK=255.255.255.0”
;

Table 21-11 Output Parameter Support

<SRCADDR>

(Optional) Source IP address. SRCADDR is a string.

<SRCMASK>

(Optional) Source mask. SRCMASK is a string.

<DESTADDR>

(Optional) Destination IP address. DESTADDR is a string.

<DESTMASK>

(Optional) Destination mask. DESTMASK is a string.

21.156 RTRV-UNICFG

(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve User Network Interface Configuration (RTRV-UNICFG) command retrieves the attributes and service parameters of the UNI configuration created.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • With the VALMODE parameter value as NONE, the VALZONE parameter is not applicable, and hence not displayed.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Provisioning

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-UNICFG:[<TID>]:<src>:<CTAG>::[:];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-UNICFG::LINE-2-3:1;

 

Table 21-12 Input Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<SRC>

Source AID from the “ALL” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>:<RVRSAID>,<RSYSIP>,<RIFCIP>,<MSTPIP>,<COMMIP>,<VALMODE>,<VALZONE>,<DESCR>,<ADMINSTATE>,<RESTTYPE>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LINE-2-1:LINE-4-3,10.11.12.13,14.15.16.17,18.19.20.21,22.23.24.25,VALMODE=FULL,VALZONE=GREEN,DESCR=CISCO”

;

 

Table 21-13 Output Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<SRC>

Source AID from the “ALL” section.

<RVRSAID>

Destination AID from the “ALL” sections.

<RSYSIP>

Remote system IP.

<RIFCIP>

Remote interface IP.

<MSTPIP>

MSTP interface IP.

<COMMIP>

Communication IP.

<VALMODE>

Identifies the validation mode.

  • NONE

No optical validation is performed.

  • FULL

The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter.

<VALZONE>

Identifies the validation operate zone.

  • UNKNOWN

Not evaluated.

  • GREEN

Margin > 3 sigma.

  • YELLOW

1 < margin < 3 sigma.

  • ORANGE

0 < margin < 1 sigma.

  • RED

-3 < margin < 0 sigma.

  • OUT

Margin < -3 sigma.

<ADMINSTATE>

Identifies the adminstate is UP or DOWN.

  • UP

Indicates Adminstate is UP and UNI Services can be activated.

  • DOWN

Indicates Adminstate is DOWN and UNI Services cannot be activated.

<RESTTYPE>

Indentifies the restoration type on UNI configuration.

  • NONE

None restoration type for UNICFG.

  • RESTORE

Restore restoration type for UNICFG.

21.157 RTRV-USER-SECU

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve User Security (RTRV-USER-SECU) command retrieves the security information of a specified user or list of users. The keyword ALL can be used to obtain a list of all users. For security reasons the password cannot be retrieved.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • A Superuser can retrieve any user’s security information. A user with MAINT, PROV, or RTRV privileges can only retrieve their own information.
  • When using the keyword ALL, all users created for the system are displayed. This includes users created outside of the TL1 environment as well. Users displayed through the RTRV-USER-SECU command, these users shall also be able to log into the TL1 environment.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Security

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Maintenance, Provisioning and Retrieve users can retrieve their own information only.


454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-USER-SECU::CISCO15:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<UID>

User identifier. The user ID or the keyword ALL. A non-Superuser can only specify his own user ID. Must not be null. UID is a string.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<UID>:,<PRIVILEGE>:LOGGEDIN=<LOGGEDIN>,[NUMSESSIONS=<NUMSESS>,]
[LOCKEDOUT=<LOCKEDOUT>,][DISABLED=<DISABLED>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CISCO15:,SUPER:LOGGEDIN=YES,NUMSESSIONS=1,LOCKEDOUT=NO,DISABLED=NO”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<UID>

User identifier. The user ID that was retrieved. UID is a string.

<PRIVILEGE>

The privilege level of the user. The parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level.

  • MAINT

Maintenance security level. 60 minutes of idle time.

  • PROV

Provision security level. 30 minutes of idle time.

  • RTRV

Retrieve security level. Unlimited idle time.

  • SUPER

Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time.

<LOGGEDIN>

Indicates whether the user is logged in to the NE. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

No

  • YES

Yes

<NUMSESS>

(Optional) The number of times the user is logged into the NE. NUMSESS is an integer.

<LOCKEDOUT>

(Optional) Indicates whether the user is locked out of the NE. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

No

  • YES

Yes

<DISABLED>

(Optional) Indicates if the user is disabled. The parameter type is YES_NO, which indicates whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

  • NO

No

  • YES

Yes

21.158 RTRV-VCG

(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Virtual Concatenation Group (RTRV-VCG) command retrieves all the attributes provisioned for a VCG.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

VCAT

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-VCG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-VCG:NODE1:FAC-1-1:1234;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards use the VFAC AID. The FC_MR-4 card uses the FAC AID.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>::TYPE=<TYPE>,TXCOUNT=<TXCOUNT>,CCT=<CCT>,[LCAS=<LCAS>],
[BUFFERS=<BUFFERS>],[NAME=<NAME>]:<PST>”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::TYPE=STS3C,TXCOUNT=8,CCT=2WAY,LCAS=LCAS,BUFFERS=DEFAULT,
NAME=“VCG2”:IS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards use the VFAC AID. The FC_MR-4 card uses the FAC AID.

<TYPE>

The type of the entity being provisioned. Null indicates not applicable. TYPE can be a CLEI code or another value. The type of member cross-connect. ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards support STS1, STS3c, and STS12c. The FC_MR-4 card supports STS3c only. The parameter type is MOD_PATH, which is the STS/VT path modifier.

  • STS1

STS1 path

  • STS12C

STS12c path

  • STS18C

STS18c path

  • STS192

STS192c path

  • STS24C

STS24c path

  • STS36C

STS36c path

  • STS3C

STS3c path

  • STS48C

STS48c path

  • STS6C

STS6c path

  • STS9C

STS9c path

  • VT1

VT1 path

  • VT2

VT2 path

<TXCOUNT>

Number of VCG members in the transmit (Tx) direction. For ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards, the only valid value is 2. For the FC_MR-4 card, the only valid value is 8. TXCOUNT is an integer.

<CCT>

Type of connection; one-way or two-way. Cross-connect type for the VCG member cross-connects. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created.

  • 1WAY

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary

  • 1WAYDC

Path Protection multicast drop with one-way continue

  • 1WAYEN

Path Protection multicast end node with one-way continue

  • 1WAYMON

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

Note 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from CTC. Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects that can be retrieved by TL1.

  • 1WAYPCA

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

  • 2WAYDC

A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated dual-ring interconnects

  • 2WAYPCA

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber

  • DIAG

Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect).

<LCAS>

(Optional) Link capacity adjustment scheme. The parameter type is LCAS, which is the link capacity adjustment scheme mode for the VCG created.

  • LCAS

LCAS is enabled.

  • NONE

No LCAS.

  • SW-LCAS

Supports the temporary removal of a VCG member during the member failure. Only supported by the ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards.

<BUFFERS>

(Optional) Buffer type. The default value is DEFAULT. The FC_MR-4 card supports DEFAULT and EXPANDED buffers. Other data cards support DEFAULT buffers only. The parameter type is BUFFER_TYPE, which is the buffer type (used in VCAT).

  • DEFAULT

Default buffer value

  • EXPANDED

Expanded buffer value

<NAME>

(Optional) Name of the VCAT group. NAME is a string.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In Service

  • OOS

Out of Service

21.159 RTRV-VLAN

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Virtual LAN (RTRV-VLAN) command retrieves a virtual LAN entry from the VLAN database. The VLAN database is a collection of VLANs used in an NE.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-VLAN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-VLAN:ROCKS:VLAN-4096:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the VLAN.

  • VLAN-{0-4096}

The AID for a single VLAN. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[NAME=<NAME>],[PROTN=<PROTN>]:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VLAN-4096::NAME="MYVLAN",PROTN=Y:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Aid is used to access the VLAN.

  • VLAN-{0-4096}

The AID for a single VLAN. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs.

<NAME>

Indicates the VLAN name.

<PROTN>

Indicates the VLAN protection (enabled or disabled).

  • Y

VLAN protection is enabled.

  • N

(Default) VLAN protection is disabled.

21.160 RTRV-VLAN-ETH

(Cisco ONS 15454)

The VLAN attributes on a L2 ethernet port command retrieves the VLAN Profile associated to the couple L2 Ethernet pot - VLAN.

It retrieves also the Alarm status of a VLAN associated to a L2 ethernet port and the Multicast Mac address list.

 
Usage Guidelines

This command accept the ALL AID.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

ETHERNET

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-VLAN-ETH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<VLAN_ID>],[<VLAN_TYPE>][::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-VLAN-ETH:TID:ETH-1-1-1:CTAG::110;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet aids used to access L2 Ethernet ports.

  • ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

  • ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1

Facility aid for GE-XP card.

  • ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card.

<VLAN_ID>

The VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number in the range 1..4096. The value of 0 is reserved to UNTAGged VLAN.

VLAN_TYPE

Specifies the type of VLAN.

  • SVLAN

Service provider VLAN.

  • CVLAN

Customer VLAN.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<VLANID>,<VLANTYPE>:[<ALM>],[<ALMDAT>],[<ALMTM>],[<BWP>],[<IGMPIP>]:”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"ETH-1-1-1:110:ALM=VLAN-AIS,ALMDAT=08-07,ALMTM=16-38-57,BWP=23:";
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet aids are used to access L2 Ethernet ports.

ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands. For e.g. RTRV-ETH with ALL aid returns all ETH ports on the node.

  • ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1

Facility aid for GE-XP card in the format of:ETH-[shelf]-[slot]-[ppm]-[port]

  • ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card in the format of:ETH-[shelf]-[slot]-[ppm]-[port]

<VLANID>

This is the VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number in the range 1..4096. The value of 0 is reserved to UNTAGged VLAN.This identifier is used for both CE (Customer) VLAN ID and S (Service Provider) VLAN ID.Default value is -

VLAN_TYPE

Specifies the type of VLAN.

  • SVLAN

Service provider VLAN.

  • CVLAN

Customer VLAN.

<ALM>

This is used to represent the Vlan Alarm status

  • VLAN-AIS

Alarm condition indicating Vlan is lost

<ALMDAT>

identifies the date. date is a String. Default value is - "current date"

<ALMTM>

identifies the time. time is a String. Default value is - current time

<BWP>

This is the BWP identifier. A BWP ID is a number in the range 0..10000. The value of 0 is reserved for the default profile that can't be edited nor delete. - Default value is 0

<IGMPIP>

IGMP IP address. Is the Multicast IP address indicating the IGMP group activated on a L2 Ethernet port to provide multicast stream through a specific S-Vlan. Default value is -

21.161 RTRV-VT

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Virtual Tributary (RTRV-VT) command retrieves the attributes associated with a VT path based on the granularity level of NE- or slot-specific VTs.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • Supported AIDs are ALL, SLOT-N (N=1,2,...ALL), VT-<SLOT>[-<PORT>]-<STS NUMBER>-
    <VT GROUP>-<VT NUMBER>.
  • The RVRTV, RVTM, HOLDOFFTIMER, and UPSRPTHSTATE parameters only apply to UPSR.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Paths

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-VT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-VT:TID:VT1-1-1-1-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],
[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[UPSRPTHSTATE=<UPSRPTHSTATE>]:[<PST>],[<SST>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VT1-1-1-1-1-1::LEVEL=VT1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=SINGLE,UPSRPTHSTATE=ACT:OOS,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section.

<LEVEL>

(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. Indicates the rate of the cross-connected channel. Applicable only to VT1 path in SONET. The parameter type is VT_PATH, which is the modifier for some VT commands.

  • VT1

Virtual Tributary 1

  • VT2

Virtual Tributary 2

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

  • N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

  • Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. Only applies to path protection. Defaults to empty because RVRTV is N when a path protection path is created. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME.

  • 0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<HOLDOFFTIMER>

(Optional) Hold off timer. HOLDOFFTIMER is an integer.

<TACC>

(Optional) Test access. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Defaults to N.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

  • DUAL

Dual FAD

  • SINGLE

Single FAD

<UPSRPTHSTATE>

(Optional) Indicates whether a given AID is the working or standby path of a path protection cross-connect. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair.

  • ACT

The entity is the active unit in the shelf.

  • NA

Status is unavailable.

  • STBY

The entity is the standby unit in the shelf.

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

  • IS

In Service

  • OOS

Out of Service

<SST>

Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped

21.162 RTRV-VLB-REP

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve VLAN Load Balancing Resilient Ethernet Protocol (RTRV-VLB-REP) command retrieves the VLAN Load Balancing (VLB) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.

 
Usage Guidelines

  • REP must be configured on the ethernet port.
  • This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

Ethernet

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-VLB-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-VLB-REP:CISCO:ETH-16-2-1:1;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

 

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[VLBENABLED=<VLBENABLED>],[VLANRANGE=<VLANRANGE>],
[REPPORTID=<REPPORTID>],[PREFERRED=<PREFERRED>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“ETH-16-2-1::VLBENABLED=Y,VLANRANGE=1010-1024&1010-1025,
REPPORTID=0X0134A543456785A8,PREFERRED=N”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section.

<VLBENABLED>

Enables or disables the segment topology notification on ethernet entity for REP.

  • Y

Enables STCN on the ethernet port.

  • N

Disables STCN on the ethernet port.

<VLBOPERATION>

Adds or removes the range for STCN notification.

  • ADD

Adds the range to a list of segment ranges for STCN notification.

  • REMOVE

Removes the range from a list of segment ranges for STCN notification.

<VLANRANGESTART>

Indicates the VLAN range start value for VLB on REP. The valid range is 0 to 1024.

<VLANRANGEEND>

Indicates the VLAN range end value for VLB on REP. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<PREFERRED>

Indicates that the port is the preferred alternate port. Or the preferred port for VLAN load balancing.

  • Y

Yes

  • N

No

<REPPORTID>

Determines the REP port to trigger VLB.

21.163 RTRV-WDMANS

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup (RTRV-WDMANS) command edits the Automatic Optical Node Setup (AONS) application attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:[<WLEN>]:;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-WDMANS::LINE-1-13-2-TX:77::1530.33;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the WDM node or a single port of the DWDM node.

  • WDMNODE

Indicates the WDM node of an MSTP and accesses the NTWTYPE and DITHER WDMANS node parameters.

  • LINE

The optical transport section port.

  • BAND

The optical multiplex section port.

  • CHAN

The optical channel port.

<WLEN>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength.

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<WLEN>]:[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAATTNFLG=<VOAATTNFLG>],[POWEROSC=<POWEROSC>],[POWEROSCFLG=<POWEROSCFLG>],[NTWTYPE=<NTWTYPE>],[NTWTYPEFLG=<NTWTYPEFLG>],[CHLOSS=<CHLOSS>],[CHLOSSFLG=<CHLOSSFLG>],[GAIN=<GAIN>],[GAINFLG=<GAINFLG>],[TILT=<TILT>],[TILTFLG=<TILTFLG>],[CHPWR=<CHPWR>],[CHPWRFLG=<CHPWRFLG>],[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>],[AMPLMODEFLG=<AMPLMODEFLG>],[RATIO=<RATIO>],[RATIOFLG=<RATIOFLG>],[OSCLOSS=<OSCLOSS>],[OSCLOSSFLG=<OSCLOSSFLG>],[OPTICALNODETYPE=<OPTICALNODETYPE>],[DITHER=<DITHER>],[DITHERFLG=<DITHERFLG>],[TOTALPWR=<TOTALPWR>],[TOTALPWRFLG=<TOTALPWRFLG>],[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[HIGHSLVEXPFLG=<HIGHSLVEXPFLG>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXPFLG=<LOWSLVEXPFLG>],[LASTRUNDAT=<LASTRUNDAT>],[LASTRUNTM=<LASTRUNTM>][:]”;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
CHAN-1-13-1-TX::CHPWR=-14.1,CHPWRFLG=PROV,
“WDMNODE::NTWTYPE=METRO-CORE,NTWTYPEFLG=DFLT,OPTICALNODETYPE=OADM,LASTRUNDAT=2009-09-03,LASTRUNTM=11-52-18,:"

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the WDM node or a single port of the DWDM node.

  • WDMNODE

Indicates the WDM node of an MSTP and accesses the NTWTYPE and DITHER WDMANS node parameters.

  • LINE

The optical transport section port.

  • BAND

The optical multiplex section port.

  • CHAN

The optical channel port.

<WLEN>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength.

  • 1310

Wavelength 1310

  • 1470

Wavelength 1470

  • 1490

Wavelength 1490

  • 1510

Wavelength 1510

  • 1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

  • 1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

  • 1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

  • 1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

  • 1530

Wavelength 1530

  • 1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

  • 1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

  • 1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

  • 1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

  • 1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

  • 1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

  • 1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

  • 1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

  • 1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

  • 1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

  • 1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

  • 1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

  • 1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

  • 1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

  • 1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

  • 1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

  • 1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

  • 1537

Wavelength 1537

  • 1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

  • 1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

  • 1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

  • 1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

  • 1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

  • 1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

  • 1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

  • 1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

  • 1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

  • 1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

  • 1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

  • 1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

  • 1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

  • 1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

  • 1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

  • 1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

  • 1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

  • 1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

  • 1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

  • 1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

  • 1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

  • 1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

  • 1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

  • 1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

  • 1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

  • 1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

  • 1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

  • 1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

  • 1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

  • 1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

  • 1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

  • 1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

  • 1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

  • 1550

Wavelength 1500

  • 1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

  • 1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

  • 1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

  • 1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

  • 1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

  • 1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

  • 1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

  • 1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

  • 1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

  • 1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

  • 1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

  • 1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

  • 1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

  • 1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

  • 1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

  • 1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

  • 1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

  • 1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

  • 1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

  • 1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

  • 1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

  • 1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

  • 1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

  • 1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

  • 1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

  • 1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

  • 1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

  • 1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

  • 1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

  • 1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

  • 1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

  • 1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

  • 1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

  • 1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

  • 1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

  • 1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

  • 1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

  • 1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

  • 1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

  • 1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

  • 1570

Wavelength 1570

  • 1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

  • 1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

  • 1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

  • 1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

  • 1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

  • 1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

  • 1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

  • 1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

  • 1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

  • 1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

  • 1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

  • 1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

  • 1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

  • 1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

  • 1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

  • 1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

  • 1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

  • 1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

  • 1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

  • 1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

  • 1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

  • 1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

  • 1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

  • 1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

  • 1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

  • 1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

  • 1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

  • 1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

  • 1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

  • 1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

  • 1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

  • 1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

  • 1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

  • 1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

  • 1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

  • 1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

  • 1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

  • 1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

  • 1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

  • 1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

  • 1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

  • 1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

  • 1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

  • 1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

  • 1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

  • 1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

  • 1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

  • 1590

Wavelength 1590

  • 1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

  • 1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

  • 1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

  • 1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

  • 1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

  • 1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

  • 1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

  • 1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

  • 1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

  • 1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

  • 1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

  • 1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

  • 1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

  • 1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

  • 1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

  • 1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

  • 1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

  • 1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

  • 1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

  • 1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

  • 1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

  • 1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

  • 1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

  • 1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

  • 1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

  • 1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

  • 1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

  • 1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

  • 1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

  • 1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

  • 1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

  • 1610

Wavelength 1610

<VOAATTN>

The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float.

<VOAATTNFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<POWEROSC>

WDM-ANS OSC power parameter.

<POWEROSCFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<NTWTYPE>

WDM-ANS network type parameter.

<NTWTYPEFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<CHLOSS>

WDM-ANS channel loss parameter.

<CHLOSSFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<GAIN>

WDM-ANS amplifier gain parameter.

<GAINFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<TILT>

WDM-ANS amplifier tilt parameter.

<TILTFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<CHPWR>

WDM-ANS channel power parameter.

<CHPWRFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<AMPLMODE

WDM-ANS amplifier mode parameter.

<AMPLMODEFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<RATIO>

WDM-ANS Raman amplifier pump ratio parameter.

<RATIOFLG>

.Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<OSCLOSS>

WDM-ANS OSC channel loss parameter.

<OSCLOSSFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<OPTICALNODETYPE>

(Optional) The optical configuration type for the NE. The parameter type is OPTICAL_NODE_TYPE, which is the optical configuration types for NEs.

<DITHER>

WDM-ANS WXC dithering parameter.

<DITHERFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<TOTALPWR>

WDM-ANS Raman amplifier total power in mW.

<TOTALPWRFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<HIGHSLVEXP>

Span loss verification—high value.

<HIGHSLVEXPFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<LOWSLVEXP>

Span loss verification—low value.

<LOWSLVEXPFLG>

Status flag indicating the state of the WDMANS parameter.

<LASTRUNDAT>

(Optional) The last date when the WDMANS application calculated the parameters. The format is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31.

<LASTRUNTM>

(Optional) The last time when the WDMANS application calculated the parameters. The format is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 1 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59.

<LASTCALCDAT>

(Optional) The last date when the WDMANS application was run automatically or by user request. The format is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31.

<LASTCALSTM>

(Optional) The last time when the WDMANS application was run automatically or by user request. The format is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 1 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59.

21.164 RTRV-WDMSIDE

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Wavelength Division Multiplexing Side (RTRV-WDMSIDE) command retrieves the WDM side and defines its attributes.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Maintenance

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-WDMSIDE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-WDMSIDE:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an DWDM node. This is applicable to WDMANS and APC applications of the NE.

  • WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

DWDM side identifier.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::LINEIN=<LINEIN>,LINEOUT=<LINEOUT>,[OCS=<OSC>][:]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“WDMSIDE-A::LINEIN=LINE-1-3-RX,LINEOUT=LINE-1-3-TX,OSC=FAC-8-1”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an DWDM node. This is applicable to WDMANS and APC applications of the NE.

  • WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

DWDM side identifier.

<LINEIN>

(Optional) Used to access the OTS layer of optical network units.

  • ALL

Indicates all the OTSs of the NE. The ALL AID is applicable only for retrieve commands.

  • LINE[-{1-8}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-3}-ALL

All the lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-ALL.

  • LINE[-{1-8}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-3}-{RX,TX}

The receive/transmit lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-[DIRN].

<LINEOUT>

(Optional) Used to access the OTS layer of optical network units.

  • ALL

Indicates all the OTSs of the NE. The ALL AID is applicable for retrieve-only commands.

  • LINE[-{1-8}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-3}-ALL

All the lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-ALL.

  • LINE[-{1-8}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-3}-{RX,TX}

The receive/transmit lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-[DIRN].

<OSC>

Facility AID from the “FACILITY” section.

21.165 RTRV-WLEN

(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Wavelength (RTRV-WLEN) command retrieves the wavelength provisioning information.

 
Usage Guidelines

None

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Category

DWDM

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Security

Retrieve

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Format

RTRV-WLEN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Example

RTRV-WLEN:PENNGROVE:WLEN-A-ADD-1530.33:114;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “WLEN” section.

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<CCT>:[SIZE=<SIZE>],[CKTID=<CKTID>],[TOSIDE=<TOSIDE>],[SRC=<SRC>],
[DST=<DST>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“WLEN-A-ADD-1530.33:1WAY:SIZE=MULTI-RATE,CKTID=CKTID,SRC=CHAN-4-1-RX,
DST=LINEWL-1-3-TX-1530.33:OOS-AU,AINS”
;

454a96_rtrv-4.jpg
Output Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the “WLEN” section.

<CCT>

Identifies the wavelength connection types.

  • 1WAY

A unidirectional wavelength connection for one specified ring direction.

  • 2WAY

A bidirectional wavelength connection for both the ring directions

<SIZE>

Identifies the DWDM circuit size used on a wavelength.

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification parameter that contains the a common language ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. It cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string.

<TOSIDE>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of a DWDM node.

  • WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

DWDM side identifier.

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the “LINEWL” section.

<DST>

Destination AID of the cross-connection from the “LINEWL” section.

<PST_PSTQ>

Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by primary state (PST) and primary state qualifier (PSTQ).

  • IS_NR

In Service and Normal

  • OOS-AU

Out of Service and Autonomous

  • OOS-AUMA

Out of Service and Autonomous Management

  • OOS-MA

Out of Service and Management

<SSTQ>

(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is secondary state (SST), which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

  • AINS

Automatic In-Service

  • DSBLD

Disabled

  • LPBK

Loopback

  • MEA

Mismatch of Equipment

  • MT

Maintenance

  • OOG

Out of Group

  • SWDL

Software Download

  • UAS

Unassigned

  • UEQ

Unequipped